CURVV EV

OWNER’S MANUAL

REV 00 /DEC 2024

CUSTOMER ASSISTANCE
In our constant endeavour to provide assistance and complete For additional information, refer to "24X7 Roadside Assistance"
service backup, TATA MOTORS has established an all India cus- section in the Owner’s manual.
tomer assistance centre. For updated Owner's Manual and Infotainment Manual refer be-
In case you have a query regarding any aspect of your vehicle, low link
our Customer Assistance Centre will be glad to assist you on our https://ev.tatamotors.com/support.html
Toll Free no. 1800 209 8282
For Dealer Network refer below link
You can also approach nearest TATA MOTORS EV dealer.
TATA MOTORS 24X7 Roadside Assistance Program offers https://ev.tatamotors.com/dealer-locator.html
technical help in the event of a breakdown. Call the toll-free
Road-side Assistance.

ii
 FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Welcome to the TATA MOTORS family,
Thank you on the purchase of TATA MOTORS vehicle.
As a global Indian automobile manufacturer, we focus on innovation, technology and build high quality products with exceeding
values of “Connecting Aspirations”.
The Owner’s Manual will familiarize you with the operations, equipment description, features that are either as standard or optional
on your vehicle. It is requested you read this manual carefully and follow the instructions and recommendations as mentioned.
You are advised to carry out service, maintenance and repairs at TATA MOTORS EV Dealers and EV Authorized service centers
through out the life of your vehicle. Always use genuine parts for continued performance of your vehicle. Avoid modification, non-
genuine accessories fitment on your vehicle. TATA MOTORS does not carry any liability arising due to it. Always keep this manual
in the vehicle.
You can contact our dealer or Customer Assistance toll free no. (1800 209 8282) in case of any query or support required.
Information provided in this Owner’s Manual is explicit at the time of publication. However, as TATA MOTORS continues to make
changes and improve products, it reserves the right to make changes in this manual or any product at any time, without notice and
without any obligations.
We look forward for your continued association with us for many years to come.
Wishing you a Safe and pleasant driving experience.

TATA PASSENGER ELECTRIC MOBILITY LTD.

Floor 3, 4, Plot-18, Nanavati Mahalaya,Mudhana Shetty Marg, BSE, Fort,
Mumbai, (MH) - 400 001, India

© Copyright 2024 TATA MOTORS All rights reserved, may not be copied, translated or reproduced in whole or in part without written permission from TATA MOT ORS iii
iv
 CONTENTS
01. INTRODUCTION TO EV Important Tips 45
EV Overview 1 Types of Charging 47
Know Your Vehicle 5 V2X Charging 60
Important Messages 9 05. OPENING AND CLOSING
Important Information 9 Keys 69
02. SAFETY Doors 73
General Safety Tips 11 Windows 77
Seats 12 Bonnet and Charging Flap 79
Seat Belts 14 Mechanically Operated Tailgate 82
Supplementary Restraint System (SRS - Airbags) 18 Power Operated Tailgate 83
Children on Board 26
06. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Additional Safety Features 34
Digital Display (7” Inch ) 89
Anti-theft Device-immobilizer/ PEPS 37
Driver Information System (DIS) 93

03. BATTERY AND COMPONENT Digital Display (10.25” Inch ) 114

Driver Information System (DIS) 119
High Voltage Battery System 39
Warnings and Indicators 136
Tips To Conserve Battery Life 42
Display Messages On Instrument Cluster
145
04. CHARGING (if equipped)

Instructions To Follow 43 Audio Reminders 148

v
CONTENTS
07. STARTING AND DRIVING FATC Sensors 245
Before You Start Your EV 153 FasciaAir
Cabin Switches
Purification 246
Electric Power Assisted Steering (EPAS) 154 Power Sunroof
Fascia Switches(if equipped) 247
Steering Lock / Unlock And Ignition Switch 156 Steering
Power Mounted
Sunroof Controls (if equipped)
(if equipped) 248
Driving Tips 159 Infotainment
Steering System
Mounted Display(if equipped)
Controls 252
Tips To Get Maximum Range While Driving EV 162 MIC (if equipped)
Infotainment System Display 255
Drive and Shifter Modes 167 Speakers
MIC & Tweeter (if equipped)
(if equipped) 255
Operating of Lights and Wipers 170 USB Port (if
Speakers equipped)
& Tweeter (if equipped) 256
Seats Adjustments 173 Power
USB Socket
Port (if equipped) 256
Mirrors 180 Lamps Socket
Power 257
Driving Support System 183 Mood Lights/ambient Lights (if equipped)
Lamps 257
Automatic Vehicle Hold (if equipped) 202 Vehicle
Roof Telematics
Grab Handle 258
Advanced Driver Assistance Systems (ADAS) 204 Mood Lights/ambient Lights (if equipped) 259
(if equipped)
Vehicle Telematics (if equipped) 259
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (AVAS)
238 Head Lamp
Wireless and Charging
Power Tail Lamp(if equipped) 260
(if equipped)
Roof Rail
Shark Fin Antenna 266
08. INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES Welcome and Good Bye Stratergy 267
Climate Control 239
Fully Automatic Temperature Control (FATC) 241

vi
 CONTENTS
09. STOWAGE AREA 24 X 7 Roadside Assistance 303
Storage Compartment 269
Glove Box 270 11. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Driver Side Coin Box 271 Lubricant Specifications 315
Utility Pockets on Front Doors 271 Vehicle Specifications 316
Utility Pockets on Rear Doors 271 Vehicle Dimensions 319
Center Console 272 Aggregate Identification 320
Foldable Arm Rest (if equipped) 272
Luggage Compartment 273 12. MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Hooks (if equipped) 274 Service Instructions 321
Luggage Compartment Cover 275 Service Schedule 322
Frunk (if equipped) 275 Motor Compartment 329
Brake Fluid Level 330
10. EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN Windshield Washer Fluid Level 330
Emergency Equipment 277 12V Battery 331
Spare Wheel Removal Procedure 278 Tyres 332
In Case of Flat Tyre 279 Vehicle Parking for Long Duration (non - Use
335
Towing 283 Maintenance)

Fuses 285 Smart Key Battery Replacement (For PEPS

336
variant)
Bulb Specification 302

vii
CONTENTS
On Board Diagnostic (OBD II) System 337
Do it Yourself 338
Car Care 343
Value Added Services 346
Vehicle Exterior Enrichment 345
Vehicle Interior Enrichment 346

13. WARRANTY
Vehicle Warranty - Terms and Conditions 347

14. EXTENDED WARRANTY

Extended Warranty - Terms and Conditions 349

viii
 INTRODUCTION TO EV
EV OVERVIEW The high voltage battery also charges the Main Components
An electric vehicle is powered by a battery 12-volt battery. On-Board Charger (OBC)
-Edrive and it does not need any type of The high voltage battery must be charged A device that charges the high voltage
fossil fuel. While conventional vehicles with electricity before the vehicle can be battery by converting AC power from a do-
use an internal combustion engine and driven. As the vehicle operates, the bat- mestic supply into DC power and supply-
gasoline or diesel as fuel, electric vehicles tery gradually discharges and the vehicle ing it to the battery.
use electrical energy that is stored inside needs to be plugged in for charging. To Inverter
the high voltage battery. As a result, elec- increase the range of the EV, regenera- A device that transforms direct current
tric vehicles run on electricity, they are tive braking has been incorporated basi- (DC) from the high voltage battery into al-
eco-friendly - they do not require fuel and cally, while the vehicle is coasting or brak- ternating current (AC) to power the elec-
are zero emission vehicles. ing, the motor works as a generator and tric motor. It also converts braking energy
converts the vehicle motion (kinetic en-
Review and Characteristics into electrical energy and charges the
ergy) to electrical energy to charge the HV high voltage battery while decelerating or
This is an electric vehicle. Some of the ve-
battery. braking.
hicle’s systems operate differently and
have different operating characteristics
This vehicle is considered to be an envi- DC-DC Converter
ronmentally friendly vehicle because it A device that converts HV DC power from
than vehicles equipped with an internal
does not emit exhaust gases, and thus is the HV battery to LV DC power which is
combustion engine. It is important to care-
cleaner than the conventional vehicles in required to maintain LV battery charge,
fully read the entire Owner’s Manual for
terms of air pollution. which in turn powers the LV systems like
this reason.
This vehicle uses two types of battery sys- lights, wipers, infotainment, etc. in the ve-
tems, high voltage battery system, it pow- hicle.
ers the inverter and electric motor to pro- Electric Motor
pel the wheel. The low voltage battery A device that converts electrical energy
system (12V) provides power to the vehi- into rotational mechanical energy which is
cle systems and features such as the au- then transferred as rotational torque to the
dio system, supplementary restraint sys- wheels through the gearbox in order to
tems, headlights and windshield wipers. drive the vehicle.

1
INTRODUCTION TO EV
High Voltage Battery (Lithium-ion) General Warnings  Do not disassemble, remove or re-
An on board high voltage electrical energy  Your vehicle contains a sealed Li-ion place high voltage parts and cables as
storage device high voltage battery. If the Li-ion bat- well as their connectors because they
can cause severe burns or electric
Power Distribution Unit tery is disposed of improperly, there is
shock that may result in serious injury
a risk of severe burns and electrical
Distributes power from the high voltage shock that may result in serious injury or death.
battery to the HV components like in- or death and there is also a risk of en-  The vehicle high voltage system has
verter, DC-DC converter, E-compressor vironmental damage. no user serviceable parts. It is recom-
etc. mended that you take your vehicle to
 The EV system uses high voltage DC
current. The system can be hot during TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Serv-
and after starting and when the vehicle ice Centre.
is shut off. Be careful of both the high  When leaving the vehicle, be sure to
voltage and the high temperature. turn off the EV system. The EV system
 Avoid being exposed to high voltage uses high voltage current. Failure to
components in the first place. Observe follow the proper handling instructions
all high voltage warning labels as may cause serious injury or death.
these indicates high voltage compo-
nents or areas. Observe all orange ca-
bles, large and small as these carry
high voltages.
 Do not touch high voltage components
while the vehicle is in operation or ON
state.

2
 INTRODUCTION TO EV
Safety of the High Voltage System High Voltage System: Contact with Wa-
ter
 Do not perform any modifications or
work on the vehicle, especially mainte- The high-voltage system is typically safe
nance and repair work on the high even in the following example situations:
voltage system. Avoid retrofitting and  Water in the foot well, for instance af-
accessories. ter a rainstorm when sunroof was kept
 If work is not carried out properly, open.
there is the risk of fire and fatal injury  Liquid escapes in the trunk.
from electrocution due to the high volt-
age system.  In these cases there is no risk of injury
from electrocution. Other damage to
 TATA MOTORS recommends to have the vehicle is possible.
modifications and work on the vehicle
only to be carried out by TATA MO-
TORS EV Authorised Service Centre.
 Your vehicle’s high voltage system is
a self-contained system. Safety is en-
sured as long as no unauthorized work
is performed on high voltage electrical
components or on the chassis.

3
INTRODUCTION TO EV
Common Terminologies and Abbrevia- BCM - Body Control Module V2L – Vehicle to Load
tions POT - Power Operated Tailgate V2V – Vehicle to Vehicle
EV – Electric Vehicle UID - User Identification Device ADAS - Advanced Driver Assistance Sys-
HV battery – High Voltage battery ESCL – Electronic Steering Column Lock tems
LV battery – Low Voltage (12V) battery EPAS – Electric Power Assisted Steering AVAS - Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System
AC – Alternating Current LED – Light Emitting Diode iVBAC - Introducing the Intelligent Vac-
DC – Direct Current uum-less Boost & Active Control
DRL – Daytime Running Lamp
OBC – On Board Charger ORVM - Outer Rear View Mirror
PDU – Power Distribution Unit IRVM – Inside Rear View Mirror
VCU – Vehicle Control Unit EC-IRVM – Electric Chromic Inside Rear
BMS - Battery Management System View Mirror
OBD - On Board Diagnostics HVAC – Heating Ventilation and Air Con-
SoC – State of Charge ditioning
SRS – Supplementary Restraint System FATC – Fully Automatic Temperature
Control
CRS - Child Restraint System
DIS – Driver Information System
DAB – Driver Airbag
DTE - Distance to Empty
PAB – Passenger Airbag
IGN – Ignition
ABS - Anti-lock Braking System
ACC – Accessory
EBD - Electronic Brake Force Distribution
EPB – Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
ESC - Electronic Stability Control
CPL – Centre Position Lamp
PEPS - Passive Entry/Passive Start
4
 INTRODUCTION TO EV
KNOW YOUR VEHICLE

1. Sunroof
2. Windows
3. Rear View Mirror with Camera
4. Door Handle Switch (DHS)
5. Front Windshield Wipers
6. Bonnet
7. Turn Indicator/ DRL/ Position Lamp
8. Head Lamp
9. Fog Lamp with cornering
10. Alloy Wheels
11. Front Parking Sensors
12. Front Camera
13. Charging Flap
14. Center Position Lamp

* Image for your reference, actual vehicle may differ.

* Features listed above may or may not be applicable to your vehicle

5
INTRODUCTION TO EV
1. Shark Fin Antenna
2. Reflex Reflector
3. Reverse Lamp
4. Stop Lamp
5. Turn Indicator / Position Lamp
6. Position Lamp /
Partial Turn Indicator
7. High Mounted Stop Lamp
8. Rear Camera
9. Rear Parking Sensors
10. Tail Gate Open Switch

* Image for your reference, actual vehicle may differ.

* Features listed above may or may not be applicable to your vehicle.

6
 INTRODUCTION TO EV

1. Steering Mounted Switches

2. Regeneration Lever
3. Seat Ventilation
4. Power Seat Adjustments
5. Driver side Coin Box
6. Bonnet Opening Lever
7. ORVM adjusting Knob
8. Door Opening Lever
9. Door Locking/Unlocking Knob
10. Driver side Power Window Express
Up / Down
11. Power Window Switches
12. Inhibit Switch

* Image for your reference, actual vehicle may differ.

* Features listed above may or may not be applicable to your vehicle.

7
INTRODUCTION TO EV
1. Passenger Airbag
2. Infotainment Display
3. Instrument Cluster
4. Horn pad
5. Driver Airbag
6. Start/Stop Switch
7. Drive Modes
8. USB Charger for Rear Passenger
9. Arm Rest
10. Power Socket & USB
11. Auto Hold and EPB
12. Mono shifter
13. Temperature Control Panel
14. Hazard Warning Switch

* Image for your reference, actual vehicle may differ.

15. Glove Box
* Features listed above may or may not be applicable to your vehicle. 16. Multi color Mood light

8
 INTRODUCTION TO EV
Vehicle in flood
IMPORTANT MESSAGES IMPORTANT INFORMATION
In this Owner’s Manual, you will find the Vehicle in water logged condition
text under the heading “WARNING”,
“CAUTION” and “NOTE” which highlights
important information. Pay particular at-
tention to these highlighted messages. WARNING
The Images / Illustrations in this owner’s • If your vehicle gets flooded and if
manual are only for reference. It may de-  Before driving through water logged
you see gas bubbles around sub-
fer with actual vehicle. areas ensure that water is below run-
merged EV, smoking, it may indi-
ning board.
NOTE cate a damaged battery, Immedi-
 Unseen pot holes could damage un- ately contact TATAMOTORS EV
Indicates additional information that will der surface of the vehicle. Authorized Service centre.
assist you in gaining the optimum ben-
 Drive slowly and maintain constant • If your vehicle is flooded wait for
efit and care for your vehicle. water level to recede.
acceleration.
• Once the water is receded, ap-
WARNING  After passing the water logged area proach the vehicle, open all doors
ensure to press brakes intermittently and let the water inside the vehicle
Indicates procedures or information
to dry the brake disc. get drained completely.
that must be followed precisely in order • Start the ignition and check if all
to avoid the possibility of severe per- WARNING electronic are working. Take your
sonal injury and serious damage to the  Do not drive through heavy water vehicle to nearest TATA MOTORS
vehicle. logged area. EV Authorized Service centre get it
inspected.
 Water may enter into vehicle inte- • Remove floor carpet and open the
CAUTION rior and motor compartment which rubber/plastic gourmet provided
It indicates to be careful. You are capa- may damage electrical, electronic onfloor board, stepney space for
ble of doing something that might result circuits. waterto recede from interior flooring
in damage to equipment. of the vehicle completely.

9
INTRODUCTION TO EV
Vehi
Ve hic fire
cle in fire  Stick to manufacturer-recommended Vehicle Cyber Security
parts.
In case of vehicle fire, immediately evac-
uate vehicle and contact local fire tender  Avoid tampering with the wiring har-
responder. They possess proper training ness it can lead to short circuits.
and equipment to safely extinguish vehi-
cle fire. Inform them your vehicle is EV.
CAUTION
Contact nearest TATA MOTORS EV Au- Do not store or carry inflammable ma-
thorised Service Centre for further assis- terials in the vehicle.
 Refrain from connecting the vehicle to
tance. Vehicle Scrapping public or unsecured Wi-Fi networks.
Your vehicle is equipped with SRS  Ensure your vehicle is physically se-
Air Bags and Seat Belt Pretensioner, cured by locking doors and parking in
ensure to remove and disposed it by safe areas to prevent from unauthor-
qualified service centre or by ized access.
WARNING TATA MOTORS Authorised Service
Centre before scrapping your vehicle.  Never leave your keys in the car, even
• If there is damage to EV, there is risk if you are nearby.
Vehicle Cyber Attack
of thermal runaway which could lead  Keep your vehicle updated with latest
to fire Modern vehicles are equipped with inter- software versions.
• If the damage occurs in saltwater, the net connectivity for navigation,
entertain-ment and diagnostics, making  Pay attention to any security alerts or
risk of battery short circuits leading to
fire is increased. them vul-nerable to cyber attacks. notifications and follow the guidelines.
• Do not modify your vehicle. Vehicles collect and stores personal data,  Disable the blue tooth of the car where
which can be targeted by hackers. not required and vehicle is not in use.
• Do not install high-wattage bulbs,
non-genuine lamps, horns Cyber attacks can compromise  Keep infotainment app’s login creden-
• Do not modify suspension, wheels, infotain-ment system, brakes, steering tials private & do not share it with an-
tyres. and engine control, leading to severe yone.
cyber risk.
10
 SAFETY
GENERAL SAFETY TIPS • If your vehicle is equipped with info-
 Safety consciousness not only en- tainment/ navigation system, set and
sures your safety and the safety of make changes to your travel route
other road users, but it also helps to only when the vehicle is parked.
reduce the wear and tear on your ve- • Program radio presets with the vehicle
hicle. parked, and use your programmed
 How quickly you make decisions to presets to make radio use quicker and
avoid an accident. simpler.

 Your ability to concentrate. • If your car gets flooded and has

soaked carpeting or water on the
 How well you can see and judge ob- flooring, you should not try to start the
jects. engine, we recommend to kindly con-
 How well familiar you are with your ve- tact TATA MOTORS Authorised Ser-
hicle controls and its capabilities. vice Center.
 Turn ‘ON’ the side indicators at least NOTE
30 meters before taking a turn or
changing the lane. Do not remove the labels attached at
different places on your vehicle, they
 Decelerate to a safe speed before tak-
include safety instructions or vehicle
ing turn. Do not apply brakes during specifications.
cornering.
 When overtaking other vehicles,
watch out for the oncoming vehicle.
 Never drive under the influence of al-
cohol or drugs.

11
SAFETY
SEATS WARNING Rear Seat Back
Your vehicle is provided with good seating  After adjusting the seat make sure WARNING
comfort. To make your journey more safe it is securely locked by pushing it
and enjoyable we recommend you to fol- The rear seatback must be securely
forward and backwards without us- latched. If not, passengers and ob-
low below warnings and cautions. ing lock release lever. Sudden or jects could be thrown forward resulting
Driver’s seat unexpected movement of the
in serious injury in the event of a sud-
driver’s seat could cause to lose
WARNING den stop or collision. Luggage and
control of the vehicle resulting in an
other objects in boot should be kept
 Do not adjust seat while driving / ve- accident.
flat. If large, heavy, or piled they must
hicle is moving. Doing so could re-  All passengers must be seated in be secured properly. No passenger
sult in loss of control, and an acci- seats and restrained with seat belt
dent causing death, serious injury, should ride in the boot area or sit or lie
properly while riding in vehicle
or property damage. on folded seatbacks while the vehicle
 If there are occupants in the rear is in motion.
 Always sit as far back as possible seats, be careful while adjusting the
from the steering wheel while main- front seat position. Applicable for Hatchback/SUV
taining comfortable control of the
vehicle. Fitment of seat covers on Front Passenger Seat WARNING
driver seat with airbags is strictly WARNING Under no circumstances should ob-
prohibited. jects be piled higher than the seat-
Never ride in a vehicle with a front backs. Failure to follow these warn-
 Do not keep any sitting cushion on
seat‐back fully reclined. This may lead ings could result in serious injury in the
seats. This may result in serious or
to serious injuries. Fitment of seat co- event of a sudden stop or collision.
fatal injury in the event of accident.
vers on front passenger seat with air- Ensure that objects are securely fas-
bags is strictly prohibited. tened.

12
 SAFETY
WARNING Head Restraint WARNING
Storing items against seatback or in Front Seat Do not drive the vehicle without the
any other way interfering with proper seat head restraints. Head restraints
locking of a seatback could result in are intended to help reduce injuries
serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop during an accident.
or collision After resetting the seat-
back to its seating position make sure Rear Seat
it is securely latched by pushing it for- Adjust the head restraint so that it is as
ward and backwards. close to the head as possible and the cen-
ter of the head restraint supports the back
CAUTION of the head at eye level.
Your hands might cut or injured by the
sharp edges of the seats mechanism
during looking for small objects
Adjust the head restraint so that it is as
trapped under the seats or between
close to the head as possible and center
the seat and the center console. of the head restraint supports the back of
the head at eye level.

13
SAFETY
SEAT BELTS Buckling the Seat Belt too tight, tilt the tongue and pull on the
This section describes your Vehicle’s lap seat belt. A snug seat belt reduces
Seat belts, Airbags and Child restraints the risk of sliding under the seat belt in
system. Please read and follow all these a collision. Ensure that the seat belt
instructions carefully to minimize risk of running over the body (shoulder seg-
severe injury or death. ment and lap segment) does not have
any twist. Twisted seat belt may not
 Seat belts are the primary restraints offer effective protection when re-
system in the vehicle. All occupants, quired.
including the driver, should always
wear seat belts. Your vehicle is  Ensure that the seat belt webbing is
equipped with three point seat belts straight and not twisted. Twisted seat
for all occupants. belts may not work properly in case of
collision.
 Sit back and adjust the driver seat.
Make sure that your seat is adjusted  Grasp the tongue then slowly pull out NOTE
to a good driving position and the back the seat belt over the shoulder and
It is not advised by TATA Motors to re-
of the seat is upright. across the chest. When the seat belt
move the mini tongue from small
is long enough to fit, insert the tongue
buckle, located at rear middle seat.
into the lock buckle until you hear a
“CLICK” which indicates that the seat-
belt is securely locked. (Refer “IN-
SERT TO LOCK” image)
 Position the lap portion of seat belt
across your pelvic bone, below your
abdomen. To remove slack, pull up a
bit on the shoulder seat belt. To
loosen the lap portion seat belt if it is

14
 SAFETY
Releasing the Seat Belt Inspect the seat belt system period- Seat Belt Height Adjustments (if
To release the seat belt, push the red but- ically, checking for cuts, frays, or equipped)
ton on the lock buckle (refer “PRESS TO loose parts. A frayed or torn seatbelt
UNLOCK” image). Ensure to hold seat could rip apart in a collision and
belt during unlocking and release it slowly leave you with no protection.
towards the seat belt mounting. The seat  If the seat belt webbing or hardware
belt will automatically retract to its stowed is damaged, get it replaced at TATA
position. If necessary, slide the tongue MOTORS EV Authorised service
down the webbing to allow the seat belt to centre.
retract fully.  Do not insert any items such as
coins, clips, etc. into the seat belt
WARNING
buckles, and be careful not to spill
Due to retractor reversal action if you liquids into these parts. If foreign
leave the seat belt from the unlock po- materials get into a seat belt buckle,
sition it may hit you or parts like glass the seat belt will not work properly.
If height adjustment is provided in the seat
in the way which may cause injury to  Do not wear seat belts over hard,
belt, occupant can adjust it as per their
you or damage to the vehicle. sharp or fragile items in clothing,
comfort.
such as pens, keys, spectacles etc.
WARNING  Do not use any accessories on seat
belts or modify in any way the seat-
 Each seating position and seat belt belt system. Devices claiming to im-
assembly must be used by one oc- prove occupant comfort or reposi-
cupant. tioning the seat belt, can reduce the
 Be careful not to damage or tamper protection provided by the seat belt
the seat belt webbing or hardware. and increase the chance of serious
injury in a collision.

15
SAFETY
Use of Seat Belts for Pregnant Seat Belt Warning Lamp  If any passenger seat is occupied by
Women child (without child seat), system may
detect occupancy and warn with seat
WARNING belt warning. It is not taken to mean
 Pregnant women must wear a cor- child can occupy any passenger seat
rectly positioned seat belt. It is safer and use seat belt. Please refer CRS
for mother as well as unborn child. section for recommended seating po-
Your vehicle is equipped with Seat Belt sition if child is sitting with child seat.
 Pregnant women should wear the Reminder (SBR) for all occupants
lap part of the seat belt across the
NOTE
Pelvic Bone and as snug across the NOTE
pelvic bone (hips) as possible. Keep Fitment of seat covers on any seating
the seat belt low so that it does not  Whenever an occupant is not sitting position is strictly prohibited. It may af-
come across the abdomen. That in any seating position then seat belt fect the function of occupant sensor.
way the strong bones of the hips will reminder beeping sound will not be
take the force if there is a collision. played in instrument cluster.
 If any material is kept on any seat
then SBR beeping sound may be
played in instrument cluster. Please
do not keep any material on seat.

 If the driver or any passenger do not

fasten the seat belt, seat belt reminder
lamp will blink and a buzzer will sound
for pre-defined duration until the seat-
belt is buckled.

16
 SAFETY
Seat Belts With Pre – Tensioner (if Seat Belt with Load Limiter (If
equipped) equipped)
You can use the pre-tensioner seat belts You can use the load limiter in the same
in the same manner as ordinary seat manner as ordinary seat belts. The seat
belts. The seat belt pre-tensioner system belt load limiter system works in conjunc-
works in conjunction with the Supplemen- tion with the Supplementary Restraints
tary Restraints System (SRS-Airbags). In System (SRS-Airbags). In the event of a
the event of a collision, as may be neces- collision, as may be necessary, load lim-
sary, pre-tensioner tightens the seat belt iter reduces the load on the rib cage re-
so that it fits the occupant’s body more gion of the occupant.
snugly. When pre-tensioner activates, If the vehicle has been involved in a colli-
there could be some noise and release of sion, get it inspected immediately at TATA
smoke. This is normal and there are no MOTORS EV Authorised Service Centre.
health hazards or fire risk.

17
SAFETY
SUPPLEMENTARY RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS - AIRBAGS) There are 6 airbags provided in your car:
1. Diver Airbag
2. Front Passenger Airbag
3. Side Airbag RH
4. Side Airbag LH
5. Curtain Airbag RH
6. Curtain Airbag LH
The driver airbag is mounted in the centre
of the steering wheel. The front passen-
ger airbag is located inside the dashboard
in front of the passenger seat. The air-
bags have suitable indications on steering
wheel and on dash board.
Side airbags are mounted in front row
seats.
Curtain airbags are mounted above the
doors along the roof on both sides.
The word ‘AIRBAG’ is marked at adjacent
The SRS [Supplementary Restraint system] is designed to provide protection to occu- locations of respective airbags.
pants in case of collision or sudden impact, when crash is detected, the SRS airbag
system deploys airbags to help reduce the risk of injury to the occupant. It works in
conjunction with seat belts.

18
 SAFETY
The ‘SRS’ system also comprises of the nor make it hurdle to exit the vehicle. Air- NOTE
bag inflation is virtually instantaneous and
following components depending upon  Open your windows and doors as
the provided safety features in vehicle. occurs with considerable force, accompa-
soon as possible after collision to re-
nied by loud noise and smoke, which is
 Seat belt Pre-tensioners normal. The inflated airbag, together with
duce prolonged exposure to the
smoke and powder released by the
 Seat belt with load limiters seat belts, limit the movement of an occu-
inflating Airbag.
 Airbag ‘SRS’ ECU (Electronic Control pant, thereby reducing the risk of injury.
 Do not touch the Airbag container’s
Unit) When an airbag inflates, you may see internal components immediately
some smoke like particles. The particles after an Airbag has inflated. The
 Collision Sensors are a normal by product of the process parts that come into contact with an
 SRS wiring harness that generates the non-toxic gas used for inflating Airbag may be very hot.
 SRS Warning lamp airbag inflation. These airborne particles  Always wash exposed skin areas
may irritate the skin, eyes, nose, or throat. thoroughly with lukewarm water and
The System is active when ignition switch If you have skin or eye irritation, rinse the
is in the “ON” position or the ignition mode mild soap.
area with water. For nose or throat irrita-
is “ON”. Airbags are designed to inflate in tion, move to fresh air. Also sometimes
collisions when required. WARNING
the smoke can cause breathing problems,
In the event of a collision, the collision in such cases get fresh air promptly.  Even in vehicle with airbags, all the
sensors will detect signals, and if the Air- occupants must always wear the
bag ECU judges that the signals repre- It is not advisable to drive your vehicle af- seat belts provided. In order to min-
sent a severe collision, will trigger the air- ter the airbags have been deployed. If you imize the risk and severity of injury
bags. The inflated Airbags provide a are involved in another collision, the air- in the event of a collision.
cushion to the occupants. The Airbag in- bags will not be in place to protect you.  If an occupant is out of position dur-
flates and deflates so quickly that you ing collision, the rapidly deploying
may not even realize that it has activated. Airbag may forcefully contact the oc-
The Airbag will neither hinder your view cupant causing serious or fatal inju-
ries.

19
SAFETY
WARNING Passenger Airbag (PAB) Switch PAB Switch OFF

• Always use seat belts and CRS at Passenger airbag switch is used to acti- If rearward facing child seat needs to be
all times. Even with airbags, you can vate and de-activate the passenger air- installed on front passenger seat to carry
be seriously injured or killed in a col- bag in the vehicle. the child then ensure PAB switch is turned
lision if you are not wearing seat belt The switch is located on the left side of the OFF. This will ensure that the passenger
properly or not wearing seat belt dashboard and can be accessed once the airbag will remain de-activated in the
when airbag inflates. co-driver side door is opened. event of a collision.

• All occupants should never sit or This switch can be operated by using me-
lean unnecessarily close to the Air- chanical key only. For more details refer
bags. “Keys” section in this Manual.

• Move your seat as far back as pos-

sible from front Airbags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle.
• All occupants should sit upright with
the seat back in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor
until the vehicle is parked and the
IGN is turned OFF. PAB Switch ON
• Do not allow the all occupants to When an adult is seated in the front pas-
place their feet or legs on the dash- senger seat, ensure that PAB switch is
board. turned to ‘ON’ position. This will ensure
that the passenger airbag is operational in
the event of a collision.

20
 SAFETY
Passenger Airbag (PAB) Indicator PAB Indicator ON: Wrong Seating Positions
Passenger airbag indicator is provided to When the PAB
notify an occupant, whether passenger switch is turned
airbag is activated (ON) or deactivated to ‘ON’ position
(OFF) in vehicle. to activate the airbag, ‘ON symbol & text’
PAB indicator is located on roof near roof will illuminate in amber color.
lamp. PAB Indicator OFF:
When the PAB
switch is turned
to ‘OFF’ posi-
tion to deactivate the airbag, ‘OFF symbol
& text’ will illuminate in amber color.

21
SAFETY

NOTE
 Never place your arm over the air-
bag as a deploying airbag can result
in serious arm fractures or other in-
juries.
 Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies onto doors or
place objects between the doors
and passengers when they are
seated on seats equipped with side
and/or curtain Airbags.

22
 SAFETY
 Do not place or stick any items in WARNING WARNING
the vehicle, except at designated lo-
If your SRS malfunctions, the Airbag  Never make any modifications to
cations (such as utility bins,
cup/bottle holders, boot space etc). may not inflate properly during a colli- your vehicle. The modifications car-
Loose items may act as a projectile sion thereby increasing risk of serious ried out, but not limited to the vehicle
during a collision and cause severe injury or death. If any of the following frame, bumpers, front fenders, ride
to fatal injuries. conditions occur, your SRS is malfunc- height, suspension, seat belts, inte-
 Please be aware that any unse- tioning: rior trims, steering wheel (especially
cured item in your vehicle, such as holders), are not acceptable. This
 The SRS warning lamp does not will affect the intended performance
your pet, unsecured CRS or a lap- turn ‘ON’ when the ignition switch is
top, can become a potential hazard of SRS.
placed in the ‘ON’ position for few
in the event of a collision or sudden seconds.  Fitment of bull bars, seat covers on
stop, causing injuries to occupants seats with airbags etc, is strictly pro-
in the vehicle.  The SRS warning lamp stays ‘ON’ hibited.
after illuminating.
 Coat hooks (if equipped) must be  If you need to make any modifica-
used only for that purpose. Never  The SRS warning lamp comes tions to accommodate any disability
hang other items on to those hooks. ‘ON’/stays ‘ON’ while the vehicle is you may have, please contact your
This could affect deployment of the in motion. TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Ser-
Airbags, and may lead to severe to  The SRS warning lamp blinks when vice Centre for necessary guidance.
fatal injuries. the vehicle is running.
 Always contact your TATA MO-  Do not tamper with SRS in any way.
We recommend to immediately visit This will lead to unexpected perfor-
TORS EV Authorised Service Cen-
tre if the vehicle is damaged, even TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Ser- mance of system and may cause
if airbag has not inflated or if any vice Centre and get the SRS system serious injury and death.
part of an airbag module cover inspected if any of the above condi-
shows sign of cracking or damage. tions occur.

23
SAFETY
Airbag Warning Sticker on Front WARNING away from frontal airbags. Therefore, de-
Passenger Sun Visor ploying frontal airbags in such situations
Never use a rearward facing child re- will not protect the occupant. Head re-
straint on a seat protected by an active straints and seat belts provide occupant
Airbag in front of it, death or serious in- protection during a rear collision.
jury to the child can occur. Rollovers collision: During a rollover
collision, unbelted occupants may float in-
Airbags Deployment Conditions
side the passenger compartment. This
When front airbags should not deploy? will increase the risk of injuries and may
Minor frontal collision: Seat belt (if prove to be fatal. Wearing seat belts pro-
worn) offers adequate occupant protec- vide highly effective occupant protection
tion in low severity collisions. The airbags during rollover collision. Front airbags,
are triggered only when there is a collision are not designed to deploy in a rollover as
severe enough to trigger the airbags. De- frontal airbags cannot offer any protection
ployment of frontal airbags is not benefi- in rollover collision.
cial in low severity collisions. When front airbags/side airbags/side
curtain airbags (if equipped) deploy
Side collision: During a side collision, oc-
with minor or no visible vehicle dam-
cupants tend to move sideways. There-
The Airbag Warning Symbol on sun visor age?
reminds of the extreme hazards associ- fore, deploying frontal airbags in such sit-
The airbags are triggered only when there
ated with the use of a rearward-facing uations will not benefit the occupants.
is a collision severe enough to trigger the
child restraint on front passenger seat Side airbags and side curtain airbags are
airbags. The extent of vehicle damage is
during airbag deployment. It does not specifically designed to reduce the inju-
not always the correct indicator for airbag
mean that a child cannot occupy front ries that can occur in side collision.
deployment. In some extreme/rare condi-
passenger seat and use seat belt. Please Rear collision: During a rear collision, tions; of rough road driving, running into a
refer CRS section for recommended seat- occupants tend to move (rearwards) curb or hitting other fixed objects; the air
ing position for children.

24
 SAFETY
bags may deploy depending upon the se-
verity of collision. In some of these condi-
tions, damage to the vehicle may be mi-
nor or not be readily visible.
When front airbags/side airbags/side
curtain airbags (if equipped) may not
deploy, even with exterior visible vehi-
cle damage?
The airbags are triggered only when there
is a collision severe enough to trigger the
airbags. The amount of visible vehicle
damage is not always the correct indicator
for airbag deployment. Some collisions
can result in visible damage but with no
airbag deployment, because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not
have provided protection even if they had
deployed. Seat belts, if worn, offer ade-
quate occupant protection in such cases.

25
SAFETY
CHILDREN ON BOARD Child Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING TATA MOTORS strongly recommends
the use of Child Restraint Systems (CRS)
 Do not leave unattended children in for all children up to 36 Kg and to be
your vehicle. placed at recommended positions only
 During reversing and parking, en- (Refer CRS Position table in this section).
sure that children are far away from ISOFIX
the vehicle. CRS can be installed in the vehicle using
seat belts and/or ISOFIX with support leg
WARNING (if equipped) or ISOFIX with Top Tether (if
equipped). These ISOFIX attachment
 Do not put the safety seat belt under points are located on rear outboard seat-
your child’s arm or behind its back. ing locations which enables quick and ISOFIX with mounting eyelets
 Do not use pillows, books or towels safe child seat engagement.
to boost your child’s height.
 Do not allow children to stand up or
kneel on either the rear or the front
seats. An unrestrained child could
suffer serious or fatal injuries during
a collision.
 DO not install a booster set or a
booster cushion, ensure that seat-
belt is without any slack or is not
twisted.
Top Tether

26
 SAFETY
Top Tether mounting anchorages are lo- R44 / ECE R129). The CRS are classified
cated at backside of rear outboard seats. according to the child’s size, height and
The harness system of CRS holds the weight. Select the appropriate CRS for
child in place, and in a collision, acts to your child. Ensure that the child fits prop-
keep the child positioned in the seat and erly in the CRS and it is securely installed
reduce the risk of injuries. in the vehicle. While installing the child
seats always adhere to the directions in
this Owner’s Manual as well as those pro-
vided by the child seat’s manufacturer.
TATA MOTORS recommends Joie i-
Spin Safe or Joie i-Spin 360 R i-size
seats for up to 18 Kg children. These
seats are available at TATA MOTORS EV NOTE
Authorised Service Centre. TATA MOTORS recommends to keep
the highlighted device in close condi-
tion while using Joie i-Spin Safe or
Joie i-Spin 360 R seat in car.

Keep children in a forward-facing or rear- Installing the Child Seat on Front Pas-
ward facing CRS with a harness until they senger Seats
reach the size or age or weight limit rec-  Adjust the front passenger seat
ommended by your CRS manufacturer. backup to its vertical position as per
Selection and Installation of CRS requirement, so that it can create ad-
equate contact between passenger
Always select the CRS that complies with seat backrest & child seat.
latest safety standards (AIS 072 / ECE

27
SAFETY
 Adjust the front passenger seat for- and keep it at safe location to reinstall
ward or backward as per requirement, it whenever adult passenger is sitting
so that there could not be any contact at that position.
between front passenger seat & child  While installing child seats on rear
seat or child present behind it. outboard seating position, adjust their
 If required, adjust the front passenger respective buckles to its required po-
seat height to its suitable position. sition of rotation.
 While installing child seat on front pas-
senger seating position, adjust the
buckle to its suitable position of rota-
tion.
 While installing forward facing child
seat for 15 to 18kg children on front
passenger seating position, adjust the
front passenger seat to its rear most
position.
Installing the Child Seat on Rear Pas-
senger Seats
 If required, adjust the front seat so that
there could not be any contact be-
tween front seat & child seat or child
present behind front seat.
 While installing child seats adjust the
rear seat head restraints to its lower-
most position or remove it if required

28
 SAFETY
Not Recommended CRS Position Recommended CRS Position

29
SAFETY
Recommended CRS Position as Per
the Vehicle Matrix Recommended CRS Positions (CRS Fastened With A Safety Belt)
The suitability of seat position for carriage
of children and recommended category of Front Passen- Front Pas-
Mass Rear Out- Rear Out- Rear
CRS is shown in the table as per the child Group ger with PAB senger with
Group board LH board RH Centre
group. OFF PAB ON
NOTE
0 Up to 10 kg U X U U X
The child’s life is at risk in a collision if
the CRS is not properly secured in the Up to 13 kg
0+ U X U U X
vehicle. Be sure to secure the child in
the restraint system according to the U
I 9 to 18 kg UF U U X
manufacturer’s instructions. UF

II 15 to 25 kg UF UF U U X
WARNING
III 22 to 36 kg UF UF U U X
Do not use an infant carrier or a child
safety seat that “hooks” over a seat-
X: Seat Position not suitable for children in this mass group.
back, it will not provide adequate pro-
tection in a collision. U: Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.
UF: Suitable for forward facing “universal” category restraints approved for use in this
mass group.

30
 SAFETY
CAUTION
Recommended CRS Positions (CRS That Can Be Used With ISOFIX System)
A CRS in a closed vehicle can be-
come very hot. To prevent burns,
Rear
check the seating surface and buckles Front
Category Rear Out- Out-
before placing your child in CRS. Mass Passen- Rear
Group Of Child board LH* board
Group ger Centre
Seat RH*
WARNING
0 Up to 10 kg E X IL IL X
Do not modify CRS in any way.
0+ Up to 13 kg C, D, E X IL IL X

CAUTION IL IL
I 9 to 18 kg D, C, B, B1, A X IUF IUF X
 Do not install a booster seat or a
booster cushion with only the lap II 15 to 25 kg X IL IL X
strap of the seat belt or a seat belt
that is slack or twisted. III 22 to 36 kg X IL IL X

 Do not leave any toys or other ob- IL: The seat is suitable for the ISOFIX child seats with “Semi-Universal” approval.
jects loose in the CRS or on the seat
while the vehicle is in motion. IUF: The seat is suitable for forward facing child seats and is permitted for use in this
weight category.
X: The seat is not equipped for the ISOFIX system.
*Rear outboard seating positions are suitable for ISO/R3, Class C CRS.

31
SAFETY
After a collision, we recommend to get WARNING Child Lock
seat belts, seats, ISOFIX and top-tether
anchorages (as may be applicable) inves- If the airbag SRS warning indicator in
tigated at TATA MOTORS EV Authorised the instrument cluster illuminates con-
Service Centre. tinuously, it means that there is mal-
Each CRS should be used for one child function in the system. Remove the
only. CRS from front passenger seat and
Passenger airbag can be turned OFF contact your TATA MOTORS EV Au-
manually through switch provided on side thorised Service Centre.
face of the dashboard at front passenger
side. Visual signal of passenger airbag
ON or OFF is indicated on the roof con-
sole.
When passenger airbag is ON, a rear- Child lock are provided on both rear
ward facing child seat shall not be in- doors. It is used for safety of a child.
stalled on the front passenger seat.
Child safety lever to be used for safety of
When passenger airbag is OFF, a forward child for preventing them to open
or rearward facing child seat can be in- rear door while sitting in passenger
stalled on the front passenger seat. seat to avoid accident while vehicle is
While installing a rearward facing child moving.
seat on the front passenger seat, passen- Both the rear doors of the vehicle are
ger airbag must be OFF. pro-vided with a child proof lock. Push
Refer images in PAB Switch section. the lock lever (located on vertical face of
the door) downward before closing the
door. The door which has been locked
by activating
32
 SAFETY
the child lock cannot be opened from in-
side. It can be opened only from the out-
side.
NOTE
Lift the lock lever upward to deactivate
the child lock when not required.

33
SAFETY
ADDITIONAL SAFETY FEATURES It goes OFF after a few seconds if the sys- carefully in adverse weather and
tem is healthy. traffic conditions.
(if equipped)
While Braking  Always keep safe distance and ad-
These are additional safety features. For
tell-tale related information, please check In case of emergency braking, press the here to speed limits.
Warning and Indicator section from this brake pedal fully. This allows the ABS to Electronic Brake Force Distribution
Manual. regulate braking force and maintain direc- (EBD)
Electronic Stability Program (ESP) tional control of vehicle When ABS is ac-
EBD monitors and controls the brake
tive driver may feel brake pedal pulsating
It monitors stability and traction. If the ve- pressure on the rear wheels to improve
and very low (ABS) motor activation noise
hicle is from the direction desired by the driving stability while braking. EBD pro-
from engine compartment which is normal
driver, one or more wheels are getting vides optimal braking pressure distribu-
during braking.
braked to stabilize the vehicle. ESP as- tion between front and rear wheels to op-
sists the user when the vehicle is pulling WARNING timize braking distance and to ensure ve-
away on wet or slippery roads. ESP can hicle stability by means of lowering brak-
also stabilize the vehicle during braking  If ABS malfunction, ABS may not ing pressure at rear wheels.
and acceleration. ESP warning lamp shorten the distance in all situation.
WARNING
glows on instrument cluster when the ig-  ABS system will have the effect of
nition is ON. It goes off after few seconds increased stopping distance due to  If the EBD is faulty, The ABS Warn-
if system is healthy. conditions such as gravel, pot holes, ing lamp along with the Brake Mal-
Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) slippery surfaces, wet road, ground function lamp remains ON in the In-
covered with snow etc. strument cluster.
ABS regulates brake pressure in such a
 Travelling on bad road, panic brak-
way that the wheels do not lock when you  If ESP, ABS and EBD malfunctions,
brake. This allows you to continue steer- ing brake pedal may become hard,
warning lamp will glow continuously.
ing the vehicle when braking. The ABS this is due to ABS system taking
In such cases, do not panic drive the
warning lamp in the instrument cluster control. ABS will not compensate
vehicle carefully and immediately
lights up when the ignition is switched on. forbad road, weather conditions and
poor driving judgment. Always drive

34
 SAFETY
visit TATA MOTORS EV Authorised conditions automatically & this will help extreme operating condition which leads
Service Centre to rectify the issue. to get quick response from Brakes and to excessive temperature rise of brake
have a better deceleration. fluid. The moment temperature rises, the
Electronic Traction Control (ETC)
Electronic Brake Pre-fill (EBP) HFC system automatically compensates
The Electronic Traction Control system for this by increasing the hydraulic pres-
The Electronic Brake Prefill (EBP) func- sure in relation to the force applied to the
function (ETC) is designed as a slip con-
tion reduces the air gap of the brake pad pedal.
trol system to prevent the driven wheels
and the brake disc. The function is trig-
of a vehicle from excessive wheel slip.
gered after a sudden release of the accel- Dynamic Wheel Torque by Brake
Cornering Stability Control (CSC) erator pedal due to an unexpected emer- (DWT-B)
It supports / stabilizes vehicle during par- gency brake situation. By actively pre-fill- Dynamic Wheel Torque Vectoring system
tial braking on the curves by reducing ing the brake system the brake response enables the driver to steer the vehicle ex-
pressure at required inner wheel of the time is reduced and results in a shorter actly as intended by shifting propulsion
vehicle. This helps to reduce the probabil- stopping distance. torque via braking. It achieves high off-
ity of vehicle over steering during corner- Hydraulic Brake Assist (HBA) road performance even on the toughest
ing. roads.
In an emergency situation, user may not
Roll over Mitigation (ROM) utilize the full available performance of the Hill Hold Control (HHC)
The main feature of the Roll over Mitiga- brake system, as they may apply brake Hill Hold Control is a comfort function. The
tion function is the detection of a rollover too soft due to Panic. The HBA function main intend is to prevent the vehicle from
critical situation and to prevent the vehicle detects the critical situation and builds up rolling backwards while driving off up-hill
rollover. additional brake pressure to reduce the on an inclined surface.
Brake Disc Wiping (BDW) braking distance. Panic Brake Alert (PBA)
Water on the brake disc leads to a delay Hydraulic Fading Compensation Panic brake alert warns the surrounding
in brake response time. The purpose of (HFC) vehicles when an emergency or heavy
the function Brake Disc wiping is to re- To compensate the hydraulic fading in the braking takes place. The function will trig-
move the moisture when driving in wet brake circuit while applying brake under ger Hazard lamps automatically, which

35
SAFETY
will provide an immediate warning to ve-  The driver can override the system by a smooth and controlled experience.
hicles directly behind and nearby. With depressing the brake/acc pedal if
PBA, surrounding drivers and vehicles there is a risk of being hit by following
have more time to respond against slow- traffic.
down vehicles. By providing additional  The basic assumption is that the
warning to improve road safety, PBA re- brake system is intact after the pri-
duces the amount and degree of injuries mary impact.
caused by rear end collisions that occur
during heavy braking.  Mitigate impact/severity of subse-
After Impact Braking (AIB) quent collisions.
 In the event of primary collision there Integrated iVBAC
are chances that vehicle can no Introducing the Intelligent Vacuum-less
longer be safely controlled. Accident Boost & Active Control (iVBAC) a cutting
analysis has shown that an active edge brake technology designed for hy-
brake intervention would mitigate the brid and electric vehicles. Unlike tradi-
effect of the subsequent collisions. tional systems, the iVBAC operates vac-
 After impact braking system is acti- uum-free, enhancing reliability and simpli-
vated automatically and brakes the fying maintenance.
car in a safe manner to mitigate sec- This system not only supports regenera-
ondary collision. tive braking but also functions as an Elec-
 Hazard & brake lights are triggered to tronic Stability Control (ESC) unit, seam-
intimate surrounding users of an lessly integrating Anti-lock Braking Sys-
emergency situation. Warning lights tem (ABS), Traction Control, and Stability
will continue flashing after vehicle Control functionalities. When you apply
comes to a standstill. the brakes, the iVBAC translates your in-
put into precise brake pressure, ensuring

36
 SAFETY
ANTI-THEFT DEVICE IMMOBI- Vehicle Immobilizer Vehicle
LIZER Condition Lamp Status State Meaning / Function Of The State
Immobilizer system is designed to prevent Vehicle Immobilized and awaiting electronic
vehicle theft by electronically disabling Ignition
Blinking Locked key
the vehicle ignition system. The vehicle OFF
can be started only with vehicle’s original
Immobilizer ignition key which has an Ignition Normal condition and ready to start the ve-
electronic identification programmed OFF Unlocked hicle
ON
code.
• Problem with key (wrong key used
NOTE
to start vehicle)
Use only one key, the other should be Ignition
ON
ON Locked • Problem with Immobilizer system.
kept in a safe location. Note down “key Contact TATA MOTORS EV Author-
Tag no.” information (and keep it safe) ised Service Centre.
which is required while getting
new/spare keys. Remember that it is Contact TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
Ignition
not possible to prepare new/spare Blinking Unlocked Service Centre immediately.
ON
keys without the “key Tag number.”
Take precaution about key, as without
key vehicle cannot be started.

37
SAFETY

38
 BATTERY AND COMPONENTENT
HIGH VOLTAGE BATTERY SYS- cation. Energy retention capacity deterio- Regeneration is done by converting driv-
TEM rates over several cycles of usage and ing force (kinetic energy) into electrical
hence range deterioration happens over- energy that is stored in the Li-ion battery
Temperature Limits time. while the vehicle is decelerating or being
Battery pack and vehicle can operate driven downhill. This is called regenera-
This decrease in range during the end of
safely in limits from -22°C to 55°C. life of battery is expected and is not con- tive braking
NOTE sidered as a malfunction of the battery Heavily Discharged High Voltage
pack. During these conditions, it is recom- System
To control the battery temperature of mended to contact TATA MOTORS EV In the case of a heavily discharged HV
the high voltage battery the air condi- Authorised Service Centre. battery, there is a chance that the low volt-
tioner is used to cool down the battery
Brake Energy Recovery System age battery is discharged as well. In this
and may switch on automatically with-
The vehicle features energy regeneration case, please contact your nearest TATA
out request from control panel which
system, which regenerates expended en- MOTORS EV Authorised Service Centre.
may generate noise from operation of
the air conditioner compressor and ergy during coasting or braking during the WARNING
cooling fan. drive. This system allows the battery to be
recharged under the above mentioned Do not try to jump start the vehicle or
HV Battery Life & Maintenance conditions. tow the vehicle without guidance from
This Vehicle comes with a standard bat- Please note, the regeneration system the service assistant.
tery warranty as mentioned in warranty does not fully recharge the battery, it only Heated High Voltage Battery
section. Regular service of the vehicle provides a chance to recover a portion of
and charging protocol to be followed to energy that would be lost during braking. In such a condition, the battery has safety
maximize the battery life. When you release the accelerator or logics to limit the performance or discon-
press the brake pedal, energy flows from nect by itself with prior warning. The vehi-
Energy Information cle should be stopped and allowed to cool
wheels to high voltage battery, thereby
The vehicle battery pack has a maximum charging it. down and contact TATA MOTORS EV
energy as specified in Technical Specifi- Authorised Service Centre.

39
BATTERY AND COMPONENT
Long Storage of HV Battery Pack history over the past drives. It is recom- age battery, the responsibility of
The HV battery undergoes discharge at a mended keep a 20km buffer in estimated the consequences of environmen-
rate of approximately 3% over a period of range before planning the trip tal pollution or accidents must be
30 days in storage. Do not allow the vehi- Disposal borne solely by you, the owner of
cle to be discharged to 0% in storage. It is the vehicle.
The disposal of an HV Battery must be
recommended that the vehicle must be done with utmost care and will be carried • Customers who wish to dispose of
charged to a charge level in between 30% out by TATA MOTORS EV Authorised battery by themselves shall deal
to 50% before leaving the vehicle for long Service Centre after sales service at the only with registered entities (list of
time storage. After this time period the ve- end of the battery life time or if the battery these is available on the
hicle must be charged to 100% using Nor- pack has passed its warranty period. CPCB/SPCB website) after duly
mal Charging before use. verifying validity of necessary reg-
NOTE istration documents. After disposal
High Voltage System Failure
• It is advised to contact TATA MO- the EPR certificate has to be ob-
In the case of high voltage system failure, tained by the customer from the en-
TORS EV Authorised Service Cen-
which may arise due to various reasons, tity. It is request that customer shall
tre which shall guide & help in dis-
contact TATA MOTORS EV Authorised provide this certificate to nearest
mantling, handling and disposal
Service Centre for further assistance. TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
through agencies who are certified
Predicting Energy Usage by central/state pollution control Service Centre which is to be kept
board & obtain certificate of dis- for records & submitted to central
The vehicle battery energy usage is dis- pollution control board as proof of
played in the instrument cluster in the posal from these agencies as proof
of sustainable disposal. disposal according to policy guide-
form of estimated range. This range is up- lines.
dated by the system algorithm, depending • If you decide not to use the recom-
on the driving conditions. mended TATA MOTORS EV Au-
Displayed range in the instrument cluster thorised service center or TATA
is a tentative number based on drive MOTORS EV Authorised Work-
route, driving pattern and usage pattern shop to dispose of your high volt-

40
 BATTERY AND COMPONENTENT
WARNING • The capacity of the High voltage Service Centre for inspection and
battery will decrease with time and maintenance.
EV battery contains materials like Lith-
usage to hold charge like all such • If the vehicle is involved in a colli-
ium Iron, graphite, plastic & steel etc
batteries. As the battery ages and sion, we recommend that you con-
which can have impact on environment
capacity decreases, this will result tact an authorized TATA MOTORS
and are harmful if not handled/dis- in a decrease from the vehicle’s in- EV dealer to inspect if the high volt-
posed of carefully. There is a risk of se- itial mileage range. This is normal, age battery is still connected or
vere burns and electrical shock that expected, and not indicative of any damaged in any way.
may result in serious injury while addi- defect in your High voltage battery. • The HV battery capacity of the high
tionally posing a risk of environmental • When the HV Battery reaches the voltage battery may decrease
damage. end of its life cycle, the charging ca- when the vehicle is stored in
pacity or State of health (SoH) re- high/low temperatures.
duces. During such decrease in • Electric range may vary depending
CAUTION charge capacity and range of vehi- on the driving conditions, even if
Keep the following things in mind to cle, contact TATA MOTORS EV the charge amount is the same.
prevent damage of the battery pack: Authorized service centre and get The high voltage battery may ex-
• Avoid exposure of the vehicle to the SoH of Battery pack get in- pend more energy when driving at
extreme environmental tempera- spected. high speed or uphill. These actions
ture for extended period of time. • One full slow charging after every 4 may reduce the vehicle electric
• Do not leave the vehicle for longer Fast charging cycle is recom- range.
period when High voltage battery is mended for regular charging.
near zero SOC. Follow the long du-
• If over time the maximum charge
ration storage guideline.
capacity and the maximum electric
• Do not use the High voltage battery
range begin to degrade, contact
for any other purpose.
TATA MOTORS EV Authorised

41
BATTERY AND COMPONENT
TIPS TO CONSERVE BATTERY 2. Cell Balancing or equalization driven for long distances especially in
LIFE summers. Allow vehicle temperature to
cool down before charging. It is always
1. Battery Charging better to charge EV when ambient tem-
It is advisable to perature is low especially at night.
charge the vehicle 4. Vehicle Parking
up to 100%. This en-
sures accurate SoC Avoid parking vehi-
calculation and con- Cell balancing or equalization and SoC cle in direct sunlight
sistent energy con- calibration happens during charging, es- for long duration.
tent intake during pecially at higher SoC, >90%. This Try to park it under
charging. Charging causes charging to take longer time shade, tree etc. This
to 100% also main- above 90%. Allow the vehicle to reach helps in keeping
tains battery health for longer time and 100% SoC before terminating the charg- battery temperature
ensures better range throughout the life ing session, as both cell balancing and low resulting en-
cycle of the vehicle. SoC calibration are essential steps for hance battery life over the life cycle.
any battery to perform optimally for a pro-
It is also advisable to slow or home longed time.
charge the vehicle to 100% as much as
possible. Slow Charging and full charging 3. Extreme Temperatures
is the best way to charge your vehicle to Extreme tempera-
maintain the health of the high voltage tures impact upon
battery. how well a battery
After every 4 fast charging cycles, it is ad- can maintain its level
visable to slow or home charge the vehi- of charge. Avoid
cle to 100% SoC. charging the high
voltage battery when
it is hot and vehicle is

42
 CHARGING
INSTRUCTIONS TO FOLLOW ately. Refer to the ‘Emergency and charging gun from Socket.
Breakdown’ section in this manual for 
Instructions: Do not disengage/play around with the
information on the Service Repre- Park brake/hand brake while vehicle in
 It is recommended to charge the vehi- sentative in your area. fast charging condition.
cle to 100% every time, whenever ve-
 Do not place fingers inside the coupler  Overcurrent and leakage current pro-
hicle is being charged.
on either end of the charging gun. tections are given in the home charg-
 Avoid charging vehicle under heavy
 Do not allow children to operate this ing box and charging gun. The RCBO
rain / thunderstorms.
device. Adult supervision is mandatory should always be in ON state during
 Avoid driving vehicle below 10% SoC. when children are in proximity to a normal charging use-case and there
 Make sure the charge station’s supply charge station that is in use. should be no error (Red) LEDs on the
cable is positioned so it will not best  Not for use in commercial garages. charging gun. In case any tripping of
stepped on, tripped over, or otherwise RCBO is observed or error LEDs start
 Slow Charging only happens in park blinking on the Charging gun, please
subjected to damage or stress.
brake engaged condition. So always contact TATA MOTORS EV Author-
 There are no user serviceable parts in- keep the park brake engaged during a ised Service Centre.
side the charging gun. Contact TATA- charging session.
MOTORS EV Authorised Service Cen-  Home charging box comes with a key
 Change of vehicle state (Ignition OFF and lock. It is recommended to lock the
tre should you experience any prob-
to Ignition ON or vice-versa) should be box during overnight charge or when
lems with the charging gun. Do not at-
avoided while charging the charging box is not in use to avoid
tempt to repair or service the charge
station or charging gun yourself may  Post switch off the charger, provide misuse of charging point.
result in injury. min 5 seconds for touching and pulling
WARNING
out the gun.
 Do not operate your charge station
Unplug both couplers of your Portable
and gun if it or the supply cable is visi-  If the charging gun removed and rein-
sertion required it could be done after Charging Gun before cleaning.
bly damaged. Contact your Service
Representative for service immedi- at least 10 seconds of removal of the

43
CHARGING
NOTE CAUTION NOTE
During normal operation, the charging Do not use a damaged charging sta- Charging station and domestic plug
gun or couplers may feel warm. If ei- tion, plug point or charging port. Using point must be approved/certified by a
ther coupler or the charging gun feels the charger with a worn or damaged qualified electrician before using the
hot during charging, unplug the gun port may result in unanticipated conse- charging gun. Coupler Receptacle has
and have a qualified electrician inspect quences. to have proper Grounding, electrical
the connections before you continue connection and has to contain a Resid-
charging. WARNING ual-Current Circuit Device (RCD).
 Ensure that the charging gun is al-
WARNING ways stored in a safe place. Do no CAUTION
expose it to rain or wet conditions.
The charger generates electromag-  Make sure that the device is always
Avoid pouring or dripping water or
netic waves that can seriously impact stored in a safe place. Do no ex-
other liquids over it.
medical electric devices such as an im- pose the device to rain or wet con-
plantable cardiac pacemaker in a per-  If water penetrates the electrical ditions.
son. When a person has an implant like devices, the risk of electric shock
increases. Ensure that all plugs and  DO NOT use this product if the EV
the one mentioned above, make sure charge connector/cable is dam-
to ask the medical team and the manu- cables are free of moisture before
using the charging gun. Never con- aged.
facturer whether charging your EV will
impact the operation of the medical nect the charging gun to the mains  During charging the vehicle must
electric device implant. In such case, with wet or moist hands or when the not be exposed to rain, lightning
do not go near the vehicle when it is charging gun is wet. and snow.
charging.
NOTE
Charging should be done in Ignition
OFF state.

44
 CHARGING
IMPORTANT TIPS charging has to be stored safely and  Usage of damaged cables, Power
Do’s and Don’ts securely in the trunk of the vehicle or Source socket and vehicle side CCS2
has to be plugged on to the Home port must be avoided as they may re-
 Do not direct high pressure washer Charging Box in locked condition. sult in electrical hazard and inconsis-
fluid/ water jets (Pressure above 0.5  The wall box charging unit is also used tent charging experience.
bar) at electrical devices and con- for slow or home charging. It comes  While plugging in for home charging,
necter during washing. This is to pre- with a key and lock. It is recommended ensure power source is off. Subse-
vent malfunction/failure of electrical to lock the home charging box when quently ensure charging gun is con-
system due to water ingress. No High the vehicle is kept for overnight charg- nected at both ends – One at power
pressure washing in motor compart- ing or when nobody is around while the source and the other at vehicle’s
ment, Under-floor battery pack and vehicle is being slow charged. This en- CCS2 port. Then switch ON the power
CCS Charging port. sures that the charging unit along with source switch to commence charging.
 Always check the SoC level before the charging gun cannot be misused or Confirm that the vehicle is charging
start of journey & ensure car is ade- stolen. from the green charging telltale dis-
quately charged. You may check the  Wet surfaces are good conductors of played on the instrument cluster. The
SoC level on the mobile app also. electricity. Though the vehicle is cluster remains ON to display charging
 Remote AC command not to be exe- equipped with safety mechanisms to status for 60 sec after the start of
cuted through mobile app while/during protect users, it is advisable to take a charging.
the charge initiation process. few precaution while plugging in for  If charging gun is removed before
 If AC is switched ON remotely using charging. Hence, before charging, en- 100% charging and again needs
Zconnect, it is required to switch it off sure that the power source socket, the charging up to 100%, it is advisable to
using the Zconnect app before unlock- charging gun and the charging port wait for at least 10 seconds before re-
ing the vehicle. If it is not followed, the (CCS2) port in the vehicle are dry. Also inserting the gun in the charging port.
vehicle requires two ignition ON cycle ensure that you are standing on dry  Once charging is complete and gun is
to move as it will not move in the first ground and your hands are dry as well removed from the charging port, it is
ignition ON cycle. while using the high voltage charging advisable to pause for 30 sec before
 The charging gun provided for home equipment. switching on the car to start driving.
45
CHARGING
 When the vehicle is shut off after drive, sure to hold the charging connector  Before charging the battery, turn OFF
it is advisable to pause for at least 10- handle. the vehicle.
15 sec before charging. It allows the  Only use the certified charging cable.  When the vehicle is switched OFF
vehicle’s electrical system time to de- If you use a separate extension cable while charging, the cooling fan inside
energize and stabilize before the such as a reel or use an uncertified the motor compartment may automat-
charging commences. cable, it may cause abnormalities of ically operate. Do not touch the cool-
 Comply with the following in order to electrical outlets, leading to fire or ex- ing fan while charging.
prevent electrical shock when charg- plosion.  Be careful not to drop the charging
ing:-  If you pull the cable itself (without us- connector. The charging connector
 Use a waterproof charger. ing the handle), the internal wires may can be damaged.
 Do not touch the charging connector be disconnected or get damaged.  Do NOT use an extension cord, when
and charging plug with your hands This may lead to electric shock or fire. using the L1-Trickle charger, as this
wet, or do not stand in water or snow  Do not leave the vehicle with the may overheat and/or cause damage.
while connecting the charging cable. charging door open. An open charg-  When charging or right after charging
 Be careful when there is lightning- ing door may indicate that the vehicle the high voltage battery, the cooling
Be careful when the charging con- door has been unlocked and may be will be made using air conditioner sys-
nector and plug are wet. subject to vehicle theft. tem in order to control the high volt-
 Always keep the charging connector age battery temperature. At this time,
 Immediately stop charging when you and charging plug in clean and dry
discover abnormal symptoms the Noise might occur by the air con-
condition. Be sure to keep the charg- ditioner compressor and cooling fan,
(smell, smoke, etc.). ing cable in a condition where there is but this is due to normal operation.
 Replace the charging cable if the ca- no water or moisture.
ble coating is damaged to prevent  Make sure to use the designated
electrical shock. When connecting or charger for charging the electric vehi-
removing the charging cable, make cle. Using any other charger may
cause failure.

46
 CHARGING

TYPE OF CHARGING
Charging
Types Of Charging Component Specifica- *Charging
S.N Time In Charge Gun Power Source
Charging tion
Time SoC Band

• Nominal Voltage: 230V

Normal/AC AC RMS single Phase
1 17.5 Hrs. (Option I) 10-100%
Charging 50Hz
21 Hrs.(Option II)
• Power Rating: 3.3kW AC RMS
• Rated Current 13A AC RMS
• Nominal Voltage: 230 V
AC Charg- AC RMS single Phase
2 50Hz 6.5 Hrs. (Option I) 10-100%
ing (WMU)
• Power Rating: 7.5kW AC RMS 8.7 Hrs. (Option II)

• Rated Current 32A AC RMS

• Power Rating: 50kW

Fast / DC • Charging station voltage capa-
3 bility should be greater than or 45 mins.(Option I) 10-80%
Charging
equal high voltage battery pack 50 mins.(Option II)
nominal voltage.

*Under standard test condition.

47
CHARGING
1. Normal / AC Charging should be able to supply 15A dedi- 2. Connect the plug to AC power socket.
In electricity grid, electric power is AC (al- cated load continuously.
ternating current) by nature. However, 3. Vehicle charging port must be free of
electric power in battery is DC (Direct Cur- dust, water or snow while connecting
rent) by nature. Hence, to charge an elec- the charging gun; if not proper clean-
tric car by AC grid, power has to be con- ing method must be used to remove
verted from AC to DC. And to convert AC dust, water and ice.
power to DC power On-board Charger is 4. Don’t try to pull off the charging gun
used. This type of charging is called Nor- during charging.
mal charging/AC charging.
5. Don’t pull out the charging gun if it is
Normal charging is recommended for in locked condition as excess force
usual charging of the vehicle. This charg- can break or damage the locking
ing method is most suitable for parking mechanism.
spots where the car will stay parked for 3. DO NOT plug into a power strip.
Normal Charging Procedure
longer duration of time.
1. Engage the Parking Brake. (Charging
Precautions for Normal Charging
won’t start if parking brake is not en-
1. Proper maintenance of earthling pit is gaged).
must. Add water & add salts at regular
intervals into the earth pits in order to
maintain the value of earth resistance.
Check annually the condition of the
electrodes so as to add or replace
electrodes.
2. The electrical socket used for EV
charging and its associated wiring

48
 CHARGING
4. Open the protective cap on Charging 6. Open the protective cap on Charging slow charging or AC charging of the
Gun. Inlet. vehicle, this will lead to heat up the
cables and charging gun. Prolong
charging IN such condition may
lead to melting of wire and charging
gun.
8. If the actuator is engaged and the gun
is not getting inserted properly, con-
tact TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
service centre.
9. Remove any dust on the Charging
Gun and Charging Inlet. Connect the
charging gun to vehicle AC Charging
5. Press the ‘Charging opening switch’ to
Inlet.
open the charging inlet flap.
7. Before connecting the charging gun to
vehicle charging socket, make sure
the gun lock is released.
CAUTION
 If the Gun Lock is not released
please don’t insert the Charging
Gun forcefully into the socket. It
may damage the Charging Socket.
 Don’t use the electric connection
with extension or power strip for the

49
CHARGING
won’t start and ‘Engage Park Brake to
start charging’ message will be dis-
played on instrument cluster.
NOTE
Infotainment and cabin cooling can be
used during charging of the vehicle by
putting the vehicle in Ignition.
15. To stop the charging, switch off the AC
power supply.
16. The charging gun will be unlocked af-
ter switching off the AC supply and
10. Switch on the AC supply. NOTE pressing charging gun unlock switch.
11. Charging Gun will be locked after When vehicle is in Charging Mode, it
NOTE
switching on the AC supply. You will will not go in Drive (D) or Reverse(R).
hear a “click” sound, when the gun is If the gun does not gets unlocked in
connected correctly. 12. Normally the car starts automatically first attempt of pressing fascia switch,
charging. If not, please refer ‘Trouble- repeat the operation.
shooting Guide for Normal Charging’
table. 17. Pull out the plug.
13. Open the door and see instrument
cluster for State of Charge, Time to
Charge and Gun connection status.
14. In case the park brake is not engaged
or partially engaged the charging

50
 CHARGING
Emergency charging Gun unlocking Emergency Charging flap opening
In case of electrical malfunction, you can In case of electrical malfunction, you can
unlock the Charging Gun from inside of unlock the opening flap from inside of bon-
bonnet as per procedure given below. net as per procedure given below
1. Open the bonnet. 1. Open the bonnet.
2. Pull the cable of charging gun un- 2. Then pull the cable of charging flap,
locking, as shown below picture. as shown below picture.

18. Put on the protective caps on both

Charging Gun and Vehicle Inlet.
NOTE
In emergency charging shutdown con-
ditions, Gun won’t be unlocked. Con-
tact TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
Service Centre.

NOTE
Once Normal /Fast charging is com-
pleted, 90 seconds of time gap is re- 3. Then pull out the charging gun. 4. Move the charging flap at your left, pull
quired before the vehicle can be the charging cap.
started. After turning off the vehicle,
wait for four seconds if you want to
start the vehicle again.

51
CHARGING

If charge cap needs replacement, make

sure that it is replaced by a genuine cap
at TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service
Centre only.
For closing push the charging flap, till it
gets locked.

52
 CHARGING
Normal Charging Control Box
Indications:
1. Home

2. Control Box

3. Vehicle

4. Fault

53
CHARGING
Troubleshooting Guide for Normal Charging
Refer the below table if charging is not starting or if it stops abruptly. The below symbols of ‘House’, ‘Control Box’, ‘Vehicle’ and
‘Fault’ can be seen on the control box beside the respective LEDs.
Fault Cate- Control
Indication Home Vehicle Fault Recommended Action
gory Box

Improper earth connection. Check the earth pit.

Short circuit between PE and phase. Error in

domestic supply side. “Stop Charging”
Blink Off Off On
Interface fault AC voltage is either less than 190V or more than
in home 250V. Error in domestic supply side. “Stop
Charging”
Proper connection of plug and socket should be
ensured. Also, check socket rating and use 15A
Blink Off Off Blink socket

Off Blink Off On

Control box Contact TATA MOTORS EV Autho- rised
fault Service Centre
Off Blink Off Blink

54
 CHARGING
Fault Cate- Control
Indication Home Vehicle Fault Recommended Action
gory Box

Off Off Blink On

Go to nearest TATA MOTORS EV
Vehicle box
Authorised Service Centre
Off Off Blink Blink

Legend

- Blink

- Off

- On

55
CHARGING
2. AC Charging (Wall Mount Unit) 4. Remove the charging gun from the 6. Before connecting the WMU charging
WMU. (WMU will be separately in- gun to vehicle charging socket, make
This type of charging will help customer to stalled at customer end) sure the gun lock is released.
improve the charging time for vehicle
charging. 7. If the actuator is engaged and the gun
is not getting inserted properly, con-
AC (WMU) Procedure tact TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
1. Parking brake should be in engage Service Centre.
condition (Charging won’t start if park- 8. Remove any dust on the Charging
ing brake is not engaged). Gun and Charging Inlet. Connect the
2. Press the ‘Charging opening switch’ to WMU charging gun to vehicle
open the charging inlet flap ACWMU Charging Inlet.

5. Open the protective cap on WM

Charging Gun.

3. Open the protective cap on Charging 9. Scan the RFID provided, on the WMU
Inlet (AC side). to start charging.

56
 CHARGING
10. Charging gun will be locked automati- 14. The charging gun will be unlocked af- NOTE
cally. You will hear a “click” sound, ter pressing the fascia switch on the
when the gun is connected correctly. dashboard panel. Pull out the gun. Battery performance and durability
can deteriorate if the fast charger is
11. Normally the car starts automatically 15. Put on the protective caps on both used constantly. Use of Fast Charging
charging. If not, please refer ‘Trouble- Charging Gun and Vehicle Inlet. Place should be minimized in order to help
shooting Guide in WMU’s owners’ the Charging gun back and close the prolong high voltage battery life.
manual. charging inlet flap.
After a maximum of four fast charging
3. Fast / DC Charging cycles, the battery pack you must use
 Fast charging of electric vehicle is Normal charging to 100% State of
achieved by using Fast/DC charging Charge for the optimum performance
stations; they convert the AC power of the high voltage battery pack.
from the grid to DC power and can di-
rectly charge the HV battery pack thus
by passing the On-Board Charger. NOTE
 Fast charging can be done wherever Depending on the condition and dura-
Fast/DC charging station is available. bility of the high voltage battery,
User can charge at high speeds at charger specifications, charger rating,
public charging stations. and ambient temperature, the time re-
 Electric vehicle can be fast charged quired for charging the high voltage
12. Open the door and see instrument using any fast charging station or battery may vary.
cluster for State of Charge, Time to equipment compliant to Combined
Charge and Gun connection status. Charging System standard having
13. To stop the charging, scan the RFID Type 2 connector (CCS Type 2).
on WMU.

57
CHARGING
Fast Charging Procedure 6. Before connecting the charging gun
1. Engage the Parking brake. (Charging to vehicle charging socket, make
won’t start if parking brake is not en- sure the gun lock is released.
gaged). CAUTION
2. Pull out the Charging Gun from If the Gun Lock is not released please
DC/Fast Charging Station. don’t insert the Charging Gun force-
3. Open the protective cap on Charging fully into the socket. It may damage
Gun. the Charging Socket.
7. Remove any dust on the Charging
Gun and Charging Inlet.
8. Connect the charging gun to vehicle
Charging Inlet. 10. Charging Gun will be locked after
switching on the DC charging station.
9. Switch on the DC charging station
supply. 11. You hear a “click”, when the Gun is
connected correctly, Click sound is
because of Gun locking after supply
is switched on.
12. Normally the car starts automatically
charging. If not, please refer Charg-
ing Gun’s Fault Indication & Indica-
4. Pull the ‘Charging-inlet Flap Open tion Priority Table on the charging
Lever’ to open the charging door. station.
5. Open the charger-inlet flap.

58
 CHARGING
won’t start and ‘Engage Park Brake NOTE
to start charging’ message will be dis-
played on instrument cluster. In emergency charging shutdown
conditions, Gun won’t be unlocked.
NOTE Contact TATA MOTORS EV Author-
Infotainment and cabin cooling can be ised Service Centre.
used during charging of the vehicle by
putting the vehicle in Ignition.
16. To stop the charging, switch off DC
charging station.
17. The charging gun will be unlocked 15
seconds after switching off the supply
NOTE from DC charging station. For fast
When vehicle is in Charging Mode, it charging no fascia switch input is re-
will not go in Drive (D) or Reverse (R). quired. It unlocks automatically.
13. To know the State of Charge, Time to 18. Put on the protective caps on both
Charge and Gun connection status Charging Gun and Vehicle Inlet.
please see instrument cluster. This
NOTE
status is displayed only when driver
door is opened. If you remove the charging gun from
14. SoC can also be identified from front the vehicle and if you wish to reinsert
of vehicle on CPL. the gun to recharge the vehicle,
please wait for at least 10 seconds be-
15. In case the park brake is not engaged fore charging gun is plugged again.
or partially engaged the charging

59
CHARGING
V2X CHARGING Vehicle Ignition OFF / ON Conditions Vehicle Ignition OFF state
The V2X charging system offers a flexible The transponder in the ignition key carries 1. User can decide the discharge SOC
and energy exchange method for charg- a Unique Identification Code (UID). The limit of the source vehicle (donor) and
ing electric vehicles (EVs) without the vehicle unlocks when the code on the key can preset the SOC limit in infotain-
need for charging stations. A new frame- matches with the code on the Battery ment before starting the V2V function.
work for vehicle-to-vehicle charging tech- Management System (BMS). In case of
PEPS variant, Immobilizer function is pro-  Since infotainment system won’t be
nology is introduced that can work plug-in awake in Ignition OFF state, Limit
electric cars. vided by PEPS ECU.
can be set only in ignition ON or
Vehicle To Vehicle Charging (V2V) Crank on condition.
 Discharge SOC Limit cannot be
changed during the V2V function.
 In case if no limit is set by the user,
30% SOC will be consider as default
discharge SOC limit.
2. Keep both sink (recipient) and source
(donor) vehicle nearby and ensure
maximum up to 3m distance between
the charging inlets of the vehicles.
3. Make sure to keep the vehicles and
the V2V charger in dry environment/in
Below parcel tray LH side in luggage com- shade
partment. 4. If the Source/sink vehicle is in OFF
V2V Gun
state, Open/close the door or if vehicle
is in locked state Press RKE unlock
Button and open the door to wake up

60
 CHARGING
the vehicle control unit. Once wakes 8. Check for the tell-tale indication fre- 13. To stop the V2V charging from sink
up, Vehicle control unit will remains in quently when the V2V function is in vehicle side, press its fascia switch
wakeup state for 120sec. progress to ensure there is no inter- and then ensure to press the V2X
5. Remove the caps & connect the ruption/fault. switch of source vehicle to stop the AC
V2Vgun to the source and sink vehicle 9. V2V function will stop from source ve- power supply. & follow step 14.
within in 120sec of step 4. Check the hicle side, if there is no energy dissi- 14. After 5 sec delay press source vehicle
labels on the V2V gun and make sure pation has happened for 100secs fascia switch and then remove both
that the V2Vgun side labelled as from successful step 7. In this case, the guns.
“source” should connect to the source remove the gun completely and start 15. In case V2V charging gets interrupted
vehicle & the other end labelled as from step 4 to reinitiate the V2V func- from source/sink vehicle side due to
“sink” should connect to the sink vehi- tion any fault, Press the Gun unlock fascia
cle. If user couldn’t connect the V2V 10. Charging will automatically stop if the switch in both vehicle and completely
gun within 120 sec of step4. Remove source vehicle SOC goes below the remove the gun from both side and re-
the Gun completely and repeat from user set SOC limit or at 30%. In that peat from step 4. If the issue still re-
step 4. case follow the procedure from step mains, Press the Gun unlock fascia of
6. Make sure park-brake/EPB is en- 16. both vehicle and completely remove
gaged. 11. Also monitor the SOC of both vehicles the gun. After that keep the vehicles in
7. Ensure V2V gun is connected to both frequently to check if sink vehicle is Ignition OFF state for 120 seconds.
vehicles and press the V2X switch of charged enough/ source vehicle SOC Then repeat from Step 4.If the charg-
source vehicle within 120 sec of step is reached the minimum required SOC ing get interrupted again from vehicle
5 to start the 220V AC power supply level. side go to step 16 and contact nearby
and to charge the sink vehicle. If user 12. To stop the V2V charging from source TAT service station.
couldn’t press V2X switch within 120 vehicle side, press the V2X switch of 16. To remove the gun, Press Fascia
sec of successful step 5. Remove the source vehicle to disable the 220V AC switch of both vehicles. Close the V2V
Gun completely and repeat from step supply and follow from step 16 after charging gun caps to ensure that it is
4 to initiate the V2V function again. 5sec. not exposed to mud/metal particle etc.

61
CHARGING
DON’TS 10. Don’t press V2X switch and fascia 3. Engage the park-break OR EPB of
1. Don’t shift the gear switch together to stop the function( both vehicles.
2. Don’t crank source or sink vehicle dur- keep minimum 5sec delay ) 4. Remove the caps & connect the V2V
ing V2V charging. 11. Don’t keep both vehicle at far distance gun to the source and sink vehicle.
where the gun has to stretch maxi- Check the labels on the V2V gun and
3. Don’t use un authorized V2V gun make sure that the V2Vgun side la-
mum to connect between the vehicles.
4. Don’t press the V2X switch of sink ve- beled as “source” should connect to
hicle throughout the V2V function 12. Don’t disengage the park brake in ei- the source vehicle & the other end la-
ther of the vehicles during the charg- beled as “sink” should connect to the
5. Don’t keep the V2V charging gun ing.
open at sink vehicle side while press- sink vehicle.
ing the v2x switch in the source vehi- 13. Do not insert the V2L connector when 5. Ensure V2V gun is connected to both
cle vehicle is in Crank or EV ready condi- vehicles and press the V2X switch of
tion. source vehicle to start the 220V AC
6. Don’t perform V2V charging in other
vehicles which is not recommended 14. Don’t disassemble or remodel the power supply and to charge the sink
V2V adaptor vehicle. ( TBC with VCU team-V2V
by the TPEM ( list to be published
status if V2X switch enabled in sink
later) as source and sink vehicle 15. Don’t Drop the V2V gun to cause high
vehicle also)
7. Don’t keep the V2V gun caps open af- impact and don’t keep heavy objects
6. Check telltale indication in instrument
ter the use to ensure it is not exposed over the gun
cluster of vehicles to ensure V2V
to mud/metal particle etc. Vehicle Ignition ON state charging is on.( check for the HMI)
8. Don’t start V2V charging function if 1. Keep both sink (recipient) and source 7. Check for the telltale indication fre-
source Vehicle SOC is lesser than or (donor) vehicle nearby and ensure quently when the V2V charging is in
equal to 30%. maximum up to 3m distance between progress to ensure there is no inter-
the charging inlets of the vehicles. ruption/fault.
9. Do not perform V2V charging during 2. Turn ON the ignition of both sink (re-
rain or in any situation where it might cipient)/source (donor) vehicle. Make
be exposed to water sure to keep the vehicles in Ignition
ON mode throughout the procedure
62
 CHARGING
8. Charging will automatically stop if the 13. In case V2V charging gets interrupted DON’T’S
source vehicle SOC goes below 30%. from source/sink vehicle side due to 1. Don’t switch off the Ignition in source
In that case follow the procedure from any fault, Press the Gun unlock fascia or sink vehicle during V2V charging
step 14. switch in both vehicle and completely
9. Also monitor the SOC of both vehicles remove the gun from both side while 2. Don’t crank source or sink vehicle dur-
frequently to check if sink vehicle is keeping the vehicles in Ignition ON ing V2V charging
charged enough/ source vehicle SOC and repeat from step 1. If the issue still 3. Don’t use un-authorised V2V gun.
is reached the minimum required SOC remains, Press the Gun unlock fascia 4. Don’t press the V2X switch of sink ve-
level. switch in both vehicle and completely hicle throughout the sink vehicle
10. If SOC of source vehicle reaches the remove the gun from both side both. charging
agreed Limit and to stop the V2V After that both vehicle should brought
5. Don’t keep the V2V charging gun
charging from source vehicle side, in to ignition OFF state. Keep the ve-
open at sink vehicle side while press-
press the V2X switch of source vehi- hicles in Ignition OFF state for 30sec.
ing the v2x switch in the source vehi-
cle to disable the 220V AC supply and Then repeat from Step 1. If the charg-
cle after connecting the source side
follow from step 14 after 5sec ing get interrupted again from vehicle
gun.
11. If Sink vehicle is charged up to the side go to step 14 to 15 and contact
agreed SOC level and to stop the V2V service station. 6. Don’t perform V2V charging in other
charging from sink vehicle side, press vehicles which is not recommended
14. To remove the gun, Press Fascia
its fascia switch to stop charging and by the TPEM ( list to be published
switch of both vehicles. Close the V2V
then ensure to press the V2X switch later) as source and sink vehicle
adaptor caps to ensure that it is not
of source vehicle to stop the AC power exposed to mud/metal particle etc. 7. Don’t keep the V2V gun caps open af-
supply. & follow step 12 ter the use to ensure it is not exposed
12. After 5 sec delay press source vehicle 15. Turn off the Ignition in both vehicles
to mud/metal particle etc.
fascia switch and then remove both 8. Don’t start V2V charging function if
the guns & follow step 15. source Vehicle SOC is lesser than or
equal to 30%.

63
CHARGING
9. Do not perform V2V charging during Vehicle to Load Charging (V2L)  In case if no limit is set by the user,
rain or in any situation where it might 30% SOC will be consider as de-
be exposed to water fault discharge SOC limit
10. Don’t press V2X switch and fascia 2. Make sure to keep the vehicle and
switch together to stop the func- the V2L adaptor in dry environment/in
tion(keep minimum 5sec delay ) shade
11. Don’t keep both vehicle at far distance 3. If the vehicle is in OFF state,
where the gun has to stretch maxi- Open/close the door or If vehicle is in
mum to connect between the vehicles. locked state Press RKE unlock but-
ton and open the door to wake up the
12. Don’t disengage the park brake in ei-
vehicle control unit. Once wakes up,
ther of the vehicles during the charg-
Vehicle control unit will remains in
ing.
wakeup state for 120sec
13. Don’t insert the V2L connector when Vehicle Ignition OFF state 4. Remove the V2L adaptor caps & con-
vehicle is in Crank or EV ready condi- 1. User can decide the discharge SOC nect the V2L adaptor gun to the
tion. limit of the vehicle and can preset the source vehicle within in 120sec of
SOC limit in infotainment before start- step 3.
ing the V2L function. 5. Make sure park-brake/EPB is en-
 Since infotainment system won’t gaged.
be awake in Ignition OFF state, 6. If user couldn’t connect the V2L gun
Limit can be set only in ignition ON within 120sec of step 3, then remove
or Crank ON condition in the pre- the Gun completely and repeat from
vious cycle. step 3
7. Connect external load to the V2L
 Discharge SOC Limit cannot be adaptor 3pin socket. Make sure that
changed during the V2L function. Electrical loads are healthy/in good

64
 CHARGING
condition and ensure the relevant ca- V2X switch within 120sec of step 3. disable the 220V AC power supply
bles and plugs of loads are con- Remove the Gun completely and re- and Go to step 17.
nected properly. peat from step 3 to initiate the V2L 15. V2L function will automatically stops if
 When using multiple loads make function. the source vehicle SOC goes below
sure Total power consumption of the 9. Ensure safety precaution against the the user set value or at the default
loads should be lesser than 3.3Kw live 220VAC voltage in the V2L adap- value of 30%. In that case go to step
or total current demand of loads tor. 17.
should be lesser than 16A. 10. Turn on the loads. 16. In case V2L function gets interrupted
 If the electric appliances demand 11. Check telltale indication in instrument from vehicle side due to any fault,
exceed the maximum power and cluster to ensure V2L discharging is Press the Gun unlock fascia switch in
current capacity that the vehicle can initiated/in progress vehicle and completely remove the
provide, V2L function will stop from gun repeat from step 3.
12. Check for the telltale indication fre-
vehicle side.
quently when the V2L discharge func-  If the issue still remains, Press the
 It is recommended to use home ap- tion is in progress to ensure there is Gun unlock fascia and completely
pliances with Power factor greater no interruption/fault. remove the gun. Keep the vehicles
than 0.85. in Ignition OFF state for 120sec.
13. V2L function will stop if there is no en-
Then repeat from Step 3.
 If multiple loads are connected on ergy dissipation has happened/if there
extension box, it is recommended to is no load is connected for 100secs  If the charging get interrupted again
use extension box with MCB (16A) from successful step 8. In this case, from vehicle side go to step 17 and
& with M Type plug and socket. The remove the gun completely and start vehicle along with the V2L adaptor
MCB switch needs to be in switched from step 3 to reinitiate the V2L dis- need to be taken to nearby TATA
off/ turned off condition. charge function. service station
8. Press V2X switch with in 120sec of 14. To stop the V2L discharge function, 17. Switch off and remove the Connected
step 4 to start 220V AC power supply First switch off the external loads and Loads then Press Fascia switch and
from vehicle. If user couldn’t press then press V2X switch second time to remove the V2L adaptor. (Close the

65
CHARGING
V2L adaptor caps to ensure it is not 7. Don’t allow the appliances/extension 16. Don’t press V2X switch and fascia
exposed to mud/metal particle etc). box cables to twist or overlapped. switch together to stop the function.(
DON’TS 8. Don’t use the appliances if its cable keep minimum 5sec delay)
1. Don’t crank the vehicle during V2L sheath is damaged. 17. Don’t disengage the park brake dur-
charging 9. Don’t use the electric devices which ing V2L charging
2. Don’t use unauthorized V2L adaptor require continues power supply like 18. Don’t mishandle the V2L adaptor.
medical equipment. since AC power 19. Do not insert the V2L connector
3. Don’t use High power home appli- supply may get interrupt based on
ances like air conditioner, dryer hav- when vehicle is in Crank or EV ready
the vehicle condition condition.
ing power consumption more than
3.3Kw and current requirement more 10. Don’t use the load which required 20. Don’t shift the gear
than 16A high power at the starting/initial oper-
ation 21. Don’t disassemble or remodel the
4. Don’t hang the appliances on the V2L V2L adaptor
adaptor 11. Don’t use the loads which is sensitive
to Inverter type AC supply 22. Don’t Drop the V2L adaptor to cause
5. Don’t use appliances or extension high impact and don’t keep heavy ob-
box which is not having national 12. Don’t touch V2L adaptor socket side jects over the adaptor.
during V2L function
safety certificate. Refer each device Vehicle Ignition ON state
manual to know the usage and pre- 13. Don’t keep the V2L adaptor caps
cautions to be taken. open after the use to ensure it is not 1. Turn ON the source vehicle ignition.
exposed to mud/metal particle etc. Make sure to keep the vehicle in Ig-
6. Don’t use any unhealthy or improper nition ON mode throughout the pro-
electrical connection/ apparatus for 14. Don’t start V2L charging function if cedure.
V2L discharge function like loads Vehicle SoC is lesser than 30%. 2. Make sure to engage the park-
with insulation failure, short circuit, 15. Don’t perform V2L charging during brake/EPB.
improper 3pin/2pin plug, open cables rain or in any situation where it might 3. Make sure to keep the vehicle and
without plug) be exposed to water the V2L adaptor in dry environ-
ment/in shade.

66
 CHARGING
4. Remove the caps & connect the V2L 9. Check tell-tale indication in instru-  If the issue still remains, Press the
adaptor gun to the source vehicle. ment cluster to ensure discharging is Gun unlock fascia and completely
5. Connect external load to the V2L initiated/in progress.( check for the remove the gun. After that vehicle
adaptor 3pin socket. HMI) should brought in to ignition OFF
10. Check for the tell-tale indication fre- state. Keep the vehicles in Ignition
 Make sure that Electrical loads to be OFF state for 30sec. Then repeat
used for V2L charging are healthy/in quently when the V2L is in progress
to ensure there is no interrup- from Step 1.
good condition and ensure the rele-
vant cables and plugs of loads are tion/fault.  If the charging get interrupted again
connected properly. 11. To stop the V2L charging, first switch from vehicle side go to step 14 to 15
 Total power consumption of the off the External loads and then Press and vehicle along with the V2L
loads used should be lesser than V2X switch in the vehicle to stop the adaptor need to be taken to service
3.3Kw and it is recommended to use AC power supply and Go to step 14 station.
the loads with Power factor greater (check for the HMI) 14. Switch off the Connected Loads then
than 0.85 12. V2L charging function will automati- Press Fascia switch and remove the
 In case of multiple loads, it is recom- cally stops if the source vehicle SOC V2L adaptor and connected loads.
mended to use extension box with goes below 30% (Configurable). In (Close the V2L adaptor caps to en-
MCB (16A) & with M Type plug and that case go to step 14.( check for the sure it is not exposed to mud/metal
socket. HMI & tell-tale indication on instru- particle etc.)
6. Press the V2X switch to start the ment cluster) 15. Turn OFF the vehicle ignition.
220V AC power supply. ( check for 13. In case V2L charging gets interrupted
the HMI). from vehicle side due to any fault, ,
7. Ensure safety precaution against the Press the Gun unlock fascia switch in
live 220VAC voltage in the V2L adap- vehicle and completely remove the
tor. gun while keeping the vehicles in Ig-
nition ON and repeat from step 1.
8. Turn on the loads.
67
CHARGING
DON’T’S 9. Don’t disengage the park brake dur-
1. Don’t switch off the vehicle Ignition ing V2L charging
during V2L charging 10. Don’t mishandle the V2L adaptor.
2. Don’t crank the vehicle during V2L 11. Do not insert the V2L connector
charging when vehicle is in Crank or EV ready
3. Don’t use unauthorized V2L adaptor condition.
4. Don’t use any unhealthy or improper
electrical connection/ apparatus for
V2L charging. (e.g.: loads having
power consumption>3.3Kw, insula-
tion failure, short circuit, improper
3pin/2pin plug, open cables without
plug).
5. Don’t keep the V2L adaptor caps
open after the use to ensure it is not
exposed to mud/metal particle etc.
6. Don’t start V2L charging function if
Vehicle SOC is lesser than 30%.
7. Don’t perform V2L charging during
rain or in any situation where it might
be exposed to water.
8. Don’t press V2X switch and fascia
switch together to stop the function.(
keep minimum 5sec delay).

68
 OPENING AND CLOSING
KEYS  Do not leave the key in high temper-
ature areas. The transponder in it
A key is an electronic access and author-
ization system available as a standard will behave abnormally when re-
feature with your vehicle. used.

Unlocking Principle
The transponder in the ignition key `car-
ries a Unique Identification Code (UID).
The vehicle unlocks when the code on the
key matches with the code on the Battery
Management System (BMS). In case of
PEPS variant, Immobilizer function is pro-
vided by Aptiv BCM and PEPS ECU.
Loss of Keys
If one of the keys is lost, Contact the
TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service
Centre immediately.

WARNING
 Do not turn ‘ON’ ignition switch by
using key with any type of metal
wound around its grip or in contact
with it. This may be detected as ab-
normal condition by immobilizer and
prevent vehicle from starting.

69
OPENING AND CLOSING
Smart Key (PEPS) (if equipped) 1. Locking All Doors the parked vehicle or to reach home in
Press the lock button once (1) to lock all dark/ cloudy condition after parking. To
the doors of the vehicle. Successful lock switch ‘OFF’ the approach lights, press
will be indicated by two flashes of turn sig- and release the same button or it auto-
nal indicators. If lock button is pressed on matically turns ‘OFF’ after approx. 30 sec.
the key with the any door open, locking- Long press Approach lamp button for
unlocking takes place with audible warn- SoC state
ing indicators do not flash. Long press the approach light button (3)
2. Tail Gate unlatch more than 3 second, Vehicle display the
Battery SoC on CPL for few sec.
Press the tail gate opening button once
(2) to unlock the tailgate with in authenti- 4. Unlocking All Doors
cation range of Smart key i.e. 1 to 1.5 me- Press the unlock button once (4) to unlock
ters all the doors. Successful unlock will be in-
Keep the smart key with user to perform dicated by one flashes of turn signal indi-
the passive access. It is used for locking, 2. Power operated Tailgate Open and cators.
unlocking and starting the vehicle. Close (if equipped)
NOTE
1. Locking all doors To open and close tailgate press the but-
ton. If button is long pressed for 3 sec- If smart key battery is low/drained or
2. Tail Gate unlatch /
onds then the tailgate will open or close. vehicle battery is low/drained, user can
Power Operated Tailgate Open and unlock and enter into vehicle by using
Close (if equipped) 3. Short press for Approach Light mechanical key blade, which is pre-
3. Short press for Approach Light This feature helps to find and reach the sent inside the smart key.
Long press Approach lamp button for parked vehicle. When you press ap-
SoC state proach light button (3) once, low beam,
roof lamp and position lamps will turn ON’.
4. Unlocking all doors This feature helps to find and reach

70
 OPENING AND CLOSING
Emergency Key Blade IN / OUT Smart Key Features (if equipped) vehicle doors shall be automatically un-
Vehicle Seek locked.
In vehicle locked condition, if lock button Auto Unlock
on smart key is pressed, the turn indica- In PEPS variants, door will get unlocked
tors of vehicle flashes 4 times. when ignition is OFF by pressing Start
Auto Locking (Drive away locking) Stop switch.
All the vehicle doors can be locked by au- Anti-grab / Anti-scan Coding
tomatically, after vehicle speed cross the The remote control set of this security
more than 13 kmph. system is protected against the use of de-
This can happen if any one of the vehicle vices called ‘scanners’ and ‘grabbers’
door not locked properly during the run- which can record and reproduce some
ning state / condition of the vehicle. types of remote codes.
Press the knob (1) to release the key. Pull If UID vehicle unlock button pressed and
the key blade (2) out. no any action with respect to vehicle
doors transition or UID buttons press
within 30 sec, then after the vehicle shall
automatically locked.
Unlocking of Doors
(Auto unlock): During the vehicle Ready
or IGN ON state. If vehicle doors are
locked by automatically or user locks the
vehicle internally (through vehicle lock
switch) after that user turn off the vehicle
(vehicle power mode is OFF), in case all

71
OPENING AND CLOSING
Important Tips Smart Key Precautions stops pressing the push button of re-
mote.
 Don’t operate Unlock button of re- 1. If smart key is close to radio transmit-
mote in the vicinity of your vehicle, ter such as radio station or an airport Force Panic ON Operation
as it could lead to an unintentional which can interfere with normal oper-
When vehicle is in OFF condition, if we
unlocking your vehicle. ation of the transmitter.
press lock button and un-lock button sim-
2. If smart key is near a mobile two way
 For battery, replacement proce- ultaneously, Force panic operation gets
radio system or a cellular phone, then activated. In this case, turn indicators of
dure refer ‘MAINTENANCE’ sec-
it will not work properly. vehicle start flashing and horn will blow
tion.
3. If another vehicle’s smart key is being automatically.
 Do not remove the battery connec- operated close to your vehicle, signal Force Panic OFF Operation.
tion of the vehicle while the vehicle will fluctuate.
has been locked by remote. Pressing lock / unlock button of smart key
NOTE instead of pressing any button of smart
key.
Keep smart key away from electro-
magnetic materials that blocks elec-
tromagnetic waves to the key surface.

NOTE
In case any button of the key is acci-
dentally pressed for more than 20 sec-
onds, the remote stops functioning till
the time the button is pressed. The
LED on the Remote also stops glow-
ing. The function of the remote gets
reinstated immediately when the user

72
 OPENING AND CLOSING
DOORS  Passive entry only works during ig- Emergency Operating of Door
Door Locking / Unlocking Using
nition off. through flush
Door Handle Switch (DHS)  Unlock the Vehicle thru PEPS Switch
To lock/unlock all the doors without oper- NOTE or through remote. Once the Vehicle
ating smart key button/ key blade. is Unlocked, the Door can be Un-
Door handle will return to the original latched
position automatically when the han-
dle is released after opening the door

Horn Honking When Door Locking

Using Door Handle Switch (DHS)
If vehicle is in unlock condition and Smart
key is present inside the vehicle. If you try
to press the door handle switch then vehi-
cle horn honking gets activated for 9 sec.

Press the door handle switch (DHS)

 Push the handle slightly at the area on
provided on the driver door to lock/un-lock
the Gripper as shown in the image.
all the four doors except Tail gate.
NOTE
 Authentication range for smart key
shall be 1 to 1.5 meters from outside
the respective door or tail gate.

73
OPENING AND CLOSING
NOTE  Turn the key anti-clockwise to lock or
clockwise to unlock the door.
After opening the door, do not forget
to push the gripper back to home po-
sition.
 Insert it into the keyhole.

 Pull the Handle Gripper firmly towards

Outward.

NOTE
Conventional locking is on driver
door side only, No key lock set on
co-driver door.
NOTE
The driver door can be manually  For unlocking insert the key and rotate
locked/unlocked from outside by us- it in clockwise gently (don’t apply abu-
sive load).
ing conventional key.
 Take out the key to return the handle
to nominal position and pull back the
handle to open the door.

74
 OPENING AND CLOSING
Do’s and Don’ts Doors Locking / Unlocking From In-
side

Incorrect direction of key

Correct direction of key
All doors can be opened from inside by
pressing knob on driver door and inde-
pendently on other doors
NOTE
There is a single pull override feature
on driver door. All door can be un-
locked by inner handle without operat-
ing lock knob of inner handle.

75
OPENING AND CLOSING

Pull the door opening knob (1) and then

opening lever (2).
Rear Door Opening
Door opening handle is provided on the
side of the window.
To open the door, press the lever pro-
vided inside the handle and pull.

76
 OPENING AND CLOSING
WINDOWS Express UP Anti-pinch Inhibition
Power Windows Window glass can be closed by single pull After 3 successive anti-pinch reversals
of the switch. Express up feature is pro- with less than 5 seconds delay between
vided for the driver’s door only. each reversal in switch operated mode,
Anti-Pinch Function (if equipped) Anti-pinch function shall be de-activated
until complete closed condition is de-
tected.
Express Down
Window glass can be opened by a single
long press of the switch (1). Express
down feature is provided for the driver’s
door only.

Window glasses 1-2-3-4 on all four doors

can be operated by switches provided on
the main control panel located on the
driver’s arm rest. They work only when The Anti-pinch function will stop window
the key is in the ‘IGN ON’ position. upward movement if any obstruction or
resistance detected.
NOTE
Thus, it gives full and reliable protection
Power windows can be operated for for hand, neck etc. Anti-pinch functionis
30 seconds in ‘IGN OFF’ and ‘KEY provided for driver door only.
OUT’ positions, provided the doors
are closed.

77
OPENING AND CLOSING
Inhibit Switch Individual Switches Lateral Sunshade Curtain (if
When switch (5) is pressed, amber light Individual switch has been provided on all equipped)
turns ‘OFF’. The individual switches pro- doors. WARNING
vided on other doors are not functional. It
can be only operated by driver side  The purpose of sunshade is to pre-
switch. As the switch is depressed amber vent discomfort caused by sunlight
light turns ON and individual switches be- coming directly into the vehicle.
came not functional. It can be only oper-  Sunshade may get damaged due to
ated by driver side switch. head rested on it/contact with any
pointed item like ornaments, nails
WARNING etc/pulling of cloth/fabric abruptly.
 If children operate the windows they  Do not open door glass with sun-
could get trapped, particularly if shade ON while vehicle is in motion
they are left unsupervised. There is this may damage the sunshade.
also a risk of injury.
 Activate the window inhibit feature
when children are travelling. When To close the glass pull the switch in up-
leaving the vehicle, always take the ward direction.
key with you and lock the vehicle. To open the glass press the switch in
Never leave children unsupervised downward direction.
in the vehicle.

78
 OPENING AND CLOSING
BONNET AND CHARGING FLAP
Bonnet Opening
1. Make sure to engage the parking
brake for your safety.
2. Pull the bonnet release lever. It will
pop up slightly.

NOTE Bonnet Closing

Make sure that the wiper arms are not 1. To close, hold the bonnet by one
raised before you lift up the bonnet to hand, disengage the stay rod and
avoid damaging the wiper arms and clamp it back properly.
the bonnet.
2. Lower the bonnet close to the
4. Lift the bonnet up and pull the stay bumper, then let it drop down.
rod from its clip and insert the free
3. Raise the bonnet slightly and with end into the slot provided on frame. WARNING
your finger slide the secondary lock CAUTION Ensure that the bonnet is properly
lever. locked before driving or it can fly up
Insert the stay rod into the hole se- unexpectedly during driving.
curely. If the rod drops off, your body
may be caught below the bonnet.

79
OPENING AND CLOSING
Opening Charging Flap 1. Press switch on fascia switch to close
charging flap.
NOTE
After pressing switch for closing, it is
active only for 9 minutes considering
2 times Anti-pinch operation after
opening the charging flap
2. Start the vehicle to close the charging
flap automatically.
3. Charging flap will Auto close after 3
min of inactivity or perform anti-pinch
Closing charging flap
operation if any obstacle comes while
1. Make sure to engage the parking operating.
brake for your safety. 4. In ‘Ignition OFF’ vehicle condition, if
2. To open the charging flap, press the charging gun is inserted, the charging
switch located on fascia switch. The flap will try to Auto close 2 times after
cover will fully open. every 3 minutes by performing anti-
pinch operation & charging flap will re-
main in open condition.
5. In ‘Ignition OFF’ vehicle condition,
post charging after removal of gun, to
Close the charging flap press switch
on Fascia switch or start the vehicle to
close the charging flap automatically.

80
 OPENING AND CLOSING
6. In ‘Ignition ON’ vehicle condition with NOTE
fast charging option, post charging af-
ter gun removal, to Close the charging  Charging flap is not used or oper-
flap press switch on Fascia switch or ated, it will automatically turns ‘OFF’
start the vehicle to close charging flap after 3 minutes.
automatically.  Manual closing of the charging flap
7. In ‘Ignition ON’ vehicle condition with is strictly prohibited & can damage
slow Charging option, post charging the product.
after gun removal, charging flap will
Auto close after 3 minutes or use push
to close option to close the charging
flap.
8. If auto close / push to close option not
worked, kindly close the charging flap
via pressing the switch on Fascia
switch or start the vehicle to close the
charging flap automatically.

81
OPENING AND CLOSING
MECHANICALLY OPERATED TAILGATE
Option Image Operation

Option I Press a tail gate opening button on remote and release. To close,
Using Smart Key slam the tail gate to latch and it gets locked.
Note: vehicle to be in authentication range.

Option II
To open the tail gate, press the switch located on fascia switch.
Through Fascia switch

DHS on tail gate is pressed with valid key in the authentication

range, the tail gate gets unlatched. To close, slam the tail gate to
Option III latch then it gets locked. If the valid smart key is left inside the trunk
Using DHS on tail gate then tail gate gets unlocked.

82
 OPENING AND CLOSING
POWER OPERATED TAILGATE (if 5. Tailgate PEPS Switch (External Tail- 2. Tailgate Fascia Switch
gate open switch) on Tailgate trim
equipped)
(Door).
The Power Operated Tailgate has capa-
1. PEPS Key
bility to automatically open and close
when the trigger is provided by the user.
It consist of a motor which drives the tail-
gate to open or close. A hazard flashes
and buzzer indicate the customer while
opening and closing of power tailgate.
NOTE
Before opening the tailgate, make
sure that the vehicle is stationery, ac-
cessory delay, awake mode, ignition 1. To open and close tailgate, press the
ON and the parking brake is engaged. tailgate fascia switch.
To open, close or stop the tailgate auto- 2. To stop tailgate, press fascia switch
matically one of the triggers from the fol- 1. To open and close tailgate press the while tailgate is closing or opening.
lowing will be used button. If button is long pressed for 3
seconds then the tailgate will open or
1. PEPS Key close.
2. Tailgate Fascia Switch 2. To stop the tailgate while opening and
3. Tail gate Kick Sensor [hands free ac- closing is in progress, short press Tail-
cess] gate button. Tailgate will automatically
stop and will work only when PEPS
4. Tailgate Closure Switch (Inside Tail-
gate, Close Only) key is near to vehicle vicinity and this
feature is enabled from infotainment.

83
OPENING AND CLOSING
3. Tailgate Kick Sensor (Hands NOTE 6. While cleaning the bumper area with
Free Access) cloth, sponge or a high pressure water
For lock and unlock state PEPS key pump, if PEPS key is within the tail-
should be in vehicle tailgate vicinity. gate area or with user then it be con-
Things to follow using Tailgate kick sidered as valid kick to open or close
sensor (Hands Free Access) the tailgate. Therefore, user are ad-
vised not to keep the PEPS key within
1. While kicking your feet, do not hit or the tailgate vicinity while cleaning.
touch the bumper inside or outside.
7. If the spare wheel (if equipped) is re-
2. Swipe at the center of the bumper,
moved from the vehicle, the kick sen-
aligned with the TATA logo and
sor may not sense for tailgate opera-
nearby area (proximity calibrated to
tion. Therefore, it is advised to always
1.5 feet).
keep the spare wheel in its position for
3. A quick leg kick or a quick kick gesture
tailgate open/close operation with kick
will work; all other forms of gesture will
(HFA).
not work. For example, continuous
1. To open and close tailgate automati- 8. In the rainy season if the mud is accu-
swiping, slow swiping close to the
cally by kicking the feet near to rear mulated at HFA area, then HFA sen-
bumper, kicking at the left or right
bumper area as shown in picture. sor’s working performance may de-
bumper, or at the vehicle edge.
2. To stop the tailgate while opening and grade. Therefore, users are advised to
closing is in progress, kick your feet 4. After applying kick move back to a suf-
keep kick sensor area clean for better
near to rear bumper area. ficient distance so that not to cause
performance.
3. Automatic tailgate opening, closing or any obstruction to tailgate opening.
stopping will work only when PEPS 5. Do not kick or keep leg near to HFA
key is near to tailgate vicinity and ges- area for long time. It will not be con-
ture feature is enabled from infotain- sidered a valid kick, and tailgate will
ment. not open or close with such an opera-
tion.

84
 OPENING AND CLOSING
4. Tailgate Closure Switch (inside Tail- 1. Open the Tailgate to the position re- Buzzer Indication for Opening/clos-
gate) quired as the maximum height. Press ing/fully Closed
any Tailgate control to stop movement 1. Buzzer sound is provided to indicate
at the required position. The final po- the user about current tailgate oper-
sition can be achieved manually, if re- ation when buzzer setting from info-
quired. tainment is enabled.
2. Make sure the Tailgate is stationary 2. When tailgate opening initiated,
for at least 3 seconds. buzzer and hazard flashes will drive
3. Press and hold the Tailgate close but- twice.
ton for 5 seconds to set the maximum 3. When tailgate closing initiated,
opening height. You will hear a long buzzer and hazard flashes will drive
beep from POT ECU to confirm height twice.
seat.
1. Inside tailgate switch can be used to 4. When tailgate is fully closed, buzzer
4. After step 3 is executed, if Tailgate in- and hazard flashes will drive once.
close, stop tailgate and to store user itiates closing operation, then height
intended maximum tailgate height will not be set. Obstacle Detection and Anti-pinch
when it’s open. 1. It is advisable to check if there is ob-
5. If the Height is not set successfully
2. To close or stop tailgate, press inside user will hear 3 beep sound from struction in the tailgate travel while
tailgate closing switch. buzzer closing or opening.
Height Setting through Tailgate Clo- 6. Close the Tailgate, then open again to 2. If a tailgate close operation is initiated
sure Switch: check that it opens to the set height. and an obstacle is detected during on-
User can limit tailgate opening by setting going movement, then the current tail-
the customized tailgate height. Below is gate close operation will be aborted
the procedure. and a rewind tailgate open operation
will start.

85
OPENING AND CLOSING
3. If tailgate open operation is initiated Tailgate Infotainment Setting  Do not grab or hold Power struts or
and an obstacle is detected during on- try to disassemble them.
going movement, then the current tail-
 Don’t drive the vehicle with Tailgate
gate open operation will be aborted,
open, doing so will allow dust to en-
and tailgate will stop.
ter the vehicle cabin, will obstruct
4. In manual operation obstacle detec- rear approaching vehicles visibility
tion will not work. and also may damage power struts.
5. Hardware based anti-pinch is not
1. Enable/Disable Gesture Feature  Don’t apply forces on power struts
available, however software-based (e.g. pushing vehicles, tightening
obstacle/anti-pinch is available. 2. Enable/Disable PEPS Feature straps or applying other fasteners).
6. If an obstacle is detected close to the 3. Enable /Disable Buzzer Feature Doing so will damage the struts and
edge of vehicle, then due to time and 4. Tailgate Height Setting may lead to injuries.
force required for obstacle detection  Don’t allow anyone to occupy lug-
mechanism, that obstacle may not get WARNING gage compartment as it is highly
detected and will create pinch to that  Obstructing the tailgate operation in- dangerous location in case of crash
obstacle. So, it is always advised to tentionally may cause serious injury event.
check if there is any obstruction be- to the person or damage to vehicle
though it is equipped with obstacle  Don’t modify or repair any part of
tween closing tailgate and vehicle
detection feature. power tailgate. Reach out to the
closing edge to avoid any injury/ dam-
nearest TATA MOTORS Authorized
age.  Power strut equipped tailgate shall
EV service centre in case of any
not be operated manually. However
functional failures.
in the exceptional case like battery
discharge it has to be operated gen-  Never leave children or animals un-
tly. While operating manually (open- attended in your vehicle. Children or
ing/closing) recommended to hold animals might operate the power
tailgate at the center portion. tailgate that could result in injury to

86
 OPENING AND CLOSING
themselves or others or damage to  Do not leave power tailgate open  When power tailgate is opened
the vehicle. for a long period of time. This may manually (without electrical opera-
 Make sure objects in the rear cargo drain the battery. tion), more effort will be required to
area do not come out when opening  Power tailgate can be operated open and close compared to the
the tailgate on the slope way. It may when the vehicle is not running. non-powered tailgate.
cause serious injury. However the power operation con-  Play protection feature is available
sumes large amounts of vehicle to prevent overheating. This feature
electric power. To prevent the bat- prevents the power tailgate to oper-
NOTE tery from being discharged, do not ate and allow the power struts to
 Make sure no object, fingers or per- operate them excessively. cool down. The power tailgate sys-
son etc. is obstructing tail gate op-  When jacking up the vehicle to tem can be operated again after 1-
eration while opening and closing, if change a tyre or repair the vehicle, 2 minute time period.
so it can get trapped with damage do not operate the power tailgate.  It is recommended to wait until the
or serious injury. This could cause power tailgate to power tailgate fully closed before
 Driving vehicle with tail gate open operate improperly. starting the vehicle. The power tail-
or partially open is not recom-  The outside power tailgate switch gate may not close fully if the vehi-
mended. may not function properly in ex- cle is started during automatic clos-
treme cold or wet climatic condi- ing.
 Accessories other than OEM ap-
proved, not to be fitted on tailgate. tions. In such cases it is operate
It may result into improper opera- through remote key or from center
tion of power tailgate or damage the console switch.
power strut.  In cold and wet climates, door lock
 Multiple operation of power tailgate and door mechanisms may not
can drain the battery, if ignition is work properly due to freezing con-
OFF. ditions.

87
OPENING AND CLOSING
5. Tailgate PEPS Switch (External Tail
gate open switch) on Tailgate trim
(Door).
User press the tailgate open switch
(which is located externally on tailgate
door) to access the vehicle trunk, then af-
ter 2 sec delay, tailgate start auto open
/ close based on the vehicle lock / unlock
state and with valid smart key within vi-
cinity area.
If any interrupt (Trigger) given during the
tailgate auto operation, then it will stop the
operation. It will resume the operation af-
ter next interrupt (trigger).

88
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DIGITAL DISPLAY (7” Inch) (If equipped)

NOTE: All indicators and values are for illustration purpose only.

89
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Gauge Name Information Note/Warning

 At every key IN and Ignition ON, the speedometer Bar
moves to MAX and return to ‘0’ position.

The Speedometer Indicates the actual vehicle  This is welcome strategy and self-check feature
Speedometer
speed in km/h  In vehicle running condition if the Speedometer is not
showing the Vehicle speed, then take the vehicle to
TATA MOTORS EV Authorised service center.

 The odometer reading does not return to 0 when max-

Odometer Indicates distance travelled by ve- imum value is reached, the display will freeze to max-
Odometer hicle. imum value.
 When battery SoC goes below 5%, first Bar in gauge
SoC (State of Charge) gauge indicates the will start blinking.
SoC Gauge
battery state of charge to user in percentage
 Do not drive the vehicle with low SoC.
 This function provides instantaneous
power consumption mode of vehicle dur- When all functional modes are activated, then take the ve-
EV mode Gauge ing driving and displayed in the instrument hicle to TATA MOTORS EV Authorized service center.
cluster.

90
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Gauge Name Information Note/Warning

 During the IGN ON of the vehicle, EV
mode gauge will starts sweep from RE-
GEN mode to DRIVE mode and then back
to the REGEN mode to indicate the wel-
come strategy behavior.
 For DRIVE mode, LED BARs will be ON
as per the power consume

 Range indicates approximate distance

(km) that the vehicle can travel with cur-
rent battery charge.
 If Range is displayed as ‘—-‘, take vehicle to TATA MO-
 Range shall be indicated both in IGN ON TORS EV Authorised Service Centre.
& IGN OFF conditions.
 The Range values may vary significantly based on driv-
 In IGN OFF when charger is connected
ing conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehi-
Distance To Empty and charging is happening then Range
cle.
(DTE) value will display as long as screen is ac-
tivated in the cluster.  The Range value is an estimate of the available driving
 ‘RECHARGE’ shall be displayed which in- distance.
dicates that it’s the time to take your vehi-
 Change of distance unit is not applicable.
cle to the nearest charging station and the
distance that a vehicle can travel with cur-
rent charge is 20 Kms.

91
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Gauge Name Information Note/Warning

 The “Maximum” Regen Level setting provides the

maximum amount of regenerative braking power & it
 This function provides Regeneration recaptures the most energy and reduces wear & tear
Level settings to user from Minimum to on the brakes.
Regeneration Level
Maximum in steps of Level 0, Level 1,
Level 2and Level 3 of vehicle during driv- 
Selection The “Minimum” Regen Level setting incorporates a re-
ing and displayed in the instrument cluster duced regenerative braking force that recaptures less
energy but allows the vehicle to coast further than in
the “Maximum” Regen Level.

92
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEM (DIS)
Driver Information System Image Description
User can select Service Reminder Screen using controls on steer-
ing wheel to navigate & by pressing Set Button in Settings Screen.
Service reminder is a feature to alert the user for service action.
SERVICE RE- When distance since last service meet the maximum distance cri-
MINDER teria, a service screen will get activated for the user to indicate the
service of the vehicle has to be done along with the tell tale indica-
tion. User can reset the Service Reminder Symbol by right/left &
SET buttons on the steering wheel.

This displays outside ambient temperature in units of °C with the

OUTSIDE AMBIENT resolution of 1°C.
TEMPERATURE Note: If display shows ‘- - ‘, take your car to TATA MOTORS EV
Authorized Service Centre.

This feature monitors the Door Input and warns Driver if any Door
DOOR AJAR or trunk lid is open
Note: If any other door is open roof lamp will be ‘ON’ provided that
roof lamp switch is in ON position.

93
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

Current gear engaged by the transmission shall be displayed on DIS.

GEAR INDICATION Note: If is displayed, it means ‘Fault’ condition. In such case, take vehicle
to authorized TATA MOTORS EV Authorized service Centre.

User can select Service Reminder Screen by Scroll down & pressing Set
Button in Setting Screen.
SERVICE REMINDER User can reset (Yes / Cancel) the Service Reminder by UP / DOWN & SET
RESET Buttons.
Note: In the Setting menu if there is no user input for 10 secs the previous
screen shall be displayed.
This indicate the energy flow from the battery to the front wheels via elec-
tric motor or the flow to battery from high voltage components in case of
regenerative braking.
ENERGY
Animation = Forward (Battery to Motor)
FLOW ANIMATION AND
ENERGY HISTOGRAM This indicate the energy flow from the battery to the front wheels via elec-
tric motor or the flow to battery from high voltage components in case of
regenerative braking.
Animation = Reverse (Motor to Battery)

94
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Driver Information System Image Description

This function displays the Charger Connected status information.

When charger is not connected.
CHARGER NOT CON-
NECTED

When Charger is connected and not charging in IGN ON.

When Charger is connected and charging ON in IGN ON.

CHARGER CONNECTED

When charger is connected in IGN OFF.

95
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

User can enter into setting screen by pressing select button while being in
SETTINGS SCREEN setting screen.
Screen get displayed into setting screen

User can select Illumination Setting by Scroll down & pressing Set Button
in Setting Screen provided park lamp ON.
The Illumination level after ramping up will ramp down to user setting within
ILLUMINATION SETTING 2s of completing welcome sweep.
User can increase the illumination from (20% to 100%) in 5 steps by using
UP & SET Button. User can decrease the illumination from (100% to 20%)
in 5 steps by using DOWN & SET Button.

Instrument Cluster equipped with digital clock which indicates current time
CLOCK
in 12 / 24 hours mode.

Before you start the vehicle, press the brake pedal and then press the
PRESS BRAKE PEDAL start/stop button.

96
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

VEHICLE STATUS
READY This function displays that vehicle is in Run mode.

This function indicates the time required to charge the battery to 100%.
TIME TO CHARGE Time remaining to charge displayed on cluster in Hrs & Mins.
Note: Time to charge screen comes only in charging ON and IGN OFF
condition for 60 Sec for every interrupt.

The Cruise Control is used to indicate the status of cruise control system
CRUISE CONTROL
to the driver. Lamp ON indicates cruise control feature is present and it is
activated.

HILL DECENT CONTROL The Hill Decent Control ON is used to indicate the status of HDC function
ON availability but controllable and No HDC intervention by ESP system.

97
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

I-TPMS - When any of the Tire Pressure drops significantly below Recommended
ALL TIRE PRESSURE levels then I-TPMS system tell tale comes ON with Text Message.
ARE OK I-TPMS screen by scrolling up or down switch on steering wheel.

I-TPMS -
When there is low Tire pressure system the cluster will show the Text
TIRE PRESSURE IS
Warning.
LOW

I-TPMS - When there is fault in I-TPMS system the cluster will show the Text Warn-
FAULT IN SYATEM ing.

98
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

V2X DISCHARGING
(PARKING BRAKE NOT
ENGAGED) - IGN ON
When Parking brake is not Engage during Discharging Mode then clus-
ter shows “Engage Park Brake To start Session
V2X DISCHARGING
(PARKING BRAKE NOT
ENGAGED) - IGN OFF

V2X DISCHARGING
(DISCHARGING MODE
GUN CONNECTED) -
IGN ON
When Discharging Mode Gun connected & V2x Button is pressed, then
cluster shows Text Message as “Session Started”

V2X DISCHARGING
(DISCHARGING MODE
GUN CONNECTED) - IGN
OFF

99
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

V2X DISCHARGING
COMPLTED - IGN ON

When Discharging Mode session completed.

V2X DISCHARGING
COMPLTED - IGN OFF

V2X DISCHARGING
COMPLTED
SET BATTERY LEVEL
REACHED - IGN ON
During Discharging when Session is completed then cluster will Text
Message as “Session Completed Set Battery Level Reached”.
V2X DISCHARGING
COMPLTED
SET BATTERY LEVEL
REACHED - IGN OFF

100
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

V2X DISCHARGING
UNAVAILABLE - IGN ON
During Discharging when V2X session is Unavailable then cluster will
Text Message as “Check the Set SOC Limit”.
V2X DISCHARGING
UNAVAILABLE - IGN
OFF

V2X DISCHARGING
NOT STARTED -
IGN ON
During Discharging when Session is completed then cluster will Text
Message as “Session Completed Set Battery Level Reached”

V2X DISCHARGING
NOT STARTED -
IGN OFF

101
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

V2X DISCHARGING
MALFUNCTION -
IGN ON During Discharging when V2X Malfunction observed then cluster will
Text Message as “Session Discontinued Due to System Malfunction”

V2X DISCHARGING
MALFUNCTION -
IGN OFF

V2X DISCHARGING -
IGN ON

Default value of V2X Discharging Limit is 50%.

V2X DISCHARGING -
IGN ON

102
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

ENERGY FLOW ANIMA-

TION AND ENERGY
HISTOGRAM-
FORWARD (BATTERY
TO MOTOR) This animation shows flow of energy from wheel to battery or battery to
wheel while driving.
Energy Histogram represents the instantaneous energy at any point of
ENERGY FLOW ANIMA- time and is represented in the form of line-graph
TION AND ENERGY
HISTOGRAM-
FORWARD (MOTOR TO
BATTERY)

In this feature, the IVI data including media Meta data, Navigation data
is shared from HU via CAN interface to be projected on Instrument Clus-
ter.IVI Info will not be displayed, if Settings screen is requested.
Following are the sources information available on the cluster,
IVI INFO ON  FM and AM source icon with station name
 USB device icon with music and videos names
 Android Auto icon with music and navigation display
 Car Play icon with music and navigation display.
 Bluetooth device icon with music, calls and text information’s.

103
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

DDOA SCREEN WITH User can select DDOA screen by scrolling up or down switch on steering
DRIVER ATTENTION wheel.
LEVEL 5

DDOA SCREEN WITH DDOA screen with Driver Attention Level 4.

DRIVER ATTENTION
LEVEL 4

DDOA SCREEN WITH DDOA screen with Driver Attention Level 3 & with interrupt message for
DRIVER ATTENTION 4 seconds:
LEVEL 3

104
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

DDOA SCREEN WITH DDOA screen with Driver Attention Level 2 & with interrupt message
DRIVER ATTENTION
for 4 seconds.
LEVEL 2

DDOA SCREEN WITH DDOA screen with Driver Attention Level 1 & with interrupt message
DRIVER ATTENTION for 4 seconds
LEVEL 1

105
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System (DIS) Setting
Operate the Up & down and Set Switch on steering wheel to see the Trip Info, Drive Assist, Vehicle Info, Notification, Navigation,
Layout and Settings Window.
Operate the Set Switch on steering wheel to reset TRIP A, AEE A, Average Speed A, Trip Time A (When TRIP A is displayed) and
reset TRIP B, Average Speed B and Trip Time B (When TRIP B is displayed).

106
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Trip Information

107
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Drive Assist

108
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Vehicle Information

109
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Energy Analytics

110
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Notification

111
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Layout

112
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Setting Screen

113
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DIGITAL DISPLAY (10.25” Inch) (If equipped)

NOTE: All indicators and values are for illustration purpose only.

114
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Gauge Note/Warning
Information
Name
 At every key IN and Ignition ON, the speedometer Bar
moves to MAX and return to ‘0’ position.
The Speedometer Indicates the actual vehicle speed  This is welcome strategy and self-check feature
Speedometer
in km/h  In vehicle running condition if the Speedometer is not
showing the Vehicle speed, then take the vehicle to
TATA MOTORS EV Authorised service center.
 The odometer reading does not return to 0 when max-
Odometer Odometer Indicates distance travelled by vehicle. imum value is reached, the display will freeze to maxi-
mum value.
 When battery SoC goes below 5%, first Bar in gauge
will start blinking.
SoC (State of Charge) gauge indicates the battery  Do not drive the vehicle with low SoC.
SoC Gauge
state of charge to user in percentage  When the battery is low or near to empty position, low
battery warning tell-tale turns Red. Pop up message
is displayed to connect the charger to the vehicle for
charging.
 This function provides instantaneous power consumption
mode of vehicle during driving and displayed in the instru-
ment cluster.
EV mode When all functional modes are activated, then take the
 During the IGN ON of the vehicle, EV mode gauge will
Gauge vehicle to TATA MOTORS EV Authorized service center.
starts sweep from REGEN mode to DRIVE mode and then
back to the REGEN mode to indicate the welcome strategy
behavior.

115
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Gauge Name Information Note/Warning

 For DRIVE mode, LED BARs will be ON as
per the power consume
 Range indicates approximate distance
(km) that the vehicle can travel with current
battery charge.
 If Range is displayed as ‘—-‘, take vehicle to TATA
 Range shall be indicated both in IGN ON & MOTORS EV Authorised Service Centre station.
IGN OFF conditions.
 The Range values may vary significantly based on
 In IGN OFF when charger is connected
driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the
Distance To Empty and charging is happening then Range
vehicle.
(DTE) value will display as long as screen is acti-
vated in the cluster.  The Range value is an estimate of the available driving
 ‘RECHARGE’ shall be displayed which in- distance.
dicates that it’s the time to take your vehi-
 Change of distance unit is not applicable.
cle to the nearest charging station and the
distance that a vehicle can travel with cur-
rent charge is 20 Kms.

 This function provides Regeneration Level

 The “Maximum” Regen Level setting provides the
settings to user from Minimum to Maxi-
Regeneration Level maxi- mum amount of regenerative braking power & it
mum in steps of Level 0, Level 1, Level 2
Selection recaptures the most energy and reduces wear & tear
and Level 3 of vehicle during driving and
on the brakes.
displayed in the instrument cluster

116
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Gauge Name Information Note/Warning

 The “Minimum” Regen Level setting incorporates a re-

duced regenerative braking force that recaptures less
energy but allows the vehicle to coast further than in
the “Maximum” Regen Level.

State of Charge (SOC) Gauge for High Voltage Battery

Provided in the instrument cluster as a tell-tale. It shows the charging status of the high voltage battery. Low charge or minimum
position on the indicator indicates that there is not enough energy in the high voltage battery.
Full charge or max position indicates that the HV battery is fully charged.
 When driving on highways, make sure to check in advance if the HV battery is charged enough.
 When the bar turns red on the high voltage charge indicator, the low charge warning lamp turns ON to alert you of the
battery level.
 At <25% SoC, Sports mode cannot be selected. Max speed can be attained. At <10% SoC, limp mode gets activated and
speed limits are triggered.


117
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Action to be Taken When Charging Stops Abruptly
 Check the reason for interruption of charging. (Refer ‘Troubleshooting guide for Normal Charging’ table).
 Switch off the AC supply.
 Remove the charging gun from the charging inlet.
 Wait for 5 minutes.
 Restart the charging. (Refer charging procedure).
Cleaning of Charging Inlet
Covering the charging gun and charging inlet by dust cap will ensure protection from water and dust.
Precautions to be Taken While Cleaning the Charging Inlet
 Keep the vehicle lid always closed
 When the lid is open ensure that dust caps are in closed position
 During normal charging, make sure that DC charging cap is closed
 In case of any dust/mud/snow accumulation in the charging port and also on CCS2 especially actuator area, it can be
cleaned with blowing air before charging.
 Allow the water to drain completely through drain holes. Allow the charging port to dry completely.
NOTE
Water entering into the charging port will always be drained through the drain system. If water is stagnant in charging port area call
TATA MOTORS EV Authorised service centre to rectify the issue.

118
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEM (DIS)
Driver Information System Image Description
This indicates how many days/kilometres are left until service is
due. If service is overdue, it will display “0” km or “0” days and a
spanner symbol will blink every time ignition is ON for a few sec-
onds. Never reset the display between service intervals as it may
SERVICE RE- give incorrect readings. The information is retained in the service
MINDER interval display even after the vehicle battery is disconnected.
Note: 1. This option is for indicative purpose only. Keep track of
your odometer reading and follow the maintenance schedule.
2. Spanner symbol will be continuously “ON” when service is over-
due.

This displays outside ambient temperature in units of °C with the

resolution of 1°C.
Note: The temperature sensor is in the front bumper of the vehicle,
OUTSIDE AMBIENT
therefore the temperature reading can be affected by heat reflection
TEMPERATURE
from the road surface. This can cause an incorrect temperature
reading when speed is under low speeds or when stopped.
If display shows ‘- - ‘, take your car to TATA MOTORS EV Author-
ised Service Centre.

119
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

This feature monitors the Door Input and warns Driver if any Door or trunk
DOOR AJAR lid is open
(if equipped) Note: If any other door is open roof lamp will be ‘ON’ provided that roof lamp
switch is in ON position.

Current gear engaged by the transmission shall be displayed on DIS.

CURRENT GEAR INDI-
Note: If is displayed, it means ‘Fault’ condition. In such case, take vehicle
CATION
to authorized TATA MOTORS EV Authorised service Centre.

TPMS (TYRE PRES- User can select TPMS screen by scrolling up or down.
SURE MONITORING TPMS system tell tale comes ON with Tire pressure value near the respec-
SYSTEM) tive Tire with Recommended level” Text Message.

120
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

TPMS MALFUNCTION CONTACT SERV CENT” text warning comes ‘ON’

TPMS - MALFUNCTION for 4 seconds when TPMS system malfunction. Take your vehicle TATA
MOTORS EV Authorised Service Centre.

When any of the Tire Pressure drops significantly below Recommended

TPMS - LOW TYRE levels then TPMS system tell tale comes ON with “Low Tire pressure In-
PRESSURE flate Tire” Text Message.

When any of the Tire Pressure increase significantly above Recommended

TPMS - HIGH TYRE levels then TPMS system tell tale comes ON with “High Tire pressure De-
PRESSURE flate Tire” Text Message.

121
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

When any of the Tire Pressure drops significantly below Recommended

levels then TPMS system tell tale comes ON with “Leakage Detected
TPMS - AIR LEAKAGE
Check Tires” Text Message.

When any of the Tire Pressure increase significantly above Recommended

TPMS - TIRE OVER-
levels then TPMS system tell tale comes ON with “Tire Overheated slow
LOAD
down” Text Message.

SETTINGS SCREEN User can enter into setting screen by pressing select button while being in
setting screen.
Screen get displayed into setting screen

122
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

User can select Illumination Setting by Scroll down & pressing Set Button
in Setting Screen provided park lamp ON. User can increase the illumina-
ILLUMINATION SET- tion from (20% to 100%) in 5 steps by using UP & SET Button.
TING
User can decrease the illumination from (100% to 20%) in 5 steps by using
DOWN & SET Button.

User can select Service Reminder Screen by Scroll down & pressing Set
Button in Setting Screen.
User can reset (Yes / Cancel) the Service Reminder by UP / DOWN & SET
SERVICE REMINDER Buttons.
RESET
Note:
In the Setting menu if there is no user input for 10 secs the previous screen
shall be displayed.

It is recommended to slow charge vehicle to 100% SOC to ensure con-

sistent performance and better health of high voltage battery. Once this
SLOW CHARGE UP TO message appears in cluster, it is recommended that user slow charges
100% vehicle’s high voltage battery to 100% SOC.

123
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

Compass Feature shall be used for navigation and orientation that shows
COMPASS SCREEN
direction relative to the geographic cardinal directions

Set charging limit of the battery. The target charging level can be changed
CHARGING LIMITS by 10%. Once the charging is completed as per set limit, the message is
displayed

This message will appear in cluster along with audio warning to “Evacuate
CRITICAL BATTERY the vehicle”. In case there is a critical malfunction in high voltage battery
(THERMAL RUNAWAY) which can lead to thermal damage, this message will appear in cluster.
MALFUNCTION Customer is recommended to park vehicle in safe zone and evacuate to
avoid injury.

124
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description
Displays “Average Energy consumption” for trip A or B since it was reset
Resolution: 0.1 Wh/Km
Average Energy Consumption shall Reset to 0 when respective Trip meter
is reset.
Average Energy Economy shall be displayed as ‘—.-‘for initial 0.5 km of
respective trip. Once 0.5 km distance is covered, Average Economy shall
AVERAGE ENERGY be displayed.
ECONOMY FOR TRIP Even after 0.5 km distance covered for particular trip, Aver- age Energy
A AND TRIP B economy is displayed as ‘—-‘take vehicle to TATA MOTORS EV Author-
ised Service Centre.
Note:
AEE value is estimate of Energy economy. It may vary significantly
based upon driving conditions, driving habits and condition of vehicle.
Average Energy Consumption shall get reset to 0 when Battery is re-
moved and refitted.
DTE indicates approximate distance (km) that the vehicle can travel with
current battery charge.
DTE shall be indicated both in IGN ON & IGN OFF conditions.
DISTANCE TO EMPTY In IGN OFF when charger is connected and charging is happening then
DTE value will display as long as screen is active in the cluster.
‘RECHARGE’ shall be displayed which indicates that it’s the time to take
your vehicle to the nearest charging station and the distance that a vehicle
can travel with available battery based on the driving pattern.

125
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

INFOTAINMENT INFOR-
MATION ON INSTRU- The instrument cluster will display information like media, navigation and
MENT CLUSTER DIS- FM.
PLAY UNIT

User can select DDOA screen by scrolling up or down switch on steering

DDOA SCREEN wheel.
ATTENTION LEVEL - 5 DDOA screen with Driver Attention Level 5 (Attention Level in Green Color)

DDOA SCREEN DDOA screen with Driver Attention Level 4(Attention Level in
ATTENTION LEVEL - 4 Yellow color)

126
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System Image Description

DDOA SCREEN DDOA screen with Driver Attention Level 3 (Attention level In Amber Color)
ATTENTION LEVEL - 3 & with interrupt message for 4 seconds

DDOA SCREEN DDOA screen with Driver Attention Level 2 (Attention level In A light RED
ATTENTION LEVEL - 2 color) & with interrupt message for 4 seconds

DDOA SCREEN DDOA screen with Driver Attention Level 1 (Attention Level in RED color)
ATTENTION LEVEL - 1 & with interrupt message for 4 seconds

127
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Driver Information System (DIS) setting (if equipped)
Operate the Up & down and Set Switch on steering wheel to see the Trip Info, Drive Assist, Vehicle Info, Notification, Navigation,
Layout and Settings Window.
Operate the Set Switch on steering wheel to reset TRIP A, AEE A, Average Speed A, Trip Time A (When TRIP A is displayed) and
reset TRIP B, Average Speed B and Trip Time B (When TRIP B is displayed).
Option I Option II

128
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Trip Information

129
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Vehicle Information

130
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Energy Analytics

131
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Notification

132
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Layout

133
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Setting Screen

134
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

135
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
WARNING AND INDICATORS
Warning Lamps Color Indicator Remarks
In case of Power Train Sensors (AC Charging Inlet Temperature Sensor, AC
Linear Pressure Sensor etc.) & Actuators (Fan, Pump, Regen Switch, Eco /
Sport Switch etc.) failure then this Amber indicator will glow.
Amber
Service Indicator When there is high severity then Red indicator will glow. Please take your
/ Red vehicle to nearest TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service Centre at the ear-
liest.

1. This lamp comes on when the system disables vehicle start if the original
key is not used.
2. Lamp blinks: Vehicle is in immobilized condition when key is not inserted.
Immobilizer Red
3. Lamp ON: Problem with key/system. Contact a TATA MOTORS EV Au-
thorized Service Centre.
4. Lamp OFF: Normal condition (Authenticated user) and vehicle will start.
Indicates direction indicated by the turn signal.
Blinks along with buzzer while operating left/right turn indicator only when ig-
nition is switched ‘ON’. The direction indicator arrow on Instrument Cluster
Turn Signal Green flashes along with external indicator lights as selected. Both Tell tales shall
blink simultaneously when Hazard switch is pressed irrespective of Ignition
ON and the Tick-Tock sound shall be given when any one or both the Tell
tales are ON.

136
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Warning Lamps Color Indicator Remarks

This lamp comes on when the high beam headlamps are switched ‘ON’ or
High Beam Blue
flashed.

This symbol lights up when the ‘IGN’ is turned ‘ON’ and should go ‘OFF’ after
the vehicle starts.
LV Battery charg-
Red Note: If it remains ‘ON’ while the vehicle is running, it indicates that the bat-
ing tery is not getting charged. Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment
and get the problem attended at TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service Cen-
tre.
This lamp comes on when ignition is switched ‘ON’ and goes ‘OFF’ in approx.
Airbag status Red 4 seconds. If it continuously remains on or blinks then contact the TATA MO-
TORS EV Authorised service Centre immediately.
Illuminates momentarily when ignition is switched ‘ON’. Once parking brake
Park Brake / Brake is released, it turns ‘OFF’. If it remains ‘ON’, it indicates.
Fluid Low / EBD Red 1. Brake fluid level is low.
malfunction 2. Park brake is applied & turns ‘OFF’ when it is released.
3. ABS/EBD system has a fault.

Cruise Control This symbol lights up when the ‘IGN’ is turned ‘ON’ and shall go ‘OFF’ after
lamp 4 sec. The Cruise Control is used to indicate the status of cruise control sys-
Green
tem to the driver. Lamp ON indicates cruise control feature is present and it
(if equipped) is activated.

137
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Warning Lamps Color Indicator Remarks
Illuminates momentarily when ignition is switched ‘ON’.
Illuminates when there is a fault in the EPAS. Contact the TATA MOTORS
EPAS Amber
EV Authorized Service Centre immediately.
AVH Indicator turns ‘ON’ for 4 seconds, when ignition is turned ‘ON’ irrespec-
tive of input state.
AVH Indicator (If Green
This feature monitors AVH function in ESP system and warns the driver in
equipped )
case of AVH function malfunction.
Illuminates when ignition is switched ‘ON’ and goes ‘OFF’ in 3 seconds. Illu-
minates continuously if there is any malfunction in ABS. Normal braking sys-
ABS Amber
tem will be operational without assistance of ABS. Contact a TATA MOTORS
EV Authorised Service Centre immediately.
The seatbelt warning indicator remains ON for 4 seconds, when ignition is
turned ON. The warning lamp remains ON till all occupied seats belts are
SEAT BELT RE- buckled.
MINDER Red If seatbelt remains unbuckled and vehicle speed goes beyond 17 kmph, then
final audio warning will go more than 90 seconds
Note: Once the seatbelts are fastened, the buzzer and warning lamp turns
OFF. Seatbelt reminder remains OFF when reverse gear is engaged.

138
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Warning Lamps Color Indicator Remarks

Key Not Detected This lamp comes on when the Valid Smart key is not detected inside the ve-
Amber
(if equipped) hicle.

Press / Brake Pe-

dal to Start vehicle This lamp comes on with IGN ON till user presses the brake pedal to start the
Amber vehicle.
(if equipped)

Daytime running
lamps Green This lamp comes on when the Daytime Running lamp is ‘ON’.
DRL (if equipped)

All four door and Tail gate are indicated independently when the respective
Door Ajar lamp (if White / door or tail gate is open.
equipped) Red

Illuminates momentarily when ignition is switched ‘ON’.

ECO White When ECO lamp is ON, it indicates the car is in ‘Economy’ drive mode.

Illuminates momentarily when ignition is switched ‘ON’.

CITY White If CITY lamp is ON, it indicates ‘City’ drive mode, which is default mode.

139
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Warning Lamps Color Indicator Remarks

SPORT White This symbol comes ON when SPORT driving mode is activated.

When the vehicle speed crosses 80 kmph, then speed limit warning indicator
turns ‘ON’ along with an audio chime for every two minutes (audible warning).
When the vehicle speed is reduced below 75 kmph, then the speed limit warn-
ing indicator and the audio warning will turn off.
Speed limit warn- If vehicle speed crosses 120 kmph, the speed limit warning indicator flashes
Amber
ing indicator along with an audio warning for every two sec one beep (audible warning)
until the vehicle speed is above 120 kmph.
When the vehicle speed is reduced below 115 kmph, then speed limit warning
indicator turns ‘ON’ along with an audio chime for every two minutes one beep
(audible warning)
1. This symbol comes ON and blink for 4 second if Tyre Pressure is
LOW/HIGH, Tyre temperature is HIGH, Tyre air pressure leakage. After
iTPMS / TPMS 4 second symbol will continuously ON till warning is present.
(Isolated/Non- Amber 2. This symbol comes on and blink for 10 second if TPMS/I-TPMS system
Isolated) has fault and TPMS/I-TPMS Sensor fault / missing. After 10 second sym-
bol will continuously ON till fault is present, Please take your vehicle to
nearest TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service Centre at the earliest.

140
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Warning Lamps Color Indicator Remarks
Illuminates if Hill Decent Control System is activated. If continuously ON then
HDC Warning lamp
Amber HDC system is at fault condition, Please take your vehicle to nearest TATA
(if equipped)
MOTORS EV Authorized service Centre at the earliest.
Illuminates momentarily when ignition is switched ‘ON’.
HDC ON (if
Green This symbol comes on when the HDC function is activated in the vehicle.
equipped)

Illuminates momentarily when ignition is switched ‘ON’.

HHC warning lamp
Amber If continuously on then HHC, system is in fault condition. Please take your
(if equipped)
vehicle to TATA MOTORS EV Authorised service Centre at the earliest.

This symbol indicates the vehicle gone into limited performance mode. This
Limp Home Mode Amber usually happens when the battery reaches 10% threshold or if there is any
minor fault in power transmission or electrical components.

Park Lamp Indica-

Green Park Lamp Indicators used to display/Indicate the Position Lamp to Driver.
tor

This symbol is displayed when the vehicle is not getting charged even if the
Charging Fail Indi-
Red charger is connected. Contact the TATA MOTORS EV Authorized Service
cator
Centre to get the charging fail issue resolved

141
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Warning Lamps Color Indicator Remarks

Charger Con- This symbol lights up as soon as the charger is connected for charging the
Blue
nected battery

Charging Indicator Green This symbol is displayed when your vehicle is getting charged.

This symbol lights up in case the charger is not connected properly. Check
Charger Connect
Grey the connection again and if the problem persists Contact the TATA MOTORS
Fail
EV Authorized Service Centre.

This symbol lights up when the temperature of the motor is higher, and motor
Motor High becomes hot.
Red Park your vehicle safely and wait for the temperature to become normal. If
Temperature
the problem persists, contact the TATA MOTORS EV Authorized Service
Centre
This symbol lights up when the temperature of the battery is higher, and bat-
Battery High Tem-
Red tery becomes hot. Contact the TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service Cen-
perature
tre if this indicator is getting on frequently.

Drive Ready Green This symbol indicated that your vehicle is ready to drive

142
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Warning Lamps Color Indicator Remarks
This symbol lights up the voltage of the battery is too high and cause damage.
High Voltage (HV)
Red Park your vehicle safely and contact the TATA MOTORS EV Authorized Ser-
Alert
vice Centre.
This feature provides the HV battery Low/Zero Charge Status to the user. A
bulb check shall be performed for this TT at every IGN ON for 4 seconds. The
Red TT shall remain ON irrespective of the Input state during these 4 seconds.
zero charge/Low This tell- tale shall be controlled turned ON/OFF by receiving the SoC input
Charge when the SoC level is low TT will turn ON to indicate charging system battery
low to the user.
This feature provides AC status to user. A bulb check shall be performed for
Blue this TT at every IGN ON for 4 seconds. The TT shall remain ON irrespective
AC ON of the Input state during these 4 seconds. This Tell-tale is ON when AC is
turn ON by user.

In case of malfunction in EBP MIL function in ESP system this indicator will
EPB MIL Fault Amber glow. Please take your vehicle to nearest TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
Service Centre at the earliest

AUTO Vehicle In case of malfunction in AVH function in ESP system this amber indicator
HOLD(AVH) Amber will glow. Please take your vehicle to nearest TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
Warning service centre at the earliest.

143
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Warning Lamps Color Indicator Remarks
Illuminates momentarily when ignition is switched ‘ON’.
ESP If continuously ON then ESP system is at fault condition, Please take your
Amber
(if equipped) vehicle to nearest TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service Centre at the ear-
liest.

V2X Charging Amber This Tell-tale informs driver about V2X Discharging information to the user.

This Tell-tale informs driver about V2X Discharging fault information to the
V2X Warning Red
user.

This feature is used to generate the Engine Sound/Alert in EV vehicle the

AVAS Malfunction Amber since there is no sound from the Motor used in EV vehicle to drive
This symbol indicates the sound function feature is not working properly.

144
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DISPLAY MESSAGES ON INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (if equipped)
Warning Messages
SN Warning / Information Title Warning Message Title Warning Message On Instrument Cluster

1 Fasten Seat Belt - Driver Seat Belt Reminder Fasten Driver Seat Belt

2 Speed Limit Warning Speed Limit Warning Over Speeding Detected Slow Down

3 Drive Control Shift Denied Drive Mode Warning Drive Control Shift Denied

4 Hill Hold Control Failure Hill Hold Control Malfunction Detected Contact Service Center

5 Hill Decent Control Failure Hill Decent Control Malfunction Detected Contact Service Center

6 Charging Level Low State Charging Level Warning Charging Level Low

7 Fasten seat belt front passenger Seat Belt Reminder Fasten Front passenger Seat Belt

Transmission Failure Limp home Acti-

8 Transmission System Malfunction Detected Contact Service Center
vated Visit Service Center

9 ORVM Indicator Failure Rear ADAS Features Impacted Contact Service Center

145
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Alert Messages
SN Alert / Information Title Alert Message Title Action To Be Taken
Service Due in/Service Overdue by Contact to TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
1 Service Reminder Days “value” days Service Centre
2 Park Brake Engaged Brake Alert Park Brake Engaged
3 Charging Full Battery Fully Charged Remove Charger Safely
Service Due in/Service Overdue by Contact to TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
4 Service Reminder Kms “value” km Service Centre
Battery XX% Charged Range YYY
5 Charging below 100% kms Remove Charger Safely
6 Auto Headlamp Lamp Alert Auto Headlamp Activated
Battery Low & user changes gear
7 to S Sport Mode Not Recommended Change gear to any Eco or City mode
8 Charging ON Park brake OFF Engage Park Brake to Start Charging Engage Park Brake to Start Charging
Contact TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Ser-
9 HV Critical alert Critical Alert Contact Service Center vice Centre
10 Slow Down Vehicle Speed Slow Down to Turn OFF Vehicle Press the brake pedal to slow down vehicle
It is recommended that user slow charges
11 Slow Charge up to 100% Slow Charge up to 100%
vehicle’s high voltage battery to 100% SoC.
Park vehicle safely and Evacuate Im- It is recommended to park vehicle in safe
12 Critical Battery Malfunction mediately zone and evacuate to avoid injury.

146
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Interrupt Messages
SN Alert / Information Title Action To Be Taken
1 Rotate steering wheel (In ESCL jam condition) Press Start Button while Turning Wheel
2 Drive Alert - Tea Break Take a Break
3 Steering Failure-Visit Garage Steering Failure Contact Service Center
4 Steering Failure-Stop Driving Steering Failure Stop the Vehicle Safely
5 Door Ajar Close the door
6 ESCL Press Start Button While Turning Wheel
7 No Key Smart Key Out of Range
8 Low Key Battery Smart Key Battery Low Replace Battery
9 Press Brake Pedal Press Brake Pedal to Start Vehicle
10 Drive Modes Respective drive mode
11 Release Park Brake Press Brake Pedal to Release Park Brake
12 Happy Birthday Happy Birthday

147
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
AUDIO REMINDERS
SN Feature Condition Reminder
An audio warning will be started. Do not for-
Parking Lamp ‘ON’ Re- If you forget to turn OFF the park lights and
1 get to turn OFF your park lights as it may
minder driver door is open
drain the vehicle’s battery.
If Park Brake is applied and vehicle is driven
Tell-tale will turn ‘ON’ and buzzer will provide
Parking brake ‘ON’ re- above 5 Km/h, tell-tale shall blink along with
2 audio warning continuously. Disengage the
minder chime continuously. Disengage the park brake
park brake to stop audio warning.
to stop the warning.
Then final audio warning will go on for more
If seatbelt is not fastened and vehicle goes than 90 seconds. Seat belt tell-tale light will
3 Driver Seat Belt reminder
above 13 kmph remain continuously ON when audio alarm is
active.

If front passenger has not fastened seat- belt Seat belt tell-tale light will remain continu-
Front passenger Seat Belt and if vehicle speed goes above 13 kmph, ously ON when audio alarm is active.
4
reminder then final audio warning will go on for more Note: Fasten the seatbelt to stop audio warn-
than 90 seconds. ing.

When user switches drive mode from city to Sound warning for 1 second will be given to
5 Drive mode chime
eco or city to sport (if equipped) alert user.

148
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
SN Feature Condition Reminder
This feature informs the driver to rotate
Electronic Steering Column This chime is sounded in IGN OFF mode for 3
steering wheel when ESCL gets engaged
6 Lock (ESCL) chime secs.
inadvertently.
Buzzer will start along with the motor high tem-
perature warning lamp blinking to indicate the
High Temperature alert for When machine and inverter temperature
user to contact TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
7 Motor cross the max limit from the BMS
Service Centre. Tell-tale and buzzer will be in
sync continuously till the state re- mains TRUE.
If,
Tyre Pressure is low Tyre Pressure is high
Tyre temperature is high iTPMS / TPMS chimes shall sound for 4 secs and
iTPMS / TPMS chime Tyre air pressure leakage for iTPMS / TPMS fault conditions TPMS/ iTPMS
8 chime shall sound for 10 sec.
If,
iTPMS/TPMS system has fault TPMS Sen-
sor fault or missing

PEPS Key not detected

9 If PEPS key is not detected in the vehicle Sound warning will be given to alert User
chime

149
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
SN Feature Condition Reminder
When Auxiliary battery charging fault occurs
with high criticality, buzzer will start along
Warning lamp and buzzer will be in alert contin-
Low battery charging with the warning lamp blinking to indicate the
10 uously till the state remains TRUE.
Chime user to contact TATA MOTORS EV Author-
ised Service Centre.

Charging ON & Park When charger is connected & Park brake is

11 Sound will be given to alert user.
Brake OFF Chime disengaged.

If iTPMS/TPMS alert condition occurs, iT-

Cell Voltage Low Fault
12 PMS/TPMS chimes shall sound for 4 secs Sound will be given to alert User for 10sec.
chime
and for iTPMS/TPMS fault conditions.

If Rear Passenger is present & its seat belt Audio Chime will continue for 93 seconds. Seat
13 Rear Seat Belt reminder remains unbuckled and vehicle speed goes belt tell tale will remain continuously ON when
above 13 km/hr, Final Warning will start. audio alarm is active.

Sound will start along with the battery high tem-

perature warning lamp blinking to indicate the
High Temperature alert When maximum battery cell temperature
14 user to contact TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
for Battery crosses the limit specified
Service Centre. Warning lamp and buzzer will be
in sync continuously till the state remains TRUE.

150
 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
SN Feature Condition Reminder

Turn Indication Hazard If any of the turn indication or both turn signals
15 Sound will be given to alert User
warning ON are ON, tick-tock chime will sound.

If speed goes above defined threshold (120

KMPH) Buzzer will sound to alert user, chime
16 Speed Limit Chime Sound will be given to alert User
sounds continuously till the speed comes
down to the normal limit (<80 KMPH).

Sound will be given for 15 sec to indicate the

Door open, park brake OFF If ignition is OFF, park brake not engaged and
17 user that to engage the Park Brake before
and IGN OFF door is open.
leaving the car.
Buzzer will start along with the warning lamp
When SOC percentage crossed the limit then
blinking to indicate the user to contact TATA
Tell-tale will get activated to indicate EV sys-
18 EV Limp Home mode MOTORS EV Authorised Service Centre.
tem with limited performance so that user shall
Warning lamp and buzzer will be in sync con-
take the necessary safety actions.
tinuously till the state remains TRUE.

151
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

152
 STARTING AND DRIVING
BEFORE YOU START YOUR EV Procedure to Start EV 8. Shift using shifter to the desired po-
 Make sure that the area around the 1. With the smart key sit in the driver’s sition (D/R). Parking brake will be
vehicle is clear. seat (if equipped)/Engage the key in still engaged.
 Do a check of the fluid levels cool- the lock set. 9. Release the parking brake and
ant, brake fluid, and windshield 2. Fasten the seat belt before you start slowly release the brake pedal. See
washer fluid as frequently as possi- the vehicle. if the vehicle slowly moves forward,
ble. 3. Turn off all electrical devices. then press the accelerator pedal.
 Make sure that all windows and 4. Make sure to engage the parking
lights are clean. brake for your safety.
 Examine the tyres for their appear- 5. Make sure to press and hold the brake
ance, inflation pressure and condi- pedal while pressing the start/stop
tion. button.
 Make sure that all doors are closed. 6. The vehicle will get ON in ‘P’ mode
 Position the seat and adjust the only and it will be automatically se-
headrests. lected.
 Adjust the inside and outside mir- 7. When ‘Ready’ message appears, you Procedure to Stop EV
rors. can drive the vehicle. Else, you cannot 1. Hold down the brake pedal until the
 Fasten seat belts and ask all pas- drive the vehicle. Start the vehicle vehicle comes to hault.
sengers to do likewise. again. 2. Continue to press the brake pedal,
Do a check of the operation of the warning WARNING first shift to N mode and further shift
lights when the power switch is pushed to When the ‘Ready’ message is ON and to P mode/engage parking brake.
the ON position. For additional infor- if the gear is in a position other than N 3. Press the start/stop button to OFF
mation, refer to “Warning lamps and audi- (Neutral), the driver can accidently position to stop the vehicle.
ble reminders” in the “Instrument Cluster” press the accelerator pedal, causing
section of this manual. the vehicle to move unexpectedly.

153
STARTING AND DRIVING
Range of Your EV your vehicle, the distance to empty read- ELECTRIC POWER ASSISTED
Your EV can drive as per given range in ing may vary significantly depending on STEERING (EPAS)
below table, when the high voltage battery previous operating patterns. When previ- Your vehicle is equipped with electric
is 100 per cent charged. However, in cer- ous driving patterns include high speed power assisted steering system. The
tain situations like driving at high speed or driving, resulting in the driving battery us- EPAS system makes steering the vehicle
when the air conditioner/heater is ON, the ing more electricity than usual, the esti- easier with less effort.
distance to empty can reduce signifi- mated distance to empty is reduced. In EPAS system, the steering effort be-
cantly, as the high voltage battery con- When the high voltage battery uses a little comes heavier as the vehicle speed in-
sumes more electricity. electricity in ECO mode, the estimated creases and becomes lighter as the vehi-
Battery distance to empty increases. Distance to cle speed decreases for better control of
S.N Range
state
Option I- 502 km* (P1),
empty may depend on many factors such the vehicle at different vehicle speeds.
1 100% as the charge available in the high voltage If the vehicle is ‘OFF’ or if the EPAS sys-
430 Km (P1+P2)
Option II- 585 km* (P1), battery, weather, and temperature, dura- tem becomes inoperative, the vehicle still
2 100% bility of the battery, geographical features,
502 Km (P1+P2) can be steered with more steering effort.
P1 Cycle -Modified Indian Driving Cycle (max speed
and driving style. Natural degradation This EPAS system is available with the
50kmph) may occur with the high voltage battery following assist features
P1+P2 Cycle - Urban and Extra- Urban Driving Cycle depending on the number of years the ve-
(max speed 90kmph) hicle is used. This may reduce the dis- 1. Speed sensitive assist control
* Range mentioned under standard test condition. tance to empty. Contact your nearest 2. Active return control
TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service NOTE
Centre to replace the battery in that case.
 A click noise may be heard from the
NOTE EPAS relay after the ignition switch
Any additional load in the car drains is turned ON or OFF position.
the battery or it may effect on range of  The steering wheel may not unlock
If the “—-” symbol is displayed, charge the vehicle.
vehicle immediately. After you charge normally in some cases when ISS

154
 STARTING AND DRIVING
button pressed. If this happens, NOTE
turn the steering wheel to the right
or left slightly to unlock the steering  The steering effort can suddenly in•
crease, if the operation of the EPAS
wheel while pressing ISS button.
system is stopped to prevent seri-
ous accidents when it detects mal-
WARNING function of the EPAS system during
In case of below malfunction condi- self-diagnosis.
tions, then, take your vehicle to the  When steering for a prolonged pe•
nearest TATA MOTORS EV Author- riod, the steering effort will increase
ised Service Centre and have the to prevent overheating and damage
EPAS system checked as soon as to the steering system.
possible.
 Vehicle noise may be heard when
the vehicle is driven at low speeds.
 If the EPAS system does not oper-
ate normally, the warning light
will illuminate on the instrument
cluster. The steering wheel rotation
may become difficult to control or
operate.

155
STARTING AND DRIVING
STEERING LOCK / UNLOCK AND 5. Make sure that steering wheel is se- Start /Stop switch (if equipped)
IGNITION SWITCH curely locked by checking up and
down direction.
Steering Lock / Unlock
NOTE
When adjusting the steering wheel,
make sure that:
 You can see control pedals without
any obstacles.
 You can see all the displays in the
instrument cluster clearly.

WARNING
Single press start/stop switch will bring
Before you start the car, make sure the vehicle to the ACC ON condition (Am-
the steering wheel position is locked. ber color)
To adjust the steering wheel Do not unlock or adjust the steering
Second press will bring the vehicle to the
1. Adjust the seat to a comfortable posi- wheel while the vehicle is in motion.
ignition ON condition (Green color). To
tion.
start the vehicle press the brake pedal
2. Push the tilt lever completely down to and press the start/stop switch again.
unlock the steering column.
Press the start stop switch again to switch
3. Adjust the steering wheel to the de- OFF the vehicle.
sired position.
With EPAS it gets automatically locked
4. Pull the tilt lever up completely to lock and unlocked as the ignition switch is
the steering column. OFF/ON.
156
 STARTING AND DRIVING
NOTE Vehicle Passive Start - Conditions Step 2
Single Press Start 1. Press the brake pedal and then press
 If smart key is inside the vehicle start/stop button to start the vehicle.
and on pressing start stop switch, if 1. Bring the smart key with you and sit in
the driver seat. 2. Green colour LED on start/stop button
start stop switch green LED blinks
will turn ON.
more than 10 sec. duration then 2. Press the brake pedal and then press
contact TATA MOTORS Author- the start/stop switch. 3. Once vehicle start successfully, green
ised Service centre. colour LED on start/stop switch will re-
3. Green colour LED on start/stop button
main ON.
 If ESCL (Electronic Column Steer- will turn ON.
Three Step Start
ing Lock) is not unlocked properly, 4. Once vehicle is started successfully,
then vehicle doesn’t go into ACC Step 1
the green colour LED on start/stop
mode. 1. Have the smart key with you and sit
button stays ON.
on the driver’s seat.
Backup Start Two Step Start 2. Press the start/stop button without
To start the vehicle when smart key bat- Step 1 pressing brake pedal.
tery voltage is low, the user needs to 1. Have the smart key with you and sit on 3. Amber colour LED on start/stop but-
press start/stop switch two times with an the driver’s seat. ton will turn ON.
interval of 2.5 seconds after pressing the 2. Press the start/stop button without 4. Limited information will be displayed
brake with valid smart key near immobi- pressing brake pedal. on instrument cluster and steering
lizer antenna (in Centre Console). 3. Amber colour LED on start/stop switch will be unlocked. Vehicle remains
NOTE turns ON. OFF.
4. Vehicle will remain OFF and all elec- Step 2
If ESCL (Electronic Column Steering
trical equipment and infotainment sys- 1. Press the start/stop button without
Lock) is not unlocked properly, then
vehicle will not get started. tem can be used. Steering is unlocked pressing brake pedal again.

157
STARTING AND DRIVING
2. Green colour LED on start/stop but-  Amber color LED on start/stop switch
ton will turn ON. turns ON.
3. Vehicle will remain OFF but all elec-
WARNING
trical equipment and infotainment
system can be used. When vehicle is in OFF mode, if user
Step 3 tries to lock the vehicle from outside by
1. Press the brake pedal and then press pressing door handle switch and
start/stop button to start the vehicle. PEPS detects that the smart key is left
2. Green colour LED on start/stop but- inside the vehicle, an audio warning/
ton will turn ON. chime is sounded and doors will not
3. Once the vehicle is started success- get locked.
fully, the green colour LED on
start/stop button stays ON.
Vehicle Passive Stop - Stationary Con-
ditions
Single Press Stop
 Press the start/stop button with or
without brake.
 ACC and IGN turns OFF.
 LED on start/stop switch turns OFF.
Single Long Press Stop
 Press the start/stop button for more
than three seconds.
 IGN returns OFF, ACC remains ON.

158
 STARTING AND DRIVING
DRIVING TIPS  Regularly maintain your vehicle to en- Driving Through Water/ Flooded Water
sure good working condition. 
 Plan your tour in advance get help Drive through calm water only if it is
from google maps, check for road con-  Take adequate break and rest every not deeper than 300mm and at this
ditions, kms to be covered in a day, after 200 kms. depth, the vehicle speed to be main-
halting destination, fuel station, food  Check tyre pressure, coolant, oil indi- tained at creep speed.
station, hospitals and roadside assis- cation, any leakage under the vehicle  If car gets completely or partially sub-
tance in case of emergency. regularly during travelling. merged in water, switch OFF the igni-
 Always wear your seat belt and ensure  Use horn, light and indicators as per tion, evacuate the car and call RSA
all passengers so the same. condition. (Roadside Assistance) at
18002098282 for assistance
 Follow speed limits and adjust your WARNING
speed according to road condition.  We do not recommend you to drive
We strongly advise you not to drive in through flooded water as it may enter
 Keep safe following distance from the late hours/sleep hours to avoid fatality the vehicle interior and motor compart-
vehicle in front of you. because body response is slow to re- ment which could damage power elec-
 Obey traffic rules and sign at all times. spond to any situation in this time pe- tronic, electronic & electrical systems.
 Avoid distraction like mobile phone, riod. Judge the depth of water before driv-
texting while driving. ing through it.
 Check your mirror frequently and be NOTE WARNING
aware of surrounding.
Remember, safe driving is crucial for If vehicle is flooded with water, do not
 Never drive under the influence of al- your safety and safety of others on the attempt to start the vehicle. Tow the ve-
cohol or drugs. road, drive responsibly following hicle to a safe place. Contact a nearest
 Avoid aggressive driving behaviour above driving tip may help is good and TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Ser-
like tailgating or excessive over enjoyable travelling experience. vice Centre.
speeding.

159
STARTING AND DRIVING
Driving on a Wet Road NOTE  Allow more stopping distance un-
Check wiper blades, lights and brakes for der these conditions. Braking
If you have driven for a long time in should be started sooner than on
proper functioning and condition. Check heavy rain without braking, there may
the tyre treads depth, the condition of the dry pavement.
be a delayed reaction from the brakes
tread and tyre. Avoid harsh braking and  Allow greater following distances
when braking for the first time. You
sharp turns. It may cause loss of control on slippery roads.
have to press the brake pedal more
and lead to skid. Keep lights ‘ON’ if visibil- firmly. Maintain a greater distance  Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).
ity is poor. from the vehicle in front.  These may appear on an otherwise
clear road in shaded areas. If a
WARNING Driving on snowy roads patch of ice is seen ahead, brake
On wet road or during light showers, While driving on snow, it is advisable to before reaching it. Try not to brake
“Aquaplaning” can occur. “Aquaplan- use the snow chain on roads. Follow as- while on the ice, and avoid any
ing” is the loss of direct contact be- sembly and safety instruction provided by sudden steering maneuvers.
tween the road surface and the vehi- the snow chain manufacturers.  Do not use cruise control on slip-
cle’s tyres due to a water film forming WARNING pery roads.
between them Steering or braking the Wet ice (0°C and freezing rain), snow
vehicle can be very difficult, and loss of or ice can be slick and very hard to
Driving at Night
control can occur. drive on. The vehicle will have much  Ensure that all lights are working and
There is no hard and fast rule about aq- less traction or “grip” under these con- windshield, window glasses are clean.
uaplaning. The best advice is to slow ditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice  Drive more slowly at night than in the
down when the road is wet. until the road is salted or sanded. daytime, as the visual range is re-
 Whatever the conditions, drive with stricted at night. Maintain a speed
caution. Accelerate and slow down such that you can stop within illumi-
with care. If accelerating too fast, nated distance of headlamps.
the drive wheels will lose even
more traction.

160
 STARTING AND DRIVING
 Do not use the high beam unless in- Driving in Heat and cold weather sufficient distance between your vehicle
evitable. It may dazzle the driver of the The heating and cooling on the car uses and the vehicle ahead.
oncoming vehicle, thus causing an ac- energy from the battery. Set temperatures For long distance driving, perform safety
cident. to a comfortable 24° C - 26° C with Auto checks before starting a trip and take rest
 Use headlamp main/dip beam to alert mode and Econ activated, and see the at certain intervals to prevent fatigue.
other road users on turns/ cross roads comfort as well as the range go up signif- EV’s give best range between speeds of
etc. icantly 40 – 60 kmph. Therefore they are ideal for
 Use side indicators for lane change or CAUTION city applications. Driving in this range
turning. along with following of other points here
Do not park the vehicle in tempera- will add your mileage significantly. A driv-
Driving on Gradients tures below -22°C for more than ing speed band of 60 to 80 kmph is rec-
When climbing gradient, plan it in ad- seven days. If the outside temperature ommended on highway. At high speed,
vance so that the vehicle speed is main- is -22°C or less, the Li-ion battery may the range may result in significant drop in
tained. freeze and it cannot be charged or range.
When driving down a hill, the regenerative provide power to run the vehicle.
braking should be used. Do not switch Move the vehicle to a warm location
OFF the vehicle.
Driving on Highway
WARNING
Do not change the accelerator pedal in-
On long and steep gradients you must puts rapidly. Go as smooth as possible.
reduce the load on the brakes by taking EV’s being instantaneous torque and
your foot off the accelerator pedal. This power – there is very little lag in translat-
allows you to take advantage of regen- ing the pedal input to vehicle response.
erative braking effect and helps avoid
overheating of service brakes resulting Stopping distance progressively, in-
in reduced braking efficiency. creases with vehicle speed. Maintain a

161
STARTING AND DRIVING
TIPS TO GET MAXIMUM RANGE opposite direction when decelerat- that regenerative brake provides
WHILE DRIVING EV ing to generate braking force and less deceleration than the motor
electricity). braking in an ordinary vehicle. This
Acceleration, Braking and Coasting  A secondary benefit is an effect simi- is normal.
Acceleration: This vehicle has a single lar to “vehicle braking” seen in IC ve-  Less deceleration is provided by
speed automated gearbox. In accelerat- hicle cars. Here, it depends on HV the regenerative brake system
ing mode, the torque supplied by the mo- battery condition. when the Li-ion battery is fully
tor via the gearbox to the front wheels is  In the Drive mode, when the acceler- charged. Regenerative brake is au-
linear in nature. ator is released, the regenerative tomatically reduced when the high
1. Regenerative Braking brake system provides some decel- voltage battery is fully charged to
eration and generates power for the prevent it from overcharging.
 This vehicle is high voltage battery.
equipped with a re-  Regenerative brake is also auto-
 Power is also generated when the
generative brake matically reduced when the battery
brake pedal is applied.
system. The pri- temperature is high/low to prevent
 The calibration on the regen is done
mary purpose of battery damage.
in such a way that most people can
the regenerative  The brake pedal should be used to
experience a “single pedal” drive at
brake system is to slow or stop the vehicle depending
most times, just lift your feet of the ac-
provide some power to help re- on traffic or road conditions. The
celerator pedal to slow the vehicle
charge the Li-ion battery and ex- vehicle brakes are not affected by
down and gain range. Brake lightly if
tend driving range. regenerative brake system opera-
required
 The electric motor when decelerat-  When you brake and take your foot tion.
ing and braking and transforms ki- off the accelerator pedal, more re-  Use correct Regen Selection for
netic energy to electrical energy in generative brake is applied than in better range.
order to charge the high voltage the drive mode. However, during
battery. (Torque is applied in the It is recommended to use below mention
high-speed driving you may feel Regen level for better mileage:

162
 STARTING AND DRIVING
 Regen level “0” or “1” in case of 3. Driving Speeds However, brake should be applied as nec-
plain highway. At high speeds, greater essary to avoid hazards to occupants and
 Regen Level “1” & “2” In city drive than 80kmph, high surrounding.
with normal traffic. amount of energy is 5. Tyre Pressure
 Regen Level “2” & “3” In city drive spent in propelling the Maintaining specified
with heavy traffic. vehicle and hence re- Tyre pressure only en-
duces range. Similarly, sures comfortable ride
2. Interior Climate idling for long duration comfort but also max-
Heating and Air condi- also reduces range significantly. imizes range by mini-
tioning system uses 4. Driving Style mizing rolling losses of
energy from the high the vehicle. It is advisa-
voltage battery and Driving behavior has
a significant influ- ble to regularly monitor and maintain the
this reduces range. tyre pressure within specified limits.
For maximizing range ence on the driving
during air-conditioning range of an electric 6. Unauthorized Electrical Accesso-
on driving, it is recommended to set the vehicle. Frequent ries
air conditioning in Auto mode with Econ and heavy accelera- Unauthorized after-
activated. Also the set temperature tions will have a det- market electrical ac-
should be set between 24-26 deg C. EV rimental impact on car’s driving range cessories can poten-
is equipped with Remote Air conditioning. whereas travelling at a steady pace, in be- tially consume higher
You can remotely start Air Conditioning tween 40-80 km/hr will help an electric car energy than factory fit-
system. However, this also consumes en- to maximize range. Predictive driving with ted ones and may af-
ergy from the high voltage battery and re- gradual acceleration reduces your reli- fect range directly.
duces the driving range. ance on hard braking. This helps con- They can also lead to functional compli-
serve energy during acceleration and re- cations and lower component life in the
generate optimally during deceleration. long run. It is recommended to fit only

163
STARTING AND DRIVING
TATA Genuine Accessories at Authorized 9. Dead Weight
EV Service stations. Dead weight like
7. Vehicle Maintenance bags, boxes etc.
Vehicle to be serviced which is not required
regularly as per service should be removed
schedule in authorized from the car. This low-
service stations. It ers the energy re-
helps in maximizing quired to propel the
vehicle performance vehicle and improves
and component life. driving range.
8. Battery Charging
For every 4 consecu-
tive fast charges, 1
complete slow charge
is recommended
(<20% to 100% SoC)
to ensure consistent
performance and bet-
ter health of the high
voltage battery. This improves charge
balancing during charging and deliver
better driving range.

164
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Limp Home Strategy
Soc Intervention
Zone IPC message and state Max speed Acceleration Gradability Cabin cooling
If the vehicle is in Sport mode, it
will automatically shift to Drive
SoC <=25% No change No change 29% No change
mode which will be shown on clus-
ter
Then SoC Gauge 1st Bar ON with
single chime and low charge, Limp
SoC <=10% Home Tell-tale will be ON & “ 50 kmph Reduced 18% No cooling
RECHAGE” will display

SoC Gauge 1st Bar will Blink

SoC <=5% along with Low Charger tell-tale 50 kmph Reduced 18% No cooling
with continuous chime

Fault Intervention
S. N. Telltale Indication Max. Speed Acceleration Gradability Cabin Cooling
HV critical ON + Single Chime.
1 Limp home Telltale blinking 50 kmph Reduced 20% No change
Limp home Telltale blinking
2 + single chime 50 kmph Reduced 20% No change

165
STARTING AND DRIVING
Limp Home Condition of EV Limp Home Mode Telltale Warnings
In situations when certain conditions in Tell tale In-
Condition Description
the vehicle are not met or when some dicator
fault arises in the vehicle, the vehicle con- HV Critical Fault
trol unit intervenes and puts the vehicle Contact TATA MO-
into Limp Home Mode. The vehicle will Blinking TORS EV Author-
ised Service Centre.
give reduced performance in these situa-
tions. These limp home interventions are HV Critical Fault
Mobility is not al-
defined on two levels which are provided Continuously
lowed Contact TATA
in the table. ON MOTORS EV
Authorised Ser-
NOTE vice Centre.
There will be a single audio chime
Continuously Vehicle has entered
whenever the vehicle goes into Limp ON in Limp Home mode
Home Intervention along with the IPC
message. Sports mode cannot be se-
lected if the vehicle SoC is below 25%
or the vehicle is in limp home mode. If
the vehicle is already in sports mode,
it will automatically switch to drive
mode. A message ‘Shifter not allowed’
will be displayed with an audio warn-
ing. When level 1 intervention takes
place, the vehicle will not start in the
next ignition cycle

166
 STARTING AND DRIVING
DRIVE AND SHIFTER MODES Drive Shifter Modes (if equipped)
Performance
Drive Modes (if equipped) Mode

Increased Motor Torque and

Power output for BALANCED
CITY
performance.

Optimum Motor Torque and

Power output for EFFICIENT
performance.

Driver can use maximum

torque from Motor.
Neutral (N)
Drive mode selection switch The mono shifter is in ‘N’ mode position
‘ECO ‘, ‘CITY’ and ‘SPORT’ drive modes and ‘N’ will be indicated in Instrument
are provided. These modes can be used Cluster.
to adjust motor torque characteristics Drive (D)
and vehicle performance in line with de-
sired requirement. The mono shifter is in ‘D’ mode position
and ‘D’ will be indicated in Instrument
Drive mode selection switch is provided Cluster.
on center console for activation.
Park (P)
The mono shifter is in ‘P’ mode position
and ‘P’ will be indicated in Instrument

167
STARTING AND DRIVING
Cluster. When starting the vehicle or park-
ing the vehicle. Apply the parking brake
whenever the vehicle is to be parked.
Reverse (R)
The shifter knob is in ‘R’ shifter position
and ‘R’ will be indicated in Instrument
Cluster.

168
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Mono-stable Shifter
 Your vehicle is equipped with Mono
stable shifter, where the shift lever
returns to its stable position the mo-
ment it is released.
 It is provided with 2 UP positions
and2 DOWN positions: UP2-UP1-
Stable-DOWN1-DOWN2.
 The user shall release the shifter af-
ter each shift, as any new shift will
be possible from stable position
only.
 The user has to confirm the desired
shift position on display.
 Shifter shall not be attempted from
non-stable position by continuously
holding the shifter in the previous
shift position.

169
STARTING AND DRIVING
OPERATING OF LIGHTS AND WIP- 3. High Beam Flash (Spring Return) Day Time Running Lamps (DRL) (if
ERS To flash the high beam, pull the lever to- equipped)
Combi-switch (RH Stalk) wards you from the normal position. It will
return to its normal position when you re-
lease it.
4. Headlamp Rotary Switch Day time Running Lamps (DRL) are used
to increase the visibility of the vehicle to
Auto Light (if equipped)
other drivers during daytime.
DRL is activated when ignition switch is
‘ON’ and to deactivate, switch the parking
The headlights will be automatically lamp ON-OFF twice within approx. three
switched ON depending on ambient light seconds.
conditions (while entering a tunnel or
Deactivation of DRL can be done by DRL
when it is twilight).
soft switch, which is available on the Head
OFF Position Unit Display.
1. Left Turn Signal
Low Beam
Move the lever fully upward.
2. Right Turn Signal All lamps will remain ‘OFF.’
Move the lever fully downward. Parking Lamp Rotate stalk to turn ‘ON’ the Low Beam
NOTE function.

When the turn is completed, the signal High Beam

will cancel and the lever will return to Rotate stalk to turn ‘ON’ the Parking Move the lever forward to select the high
its normal position. lamps. beam function. Pull the lever back to nor-
mal for low beam.

170
 STARTING AND DRIVING
5. Lane Change Signal (if equipped) is stationary. Depending on the number of hand stalk is provided for intermittent front
To signal a lane change, move the lever passengers and luggage in the vehicle wiper delay. The switch has five delay tim-
slightly up or down to the point where the headlamp focus may change. This can be ers.
turn signal light begins to flash, but the- adjusted by rotating the knob to one of the Slow Wipe
lever does not latch. The turn signal will three level positions.
Push the stalk towards position (2) for
flash six times automatically. Combi-switch (LH Stalk) continuous slow wipe.
Head Lamp Leveling Rotary Switch Fast Wipe
Push the stalk towards position (3) for
continuous slow wipe.
Flick Wipe (Spring Return)
Pull the stalk downwards
and hold it for continuous
wipe, the wiper continu-
ously wipes across the
windshield at low speed till the stalk is re-
leased.
Front Windshield Washer
OFF” Position  Pull the lever little longer, to spray
Inner rotary switch on right hand stalk is The wiper is switched ‘OFF’. the washer fluid on the windshield.
provided for head lamp leveling. With the Intermittent Wipe  The windshield wipers will operate
inner rotary switch, Head lamp leveling
Push the stalk upwards to for three cycles after the lever is re-
can be done with head lamp in Low Beam
operate intermittent wipe. leased and for one more cycle after
and in ‘ON’ position. Select correct posi-
five seconds.
tion before start of trip, when the vehicle Inner rotary switch on left

171
STARTING AND DRIVING
Manual Mode Rain/light Sensor (if equipped) Horn
 Pull the lever little longer, to spray The integrated rain and light sensor is
the washer fluid on the windshield. mounted on front windshield glass to
 The windshield wipers will operate sense rain and light. As per the input from
for three cycles after the lever is re- sensor, the wipe and light functions will
leased and for one more cycle after work automatically.
five seconds.
Auto Mode (if equipped))
If your vehicle is fitted with rain sensor,
the wipers will automatically wipe the
windscreen, if it senses rainfall. Make
sure that the wiper stalk is in Auto posi-
tion.
Horn is located on steering wheel. Use it
NOTE whenever required.
When you start the vehicle, the supply
to washer motor is momentarily cut WARNING
off. Check out for No Horn zone, where
use of horn is prohibited.

172
 STARTING AND DRIVING
SEATS ADJUSTMENTS WARNING You could slide under the seat belt in
a collision.
Front Row Seats Adjustments Do not adjust the driver’s seat while
Driver Seat Manual Adjustments (if driving. Adjusting the seat while driv- 2. Driver Seat height adjustment
equipped) ing could cause the driver to lose con- To raise the seat, pull and continue pump-
trol of the vehicle. ing the lever (2) in the upward direction
1. Driver Seat Backrest Angle Ad- until the seat is at the desired height. To
justment lower the seat, pump the lever downward
until the seat is at desired height.
To change the seat back rest angle, lean
forward slightly and pull up the lever (1). 3. Driver forward / backward ad-
Adjust seat backrest until it reaches de- justment
sired comfortable position. Make sure that Lift lever (3) and slide the seat forwards or
lever returns to its original position and rearwards. Release lever and make sure
seat is securely latched. that seat is securely latched.
NOTE NOTE
Adjust the seat backrest until your Adjust the driver seat position in such
Following seat adjustments can be car- arms are slightly angled when holding a way that the driver will be able to op-
ried out manually. the steering wheel. erate the control pedals conformably.
1. Driver Seat Backrest Angle Adjust-
ment WARNING
2. Driver Seat height adjustment Never travel in a moving vehicle with
3. Driver Seat forward/backward adjust- the seat backrest in an excessively re-
ment lever clined position as this can be danger-
ous.

173
STARTING AND DRIVING
Co-driver Seat Adjustments (if 2. Seat Backrest Angle Adjustment Front Power Seats Adjustments (if
equipped) Similar to driver seat, to change the seat equipped)
back rest angle, lean forward slightly and Driver Seat
pull up the lever (2). Adjust seat backrest
until it reaches desired comfortable posi-
tion. Make sure that lever returns to its
original position and seat is securely
latched.
3. Seat height adjustment
To raise the seat, pull the button slightly
(3) in the upward direction as per arrow
mark, until the seat is at the desired
height. To lower the seat, push the
1. Seat forward/backward adjustment button downward until the seat is at
lever desired height.
2. Seat Backrest Angle Adjustment 1. Seat Backrest Angle Adjustment
3. Seat height adjustment 2. Seat height adjustment
1. Forward / backward adjustment 3. Forward / backward adjustment
1. Seat Backrest Angle Adjustment
Lift lever (1) and slide the seat
forwards or rearwards. Release lever To change the seat back rest angle, lean
and make sure that seat is securely forward slightly and operate the button
latched. slightly(1) as per arrow mark either for-
ward or rearward as required. Adjust seat
backrest until it reaches desired comfort-
able position and then release the button.
174
 STARTING AND DRIVING
NOTE power seat adjustment buttons as Seat Ventilation
it consumes power from vehicle To start ventilation, press button once.
Adjust the seat backrest until your battery.
arms are slightly angled when holding
 Do not operate more than one op-
the steering wheel.
eration button simultaneously.
2. Seat height adjustment
To raise the seat, pull the button slightly
(2) in the upward direction as per arrow
mark, until the seat is at the desired
height. To lower the seat, push the button
downward until the seat is at desired
height.
3. Forward / backward adjustment
To move seat forward push the button(3)
slightly forward as per the arrow mark, to It has 3 ventilation adjustment in decreas-
move seat rearward pull the button in ing order and LED glows for each press.
rearward direction make sure that seat is To stop the ventilation long press the but-
securely latched. ton for few seconds.
NOTE Default setting is highest speed on first
press.
 Adjust the driver seat position in
such a way that the driver will be The ventilated seat by default is set to
able to operate the control pedals OFF whenever the vehicle START/STOP
comfortably. button is turned ON.
 Avoid unnecessary operation of

175
STARTING AND DRIVING
To protect ventilated seats- Rear Seats Adjustments with Re-
 Use the air ventilation seat ONLY cline (If equipped)
when the vehicle HVAC system is Seats Adjustment
on.
NOTE  Never use a liquids like alcohol,
high viscosity oils or other to spill
Do not apply excessive force on venti-
on ventilated seats.
lation button as it may get damaged.
Button operates with slight finger force  Avoid spillage of liquids on the ven-
as they are electronically controlled. tilated seats surface this may lead
to blockage of ventilated seat sys-
tem and may not function properly.
 Do not add seat covers, as it will
not allow ventilated seats to func-
tion properly.
 Do not keep plastic covers of seat
as it is, as it will not allow ventilated Following seat adjustments can be car-
seats to function properly. ried out manually.
NOTE 1. Seat Backrest Angle Adjustment
2. Seat Armrest Adjustment
Ventilated seats to be vacuum cleaned
regularly as there are chances of air 1. Seat Backrest Angle Adjustment
vent hole blockage after usage. To change the seat back rest angle, lean
forward slightly and pull backrest release
knob (1). Adjust seat backrest until it
reaches desired comfortable position.

176
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Make sure that lever returns to its original Seats Folding (60 - 40% Split Seat) (If
position and seat is securely latched. equipped)
2. Seat Armrest Adjustment You can increase the luggage capacity by
A foldable arm rest (2) is available in seat. folding the respective rear seats as re-
When not required, fold the armrest back quired.
into the seat

Lift the seat as shown in the figure.

To fold the seat:

Pull the backrest release knob to fold the
seat forward. (Right side rear seat).

177
STARTING AND DRIVING
Fold the backseat as shown in the figure. Follow the same procedure for driver side Seats Folding (100%) (If equipped)
seat. Pull the backrest release knob provided
on both side simultaneously.

NOTE Lift the seat as shown in the figure.

Ensure that ‘foldable arm rest’ is close
before seat folding.

178
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Fold the backseat as shown in the figure. the seat backrest. The seat belt can
no longer offer the intended level of
protection and could even cause in-
juries.
 Objects or loads in the trunk can-
not be restrained by the seat
backrest. There is an increased
risk of injury.
 Before every trip, make sure that
the seat backrests and the rear
bench seat/rear seat are engaged
and securely latched.
WARNING
 You should always engage the rear
seat if you do not need the through
loading feature.
 If the rear bench seat and seat
backrest are not engaged they
could fold forwards, e.g. when
braking suddenly or in the event of
an accident.
 The vehicle occupant would
thereby be pushed into the seat
belt by the rear bench seat or by

179
STARTING AND DRIVING
MIRRORS Automatic Dimming IRVM (if ON position whenever the ignition switch
Inside Rear View Mirrors (IRVM) equipped) is turned ON and it is switched OFF when-
ever reverse gear is engaged.
NOTE
For proper operation, keep the photo-
cell sensors clean and do not cover
the area between the IRVM and the
windshield.

To adjust the mirror move the mirror up, 1. Photocell Sensors

down or sideways manually to obtain the
best rear view. 2. ON/OFF button
When you drive at night, set the selector Automatic dimming rear view mirror auto-
tab to select anti-glare mode (if equipped) matically controls the glare from the head-
to reduce glare from the headlights of ve- lights of the car behind you in night time
hicles behind you. or low light driving conditions. Press
ON/OFF button to turn ON the automatic
NOTE dimming function.
Use antiglare position only when nec- The LED indicator on the IRVM shows the
essary, as it reduces rear view clarity. active status of auto dimming function.
The auto dimming IRVM is defaults to the

180
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Outer Rear View Mirrors (ORVM) To adjust the Mirror ORVM Folding
Motorized ORVM Adjustment Option 1: Auto folding by Smart Key
(if equipped) (if equipped)

The switch to adjust the motorized mirrors

is located on the driver’s door. You can
adjust the mirrors when the ignition switch
is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

1. Move the mirror selection switch to L

(for left side) and R (for right side) to
select the mirror you wish to adjust. When you lock the vehicle, ORVMs will be
2. Use the four positions of the knob to folded automatically.
adjust the rear view mirrors to re-
quired position. NOTE
ORVM auto unfold not work, in case
of user select the ORVM auto unfold
option disabled through infotainment
screen.

181
STARTING AND DRIVING
Option 2: Auto Folding by Knob Vanity Mirror (if equipped)
Vanity mirror is provided on the back of
the front passenger side sun visor.

To fold / unfold the ORVMs, keep the Se-

lector switch in center position (i.e. neither
‘L’ nor ‘R, position) and then toggle down.
This will operate when the ignition switch
is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
Sun Visors
The sun visors can be pulled down to
block the glare coming through the wind-
shield. To block the glare from side win-
dows, pull down the sun visor and release
it from retainer. Swing the sun visor to the
side.

182
 STARTING AND DRIVING
DRIVING SUPPORT SYSTEM needs to be checked with TATA MO- WARNING
TORS EV Authorised Service Centre and
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) (if Do not use parking brake in vehicle
vehicle needs extreme precaution until
equipped) during running condition except for
you reach TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
Service Centre. emergency situations like service
brake failure. It will affect the entire
NOTE brake system. If the EPB fails to apply,
Apply the parking brake properly be- prevent vehicle movement by blocking
fore leaving the vehicle and release it the rear wheels.
before moving. How to Release
How to Apply EPB will be released only if you press the
Depress the Brake pedal & Pull EPB EPB switch along with Ignition is on or ve-
switch upward. hicle is running. & Brake pedal is de-
pressed.
NOTE Kindly ensure parking brake indication in
Kindly ensure EPB indication turns on instrument cluster is turned off after EPB
EPB switch is located behind the Mono in the Cluster. EPB will be applied au- is released
shift knob EPB is applied by pulling up the tomatically if vehicle is turned off and EPB Getting Released Automatically
EPB switch and can be released by push- Mono shifter is engaged to park posi-
ing down the EPB switch which needs the The following steps to be followed for EPB
tion. During parking the vehicle on
vehicle to be at ignition ON condition. Al- auto release:
Steep incline or trailer is attached,
ways ensure parking brake is released kindly ensure EPB can hold the vehi- 1. Vehicle READY condition
and parking brake warning lamp is OFF cle before leaving. 2. Driver door closed & seat belt buckled
before start of the drive. Park brake warn-
ing lamp in cluster at vehicle running con- 3. Shifter knob in D/R mode
dition indicates failure in brake system 4. Press ACC pedal to drive away

183
STARTING AND DRIVING
Surround View System (SVS)
Surround view system displays the sur-
roundings around the vehicle to the driver
for safe and comfortable drive.
SVS assists the driver while reversing and
maneuvering the vehicle at lower speeds.
Camera Locations as Shown In the Im-
ages

Left Side Camera

Rear Camera

Front Camera

Right Side Camera

184
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Activation of SVS tral) or R (Reverse) and vehicle speed  During vehicle speed is more than
The function is activated when: is under 17 kmph and surround view 17 Kmph and driver activate
soft switch is pressed. through soft switch/hard switch
1. Surround view soft switch is pressed 4. Shift lever is in Reverse and vehicle rear view shall display to user.
on Fascia switch speed is below 17 kmph.
Deactivation of SVS
SVS function is deactivated when one of
the following step is performed.
1. Surround view soft switch is pressed
again
2. Vehicle speed is more than 17 kmph
Disengage the reverse.
NOTE
2. Surround view soft switch is pressed  When vehicle speed is more than
on Head unit. 17 kmph, the SVS function will
turn off. The function will not auto-
matically turn on again, even
though vehicle speed gets below
17 kmph. Press the switch again,
to turn on the function.
 When vehicle speed is more than
17 Kmph SVS screen will be
3. The shift lever is in D (Drive), N (Neu- switch to only rear view during re-
verse.

185
STARTING AND DRIVING
Surround View System Features
The Surround view system has the follow-
ing features
1. 2D View
2. 3D View
3. Front Corner View 2D Top + Front view 2D Top + Right view
4. Rear Corner View
5. Full View
6. Settings
7. Cancel Icon
2D View
By selecting 2D Icon which is available on 2D Top + Rear view
the right corner side of the infotainment
screen, cameras provide about 360 de-
gree 2D top view of vehicle’s surrounding.
In 2D top view mode 4 camera icons will
be present around the model car image to
switch to different sides of view. The dif-
ferent 2D views are as follows.
2D Top + Left view
I. 2D Top view + Front view
II. 2D Top view + Rear view
III. 2D Top view + Left view
IV. 2D Top view + Right view
186
 STARTING AND DRIVING
3D View Full View
By selecting 3D Icon, cameras provide I. 2D Full front view
about 360 degree 3D view of vehicle’s By selecting 2D front view Icon which is
surrounding on the Infotainment screen available on the model car image, cam-
In 3D mode view 8 camera icons will be eras provides about wide 2D front view of
present around the model car image to vehicle’s surrounding on the Infotainment
switch to different angle of view. Front corner view screen.
Rear Corner View Press full view button to view front objects
If driver wants to focus on the rear corner closer and press the same button to go
view, then the icon can be pressed to se- back to the normal 2D front view.
lect the view.
By selecting rear corner view icon, cam-
era provides a focused view on the rear
3D view with 8 different views left and right corners to provide a better
Front Corner View visibility for safe maneuver.

If driver wants to focus on the front corner 2D Full Front view

view, then the icon can be pressed to se- II. 2D Full Rear view
lect the view.
By selecting 2D rear view Icon which is
By selecting front corner view icon, cam- available on the model car image, cam-
era provides a focused view on the front eras provides about wide 2D view of vehi-
left and right corners to provide a better cle’s surrounding on the Infotainment
visibility for safe maneuver. Rear corner view screen.
Press full view button to view rear objects
closer and press the same button to go

187
STARTING AND DRIVING
back to the normal 2D rear view. IV. 2D Full Right view  User can change the front and rear
By selecting 2D right view Icon which is default view to any of the view i.e.,
available on the model car image, cam- either normal view or top view
eras provides about wide 2D view of vehi-
cle’s surrounding on the Infotainment
screen.
Press full view button to view right objects
2D Full Rear View closer and press the same button to go
III. 2D Full Left view back to the normal 2D right view.
SVS content settings
By selecting 2D left view Icon which is
available on the model car image, cam-
eras provides about wide 2D view of vehi-
cle’s surrounding on the Infotainment
screen.
Press full view button to view left objects
closer and press the same button to go 2D Full Right view
back to the normal 2D left view. Settings SVS front view default mode settings

 By selecting the settings icon avail-

able on the infotainment screen,
driver can change the settings as
required.
 User can change the content set-
2D Full left view tings based on the user choice.

188
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Understanding Guidelines Indication
Static Guidelines

SVS rear view default mode settings Yellow Line

Cancel Icon Indicates, if rear objects are in this colored
By selecting the cancel icon which is Dynamic Guidelines zone, you have to take utmost care. How-
available on the top right corner of the in- ever, objects fall in this zone, may not hit
fotainment screen, user can exit from the vehicle.
surround view system function.
It can be used for all the SVS features
such as 2D, 3D, front & rear corner views.
It cannot be visible when vehicle gear
state is reverse. Red Line
Indicates, if rear objects are in this colored Green Line
zone, you have to stop the vehicle and not
allowed to go backward. If you still go Indicates, if rear object is in this colored
backward, your vehicle will hit the object. zone, you have to be cautious. Still you
can go backward safely.

189
STARTING AND DRIVING
By selecting the infotainment settings Based on the user choice he/she can se-
icon available on the infotainment screen lect any option from the three.
use able to open the settings options
available in the system

PDC Guidelines Settings

User can change the timer settings for
PDC guidelines which is available on the Blind View Monitor
infotainment display . Blind view monitor will helps to reduce the
The system will display the below screen crashes that happens when driver is be-
when user select the settings icon. Select ing overtaken or changing the lanes.
the driver assistance icon which is availa-
ble on the screen. This system should work in ignition on
and run condition irrespective of the ve-
hicle speed.
We can enable/disable the blind view
monitor in HMI settings based on the user
choice.

In driver assistance system will provide

many other options in that user should se-
lect the park assist delay timer. System
will provide three different option such as
0sec, 5 sec and 10sec.

190
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Activation of Blind View Monitor NOTE
 This feature is activated when user  When SVS is in active condition
turn on the left/right turn indicator. then user turn on the left/right turn
 On activating the right turn indica- indicator then system should dis-
tor, right side rear view should be Left rear side view when turn on the left play the blind view monitoring and
displayed on the infotainment indicator if user turn off the turn indicator
along with static overlays. then system return back to the SVS
Deactivation of Blind View Monitor screen.
This feature is deactivated when user turn
off the left/right turn indicator.  When SVS is not in active condi-
tion, user turn on the left/right turn
Understanding Static Overlays Indica- indicator then system should dis-
tion play the blind view monitoring.
Red Line: Indicates, if rear objects are Once user turn off the turn indicator
behind this colored line, you are not al-
Right rear side view when turn on the then system return back to infotain-
lowed to change the lane. If you still
right indicator ment home screen.
change the lane, your vehicle will hit the
 On activating the left turn indicator, object. Camera Precaution
left side rear view should be dis-
Yellow Line: Indicates, if rear objects are WARNING
played on infotainment along with
behind this colored line, you have to take
the static overlays.
utmost care. However, objects fall in this  As the camera is, IP protected, do
zone, may not hit vehicle. not detach, disassemble or modify
in any manner from the actual posi-
Green Line: Indicates, if rear object is tion. This will show required visual
behind this colored line, you have to be information in display.
cautious. Still you can safely change
the lane.  Do not use camera when tailgate is

191
STARTING AND DRIVING
open. If tailgate is open, visual in-  Do not attach any advertisement or 5. Do not apply organic solvent, car
formation may not be the actual styling or any kind of stickers on top wax, window cleaner or glass coat
rear view of the vehicle & system of camera. If this happens, camera to clean the camera. If this is ap-
will warn with message ‘Tail Gate cannot provide you the visual im- plied, wipe it off as soon as possible.
Open, Please close. age and may damage camera. 6. Do not use chemical solvents such
 Do not use camera when  Do not add any accessory, which as strong detergents containing
driver/passenger door is open. If will obstruct camera field of view. high alkaline or volatile organic sol-
any one of the door is open, visual vents (gasoline, acetone etc). This
Cleaning Camera may damage the camera lens
information may not be the actual
view of the vehicle & system will 1. Due to environmental reasons, dust, 7. Do not apply heavy force on lens,
warn with message ‘Door Open, mud or fog may accumulate on the while cleaning.
Please close’. And also corre- camera lens. So regularly clean the 8. Do not remove mud, snow on the
sponding door side display shall be camera lens. camera lens using stick or hard ma-
in dark image. 2. Use water to clean the camera lens. terial. Use normal water and soft
 Do not use camera when ORVM is Do not use extreme cold or hot wa- cloth.
ter. Rapid changes in temperature
folded. If ORVM is folded, visual in- WARNING
formation may not be the actual may brittle the camera lens. Do not
view of the vehicle & system will apply High Pressure water for clean-  The camera uses fish eye lens. So
warn with message ‘ORVM ing. the size of the objects or in the dis-
Folded’. 3. Wipe the camera lens with soft cloth. play may differ from the actual size
and distances in low light condi-
 When the camera is operated un- 4. Do not use hard cloth or material to tions, the screen may darken or im-
der fluorescent lights, sodium light wipe the camera lens. This will age may appear faint.
or mercury light etc., illuminated ar- cause scratches on the camera, and
eas on the lens may appear to leads to deteriorated visual image on  If the tire sizes are changed, the po-
flicker in the display. the display. sition of the fixed guidelines dis-
played on the screen may change

192
 STARTING AND DRIVING
During rainy conditions, image may field of view. The area displayed on the Rear View Camera
get obscured. In such conditions, do screen may vary according to vehicle
not depend on camera view. orientation or road conditions.
 The camera used in the vehicle,
may not reproduce the same color
of the real object.
 Do not apply any kind of force on the
camera.
 High humidity and variation in ambi-
ent temperature may result into con-
densation inside the camera lens,
which may further result into degra-
Rear View Camera is a visual reverse
dation of camera video feed on the
guiding system. When reversing or park-
screen. It is recommended that not
ing, make sure that there are no persons,
to rely on camera video feed for
animals or objects in the area where you
parking assistance in such scenario.
are reversing.
This phenome-non is temporary and
will be automatically recovered with The display will be shown on the infotain-
reduction in humidity and less varia- ment screen.
tion in ambient temperature.
 The area displayed by the camera is
limited. The camera does not dis-
play objects that are close to or be-
low the bumper, underneath the ve-
hicle, or objects out of the camera’s

193
STARTING AND DRIVING
Understanding Guidelines Indication Red Line
Red line indicates that you have to stop
reversing the vehicle. If you still go back-
wards, the car will hit the obstacle.
Do’s and Don’ts
 Do not use camera when tailgate is
Activation
open. If tailgate is open, visual in-
Reverse formation may not be the actual
This system will start, if mono-shifter at re- Static guidelines rear view of the vehicle & system
verse, or park assist button (if equipped) will warn with message ‘Tail Gate
is pressed or manual activation is done Open, Please close.
through Infotainment screen.  When the camera is operated un-
Deactivation der fluorescent lights, sodium light
or mercury light etc., illuminated ar-
System will stop, if reverse gear is disen-
eas on the lens may appear to
gaged, or park assist button (if equipped)
flicker in the display.
is pressed. If started through infotain-
ment, the system can be stopped using a Dynamic guidelines  Do not attach any advertisement or
cross button on infotainment screen. Green Line styling or any kind of stickers on top
of camera. If this happens, camera
You can safely reverse the vehicle, but be cannot provide the visual image
cautious if objects fall in this zone. and it may damage the camera.
Yellow Line  Do not add any accessory, which
You have to take utmost care if objects will cause blockage to the camera’s
fall in this zone. However, the objects field of view.
may not hit vehicle.

194
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Rear View Camera System Precau- When sharp up gradient behind the ve-
tions hicle
Area Displayed on Screen
The rear view camera system displays an
image of the view from the bumper of the
rear area of the vehicle.

 The area displayed on the screen

may vary according to vehicle ori-
entation conditions.
 Objects, which are close to either
corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, cannot be seen on the
screen.
 The camera uses a special lens.
The distance of the image that ap-
pears on the screen differs from the
actual distance. The camera may
not display items that are located
higher than the camera’s field of
view.

195
STARTING AND DRIVING
The distance guidelines will appear to be
closer to the vehicle than the actual dis- When any part of the vehicle sags
tance.
Because of this, objects will appear to be
farther away than they actually are.
In the same way, there will be a margin of
error between the guidelines and the ac-
tual distance/course on the road.
When sharp down gradient behind the
vehicle

NOTE
 The distance guidelines will ap-
pear to be further from the vehicle When any part of the vehicle sags due to
than the actual distance. the number of passengers or the distribu-
tion of the load, there is a margin of error
 Because of this, objects will ap-
between the fixed guide lines on the
pear to be closer than they actually
screen and the actual distance/course on
are. In the same way, there will be
the road.
a margin of error between the
When approaching three-dimen-
guidelines and the actual dis-
tance/course on the road. sional objects
The distance guidelines are displayed ac-
cording to flat surfaced objects (such as

196
 STARTING AND DRIVING
the road). It is not possible to determine
the position of three-dimensional objects
(such as vehicles) using the distance
guidelines. When approaching a three-di-
mensional object.

Vehicle width guidelines

Visually check the surroundings and the

area behind the vehicle. On the screen, it
appears that a truck is parked at point B.
However, in reality if you back up to point
A, you will hit the truck. On the screen, it
appears that A is closest and C is furthest
away. However, in reality, the distance to
A and C is the same, and B is further away
from A and C.
197
STARTING AND DRIVING
Visually check the surroundings and the Park Assist System (Front and Rear) Variant where infotainment display is not
area behind the vehicle. In the case Park Assist System is an electronic park- present and audio warning is given
shown below, the truck appears to be out- ing aid that assist you to park vehicle through a buzzer, on activating the Park
side of the vehicle width guidelines and safely when in reverse mode. It also pro- Assist system, a tone will be played within
the vehicle does not look as if it hits the vides front part assist (if equipped) if your first two seconds to indicate the proper
truck. However, the rear body of the truck vehicle speed is below 10Kmph and Front functioning of the system. After these two
may actually cross over the vehicle width part assist option is enabled through info- seconds, normal functioning of the sys-
guidelines. In reality if you back up as tainment screen. tem will continue. If no tone is heard for
guided by the vehicle width guidelines, first two seconds, it shall mean that Park
the vehicle may hit the truck. It provides audio, visual information Assist System is faulty. The owner
through vehicle infotainment system. Se- should, in that case, go to the nearest
lect this feature in infotainment display to dealer for rectification.
see any obstacle behind/front of the vehi-
cle. Front Park Assist System (FPAS) (if
equipped)

The system also displays the Park assist

screen when mono-shifter at reverse. Activation Conditions
WARNING 1. Front park assist option can be ena-
bled through Infotainment screen.
0 to 25 cm obstacle detection perfor-
mance is not guaranteed due to ultra-
sonic sensor technology limitation.

198
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Go to settings 3. If user has turned ON Low speed acti- Reverse Park Assist System (RPAS)
vation from user settings menu and (if equipped)
vehicle speed is below 10 kmph (For-
ward Direction) and some object is de-
tected in the front of the vehicle then
audio warning for 10 sec will sound,
while the visual warning will continue
to be shown till the object is present.
Select Driver Assistance Deactivation Condition
Activation Condition
1. If vehicle is speed is above
This system will start, if reverse gear is
10Kmphin drive mode.
engaged, or park assist button (if
2. If started through infotainment equipped) is pressed or manual activation
screen button, the system can be is done through Infotainment screen.
stopped using a Front Park Assist op-
tion on infotainment screen. Deactivation Condition
Enable front park assist option
Approx. Dis- System will stop if park assist button (if
tance Range equipped) is pressed.
Visual Audible In-
From If started through infotainment, the sys-
Warning formation
Bumper (in tem can be stopped using a cross button
cm) on infotainment screen.
Continuous
2. If reverse gear is engaged and Front- 25 – 30 Red Zone
Beep
park assist option is enabled through 31 – 60 Yellow Zone Fast Beep
infotainment screen.
61 – 100 Green Zone Slow Beep

199
STARTING AND DRIVING
Approx. Dis- tance  If object is mesh fence made up of  If ultrasonic noise is present
Audible In- thin wires, where echoes can’t be
Range From Bumper around Vehicle due to other vehicle
forma- tion
(in cm) given by the surface. sensors, horn, air braking system
 Fast moving objects passes in the (large vehicles), Exhaust Fans,
Continuous
25 – 40 sensor’s field of detection, where Wireless transmitters or mobile
Beep
echoes are not processed by the phones.
41 – 80 Fast Beep
system.  If the vehicle speed exceeds
81 – 120 Slow Beep
 If object is made/covered by foam 10kmph, the system will not warn
or sponge or snow where ultra- you even though objects are de-
NOTE tected, error message ‘Vehicle
sonic sound signals are absorbed.
Audio warning may come from Info- Speed is high, drive slowly!’ will ap-
 Objects close to the rear bumper pear.
tainment system speaker or through can go undetected by the Reverse
Buzzer, depending on vehicle model Park Assist’s field of detection.  Driving on uneven road surfaces
and configuration. Driver should use extreme caution e.g. Gravel, unpaved roads, Artifi-
cial Speed Breakers, or gradient.
Park Assist System Limitations while parking the vehicle.
 If height of the bumper is changed  Poles of square/rectangular cross
Park Assist system is not a collision section might not be detected due
avoiding system. It is solely the driver’s due to alteration to the suspension
or other causes. to the ultrasonic technology limita-
responsibility to park the vehicle safely. tion. If trailer is connected.
Park Assist feature works on ultra sound  If the sensor areas are extremely
echo technology, due to which perform- hot from direct sunlight or cold due WARNING
ance is not guaranteed in following sce- to freezing weather. Due to any reason, if the sensor gets
narios:
 If Sensors are covered by a hand, misaligned or loses its intended fit-
 If the object has a sharp edge sur- sticker, accessory, etc. ment position, contact your dealer for
face, where surface may divert refitment.
echoes from sensor reception.

200
 STARTING AND DRIVING
NOTE 4. Do not remove mud, snow on the
sensors using stick or hard material.
Turning the ignition ‘OFF’ ‘while the Use normal water and soft cloth.
park assist feature is active would dis-
able it. Park Assist Malfunction Indications
In case of park assist system malfunc-
tions, fault screen may appear on the in-
NOTE fotainment system.
Parking sensor performance may af- Reason for this fault may be
fect in case use of unauthorized regis-
tration plate. Use RTO authorized size 1. Body Control Module Failure
registration plate only. High security 2. Sensor Malfunction
registration plate dimension in mm – 3. Partner components such as Info-
500 x 120 (Approx). tainment music system, Instrument
Cluster failure
Park Assist System Preventive
Maintenance/cleaning
1. Regularly clean the sensors and
keep them free from dust, ice, mud,
water, chewing gum etc. for proper
working of the system. Use a smooth
cloth for cleaning.
2. Do not use water at high pressure for
cleaning the sensor.
3. Do not cover the sensors. This will in-
terrupt park assist performance.

201
STARTING AND DRIVING
AUTOMATIC VEHICLE HOLD (if How to Apply Vehicle Hold Warning Indicator
equipped) 1. Depress the Brake pedal. AVH indication and warning lamps turns
2. Ensure seatbelt is fasten and driver’s ON (white which will appear on the cluster
door is closed. is provided below.
3. Press AVH switch.
4. Auto Hold indication turns on in the
Cluster which indicates AVH is turned
ON and in Standby mode.
5. When the vehicle reaches the stand-
AVH indication ON
still condition though brake pedal is re-
leased AVH holds the vehicle and
AVH indication changes the color from
white to green.
AVH will be released when accelerator
pedal is depressed in R (Reverse), D AVH active indication (Green color)
AVH holds the brakes once vehicle speed
(Drive).
reaches zero at traffic lights or a junction,
thus avoids unintended vehicle rolling. NOTE
Once activated through AVH switch Auto-  When the vehicle is turned off
matic Vehicle Hold maintains brake force keeping the Auto Vehicle Hold in
even after you release the Brake Pedal. AVH failure indication (Amber color)
the ON condition, Auto Vehicle
You can then release the brake pedal and Hold will gets released and EPB How to Disengage AVH
remain stopped, even on a hill. will get automatically applied. In Ignition ON Condition depress the Auto
To disengage AVH, press the accelerator
 For safety, for smooth take off de- hold switch the Auto Hold indication in
pedal white color will disappear from the cluster
press the accelerator pedal slowly
when the AVH is active. indicating AVH is turned off.

202
 STARTING AND DRIVING
AVH once turned ON will not be turned off WARNING
automatically until it is deselected by
switch input from user. If any abnormality is present in the
system, AVH malfunction lamp in Am-
NOTE ber color will glow. Kindly do the igni-
Auto hold function will not become ac- tion switch OFF for 30 seconds and
tive if check if the same behavior is there. If
the Malfunction lamp is still there, get
• Driver Seat belt is not buckled. your parking brake system checked
• Driver Door is not closed properly. with the TATA MOTORS EV Author-
EPB is in applied condition. ised Service Centre.
For end user safety Auto hold will shift au-
tomatically to EPB in below conditions:
1. Vehicle is in standstill for more than 3
minutes.
2. Mono-shifter from any of Drive (D),
Reverse(R) to Park (P) Position.
3. If you turn OFF the vehicle/Ignition in
standstill condition.
4. Vehicle is standing on steep slope.
In above conditions AVH indication will
change from Green to white and EPB in-
dication will turn on in the cluster.

203
STARTING AND DRIVING
ADVANCED DRIVER ASSISTANCE are misaligned due to accident dam-  Windshield area around the ADAS
SYSTEMS (ADAS) (if equipped) age at the windshield/bumper area of camera is damaged or camera is out
the vehicle. of position.
The Advanced Driver Assistance System
 Your vehicle height is low due to
(ADAS) provides the alerts and controls to Limitations of Advanced Driver As-
heavy loads, abnormal tyre pressure
improve the overall safety of vehicle and sistance System (tyre pressure is low, uneven) or a tyre
increases the driver comfort.
There might be degraded/no/unexpected is damaged, etc.
WARNING functionality of ADAS in following cases:  The road contains multiple metallic
 There is adverse environmental con- components (for example, metallic
 ADAS is only an aid system, it is NOT
a substitute for the driver’s attention. ditions such as heavy snow, heavy bridges, metal construction poles etc).
The driver must always remain in
rain, etc.  The vehicle drives on a curved road.
control of the vehicle, observe the  The ADAS sensors are cov-  The vehicle severely vibrates while
surroundings and drive safely. ered/blocked with snow, dirt, mud, etc. driving on bumpy/uneven paths.
 There is splash on ADAS sensors due  When the ADAS sensors are blocked
 ADAS system is assist system for to water logging on the road. by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
driver for comfort driving. The driver  The temperature around the ADAS pillars.
should observe surroundings envi- sensors is too high or too low.  The vehicle is driven through a toll-
ronment obstacles in vehicle path  A trailer, carrier or other attachment is gate.
and judge distance of vehicle from
obstacle and apply enough braking.
installed in your vehicle.  Driving on a road where trees or grass
 The bumper around the radars is cov- are overgrown.
Driver should also observe traffic
ered with objects such as a stickers,
signs on road, lane marking always  Driving in areas where the sensor
guards, paint, bike rack etc.
and act accordingly. does not detect another vehicle or
 The area around the radars is im- structure (like bullock cart, horse cart
 The correct operation of the ADAS pacted, damaged or the radars are out
sensors will be compromised if they etc) for an extended period of time.
of position.

204
 STARTING AND DRIVING
 When an object or vehicle makes  In certain complex environmental situ- Following are the features of Front
sharp lane changes or driving direc- ations or sensors misaligned, ADAS and Rear ADAS
tion changes. system may provide false warning or 1. Forward Collision Warning (FCW)
 ADAS features may not operate prop- braking or may not provide warning or and Automatic Emergency Braking
erly when driving where the heights of braking for objects. (AEB)
the adjacent lanes are different. The NOTE
function may not detect the vehicle on 2. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane
a road with different lane heights (un-  Vehicles bumper and windshield Depart Warning (LDW)
derpass joining section, grade sepa- should be kept free of snow, ice, mud 3. Adaptive Steering Assist (ASA) /
rated intersections, etc.). and must not be covered by any ma- Lane Centering System (LCS)
 ADAS features may not operate prop- terial so as to ensure proper working 4. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) (if
erly on sloped road conditions. of ADAS features. equipped)
 ADAS features may not operate prop-  Keep the bumpers and windshield 5. High Beam Assist (HBA)
erly if interfered by strong electromag- clean.
netic waves. 6. Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)
 Radar based functionalities and
 ADAS features may not operate prop- warnings are given only for moving
7. Driver Dose off Alert System
erly when there are structures beside (DDOA)
objects.
the driving road. In certain instances, 8. Blind Spot Detection (BSD) and
the system may degrade while recog- *If any damage to bumper/windshield of Lane Change Alert (LCA)
nizing the structures (guardrails, street the vehicle, it is recommended to get
light, road sign, tunnel wall, overhead 9. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
the vehicle inspected by TATA MO-
structures etc.) beside the road. TORS EV Authorised Dealer. 10. Door Open Alert (DOA)
 Driving on narrow roads. 11. Rear Collision Warning (RCW)
 A motorcycle or bicycle is near or any
vehicle approaches too close.

205
STARTING AND DRIVING
Front Advanced Driver Assistance Braking system avoids accident or miti- When vehicle is at standstill user can se-
System (Front ADAS) gates collision impact by applying brake lect FCW-AEB features settings from in-
whenever driver applied brake is not fotainment as below:
sufficient or not applied. Go to Home page >> All App >> Settings
Prerequisite for Activation
>> Driver Assistance >> Drive assist.
The following condition shall be satisfied
for FCW and AEB to activate. 1. User can turn OFF FCW-AEB feature.
1. Front camera and front radar are 2. User can turn ON only FCW or both
fault/blockage free. FCW and AEB.
2. Front windshield should be clean. 3. Select FCW sensitivity (low, medium
3. Front bumper should be clean. and high) to adjust the distance at
which collision warnings are provided:
4. Vehicle speed should be 7-180 kmph
approximately.  Low - FCW is provided at a lower
Front ADAS features uses front radar than normal distance to collision risk
5. Vehicle shall be in Drive or Neutral
and front windshield camera, as shown Mode.  Medium - FCW is provided at normal
in above image. 6. Steering wheel position should be sta- distance to collision risk
1. Forward Collision Warning and ble and not to be turned suddenly.  High - FCW is provided at a higher
Automatic Emergency Braking than normal distance to collision risk
7. No other system failures or degrada-
(FCW & AEB)
Forward Collision Warning System
tion of functions related to AEB sys- Feature Operation
tems like Braking system, Steering
warns the driver by providing audio and Warning Behavior (When FCW and AEB
system etc.
visual warning when there is a possibil- Both OFF)
ity of collision with the preceding 4 User Settings
When both FCW and AEB are
wheelers, cyclists or pedestrians de- FCW and AEB shall be default ON during disabled, the system does not
tected ahead. Automatic Emergency start of Vehicle. respond to collision risks then

206
 STARTING AND DRIVING
this tell-tale will appear on the instrument with brake intervention as described be-
cluster panel. low.
Warning Behavior (When Only FCW is
ON)

2nd Warning - If the driver does not take

action or the driver braking force is not
1st Warning - The driver is alerted to the enough to mitigate collision, system is-
risk of an imminent collision by visual and sues the second level of visual and audi-
audible warning which may be accompa- ble warning and applies emergency brak-
nied by a short brake pulse. ing.
When Only FCW is ON, the system gives
only one level of warning. The driver is After the vehicle has come to a complete
alerted to the risk of an imminent collision halt post emergency braking, the system
by visual and audible warning which may holds the vehicle stationary for around 2
be accompanied by a short brake pulse. seconds. After these 2 seconds it is
Warning Behavior (When FCW and driver’s responsibility to control the vehi-
AEB Both ON) cle and to prevent it from moving forward
or creeping.
When both FCW and AEB are ON, the
system gives two level of warning along

207
STARTING AND DRIVING
Feature Failure System Limitation Scenarios  Hill Situation
When system fails due to FCW-AEB system may be unavailable or
some obstruction/blockage degrade performance will be there in fol-
of front camera or radar lowing situations.
then FCW-AEB feature
 Close cut-in situations, where another
works in degraded mode. In
vehicle cuts-in from an adjacent lane
this case tell-tale may appear on instru-
at close range.
ment cluster and visual warning pop up
will appear along with audio warning. Target vehicle is not detected due to road
To resolve this failure the user should inclination uphill and downhill situation.
clean the front camera or radar for any ob-
 Special Vehicles / Vehicle with spe-
struction/blockage. If the issue still per-
cific load
sists then turn Ignition OFF to ON. If the
issue is still there then visit TATA MO- Intersection crossing scenarios, where
TORS EV Authorised Service Centre. other vehicles may approach at an angle
to driving path.

When a specific type of load is loaded or

a special vehicle, it can collide due to the
sensor detection limitation.

208
 STARTING AND DRIVING
 Sensor Blockage  Driver field of vision Possible collision with forward vehicles or
In extreme weather condition (snow, rain, other objects in situations where the cam-
fog, etc.), the sensor limitation may cause era’s visibility is low due to backlight, re-
a collision between the vehicle and other flected light, direct sunlight glare, dark-
objects ahead. ness etc.
 Two-Wheeler movement  Front vehicle asymmetrical Tail light at
night

In case of front radar or camera contami-

nation / blockage, collision with the front
vehicles or other objects may occur.
 Large Curve Road
If there is collision danger with two Possible collision due to camera limita-
wheeler that moves laterally, collision is tions if there is no tail light of the front ve-
possible due to limitations of sensors. hicle at night or if the mounting position is
asymmetrical.
 Low Camera visibility
 Detection problem due to complicated
structure on the road.
If a construction section, railroad track, or
other metallic object is on the road (eg,
tollgate, subway construction site, tunnel,
lane-proximity guardrail, etc.) then there
When driving on a large curve road, due can be possible collision.
to the sensor limitation, collision with the Pedestrians suddenly jumping in front of
front vehicles or other objects may occur. the vehicle.

209
STARTING AND DRIVING
 Low illumination Possible collision with small pedestrians
due to no detection in camera.
Performance degradation of radar and
camera in extreme weather condition
(rain, fog, snow, etc.) and during metallic
poles, fences etc. In these scenarios
Possible collision if pedestrian suddenly there can be false warning and braking
If the illumination is low, possible collision
jumps in area where sensor cannot de- observed by the system, hence, the driver
may occur with objects due to no detec-
tect. is advised to not rely on the ADAS system
tion by camera.
in such scenarios.
 If a part of the body of the pedestrian  Fast moving pedestrians When approaching forward vehicles, pe-
is a covered or standing pedestrian destrians or bicyclists with low overlap.
 The FCW-AEB system is a collision
mitigation system. It does not always
guarantee collision avoidance. Driver
has to keep attention on road always
for any possible collision.
In the case of pedestrians whose body
Possible collision with fast moving pedes-  When driving above 85 kmph, where
part is obscured by umbrellas, bags, spe-
trians due to sensor limitations only partial braking is applied by AEB.
cial clothes, etc., they cannot be detected
and collision may happen. A pedestrian  Small pedestrians  When approaching pedestrians or bi-
sitting / lying down may collide due to no cyclists at above 65 kmph, where the
detection. system does not intervene.
 AEB for Vehicles - Junction Turning
To ensure that the FCW-AEB system de-
tects an approaching vehicle in Junction

210
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Turning case, the vehicle must be driven Disclaimer  FCW-AEB system works by predicting
at a low speed and oncoming vehicle  FCW-AEB system may not work in all- the path and direction of travel of ob-
should be clearly visible. The subject ve- weather /traffic conditions. stacles. In certain complex environ-
hicle should be in left lane making a right ment situations or sensors misa-
turn with turn indicator ON.  FCW-AEB system is able to detect 4 ligned. The system may provide false
In junction turning scenarios, FCW-AEB wheelers, pedestrian, and cyclists but warning or braking or may not provide
system applies brakes and there may be not in all conditions. warning or braking for front object.
no warning. Depending on the situation,  The driver is solely responsible for  During AEB collision the passengers
the system may be able to mitigate the maintaining safe speed and distance can experience great discomfort and
collision but not avoid it completely. The in all conditions. high jerk while the system applies
driver is solely responsible for always
 The driver has to follow warnings and maximum possible brake to avoid/mit-
driving while maintaining a safe speed igate the collision. This can cause mi-
instructions before use of FCW-AEB
and safe distance. nor to medium level injuries to the pas-
system to avoid serious injury or
 AEB will not work under following con- death. senger. It is advisable that to avoid
ditions: major injuries the passengers should
 It should be noted that AEB system
I. When driver applies Steering in or- cannot guarantee to work 100% effec- always wear seatbelt.
der to avoid a collision tively in all situations. In situations where there is water on the
II. When the driver presses the accel- road, there may be false detections and
 FCW-AEB system should never be
erator pedal beyond a certain limit false warning and braking may be given.
tested by driving towards a person or
III. When target vehicle or object ahead
object or animal. This may result in se-
is not detected anymore.
rious injury or loss of life.
 For some special obstacles like barri-
 FCW-AEB system may not provide
cades, cows and other animals, there
warning and braking for objects in
is a possibility that FCW warning and
crossing and sometimes in stationary
braking may not be operational.
position

211
STARTING AND DRIVING
2. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) equipped  In case turn signal is given, LKA will presses steering wheel switch,
with Lane Departure Warning resume after few sec when Turn sig- LKA-LDW gets activated.
(LDW) nal is turned OFF.  If LKA-LDW is activated through in-
It is a safety feature which helps the driver  No other system failures or malfunc- fotainment setting screen and user
to keep the vehicle in the lane by provid- tion related to Steering system. presses steering wheel switch, LKA
ing warning and steering inputs to the only will get deactivated and LDW
user when vehicle departs the lane with- WARNING will be activated.
out driver’s intention. This is a driving assist system for com-  If LKA-LDW is activated from steer-
Whenever vehicle moves towards lane fort driving, however driver should al- ing wheel switch and user deac-
edge, driver is alerted with LDW and LKA ways be attentive while driving. tivates it from infotainment setting
brings the vehicle back into the lane. screen, it will get deactivated.
Prerequisite for activation User Settings  If LKA is deactivated from steering
ASA & LKA-LDW shall be default ON at wheel switch and user activates it
The following conditions shall be satisfied from infotainment setting screen,
to activate LKA-LDW start of vehicle
User can select this feature through info- LKA+LDW will get activated.
 Front Camera is fault/ blockage free. tainment system user interface:
 Front windshield should be clean. Go to Home page >> All App >> Settings
 Vehicle speed is more than 60Kmph. >> Driver Assistance >> Drive assist
1. User can enable or disable the LDW-
 Vehicle shall be in Drive mode LKA feature.
 Steering wheel position should be 2. User can select only LDW or LDW
stable and not to be turned suddenly. and LKA both.
 Lane markings are properly detected 3. When both LDW & LKA are ON, be-
and a lane is properly recognized. low points user shall refer:
 If LKA-LDW is activated through in-
 Turn Indicator of the side of depar- fotainment setting screen and user
ture is OFF.
212
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Warning Indicators (When LDW and sec with 3 times audio alert and vehicle NOTE
LKA both ON) and crossed lane will be in red color.
If steering wheel is hold with very light
When both lanes not rec- Visual warning in case of grip, system will prompt user to keep
ognized / Vehicle speed system failure “Lane Depar- hands on steering wheel.
<60kmph. Feature will be ture Warning - Lane keep
in standby mode and tell-tale will appear Assist System Failure
in white color on Instrument cluster. Please contact service centre” will appear WARNING
in amber color. Warning will be deactivated once
When one of operating con-
Audio warning for few sec in case of cali- driver keep the hands on steering
dition is not satisfied (either
bration issue “Lane Departure Warning - wheel.
one lane detected, or both
lanes detected). Feature will be in Lane Keep Assist System Not calibrated.
standby state and tell-tale will appear in Please contact service centre”. NOTE
instrument cluster. (Lane will be in white When LKA feature is active LKA and LDW will not work for the
color and vehicle in green color). steering correction tell-tale side where vehicle is drifting when
When both lanes recog- will appear in Instrument same side of indicator signal is ON.
nized & vehicle speed > 60 cluster in green color. Warning Indicator (When only LDW
Kmph then tell-tale will blink LKA feature gives audio ON)
for few sec on instrument cluster. If ei- and visual warnings in When LKA-LDW feature fails
ther right or left lane detected then only case of hands OFF situa- or system is not calibrated
that lane will be in green, vehicle and tion and next intervention then tell-tale will appear on
other lane will be in white color. occurring within 180 sec, instrument cluster in amber
When vehicle de- however driver should al- color.
parted either left or ways be attentive while driving. Visual warning in case of system failure
right lane then tell- “Lane Departure Warning System Failure
tale will blink for few Please contact service centre”.

213
STARTING AND DRIVING
Audio warning for few sec in case of cali-  Road sections where there are turn crossing, a figure, a letter, tyre mark,
bration issue with visual warning “Lane lanes or when the original lane etc.
Departure Warning System Not cali- merges or separates  When lane like pattern is formed on
brated. Please contact service centre”.
 Passing through tunnels when bright- the road due to any spillage or grass,
System Limitation Scenarios ness changes suddenly. tiles/road, system may provide unex-
LKA-LDW system is subject to system pected lane departure warning.
 Horizontal or vertical slope
limitations and may be unavailable or de-  All artificial structures near a lane
graded performance or give false warn-  Preceding vehicle obstructing lane
such as a guardrail, an outer wall of
ings in following situations. visibility
a tunnel, a sidewalk, curb and a lane
In these situations, it is advisable to turn  Improper headlight aiming/headlight change prohibition bar, etc.
the LKA-LDW function OFF and driver covered with dirt
should take full control of the vehicle:  Shadow of all artificial structure and
 Any other environmental conditions other vehicles.
 Road Edges are not detected if vehi- affecting camera vision
cle is departing lane  Preceding vehicle and a cut-in/out
 Poor visibility due to sun glare or vehicle.
 Road under construction blockage in lens
 A boundary between asphalt road and
 Reduced visibility due to bad weather  Non Standard Lane Marking (e.g. concrete road.
on account of rain, fog, snow etc Rural road lane marking, cat eye lane
 Erased, faded, or damaged lane.
 Roads with indistinct/faded lane marking, width of lane marking is not
markings as per IRC standard etc)  An edge occurred by color discontinu-
ity of asphalt.
 Road sections with sharp curves  When driving on a road with reflective
material on the road surface that may  When there are duplicate lane mark-
 Narrow roads interfere with lane marking detection. ings in close proximity.
 High speed driving especially in  All other painted signs on a road such  When there are hatch and hazard
sharp curves as a road sign, an arrow, a zebra markings in between lane markings.

214
 STARTING AND DRIVING
WARNING inputs or accelerator pedal input.  Adaptive Cruise Control is active and
not overridden by driver accelerator
LKA-LDW is intended to assist the pedal input.
driver and thus driver should pay at-
 All prerequisites of ACC are met.
tention to the road all the times, taking
 Standard lane markings are detected
primary responsibility of driving.
clearly on any one side.
This feature cannot function as in-  Lane width is as per standard road
tended in all kinds of driving, weather, building norms applicable to the
traffic and road conditions. country (typically 2.5-4.5 metres)
3. Adaptive Steering Assist (ASA) /  The vehicle position is stable, entirely
Lane Centering System (LCS) within lane boundaries and the lane
(If equipped) is recognized by the system.
Adaptive Steering Assist (ASA) maintains The system requires the driver to hold the  Turn indicators are OFF.
the vehicle’s position at the centre of a steering wheel at all times and pay atten-  Steering wheel position should be
lane. tion to the road. stable and not to be turned suddenly.
The system works on the basis of de- Adaptive Steering Assist works along with  Vehicle speed should be within 30 to
tected lane markings and helps reduce Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC). Thus, 165 kmph.
the steering effort required of the driver, Adaptive Steering Assist requires ACC to  No malfunctions of Adaptive Steering
by providing continuous steering correc- be activated. Assist & Electronic Stability Control
tions. systems
When conditions are met, in the absence Prerequisite for activation
Once activated, the system can continue
of adequate lane markings, the system The following conditions shall be satisfied operation when lane markings are de-
can also follow the path of a preceding ve- to activate ASA: tected on only one side, or if lane mark-
hicle, increasing the availability of the sys-  ASA is enabled through driver assist ings are not detected on either side but a
tem. The driver can override the system settings. preceding vehicle is being followed.
at any time by applying positive steering

215
STARTING AND DRIVING
User Settings (once activated, this mode of control  Strong shadows falling across road
Adaptive Steering Assist shall be by de- shall be released when the distance or vehicles.
fault, ON with each new start cycle of the exceeds 70 meters).  Faded lane markings or obscuration
vehicle.  The preceding vehicle’s path has not of markings due to barricading, dirt,
Adaptive Steering Assist can be selected deviated too much with respect to debris, water, oil, traffic, poor road
from the driver assist settings from Info- driven vehicle, or with respect to the surface, construction activity etc.
tainment screen. path predicted for the preceding ve-  Non Standard Lane Marking Like Ru-
hicle by the system. ral road lane marking, cat eye lane
Follow the following sequence:
System Limitation Scenarios marking, width of lane marking is not
Go to Home page » All Apps » Settings » as per IRC standard etc.
ASA system is subject to system limita-
Driver Assist  Low contrast of vehicles with horizon,
tions and may be unavailable or degraded
Following the Preceding Vehicle performance or give false warnings in fol-
lane markings with road surface
Path lowing situations.  Passing through a tunnel (sudden
brightness change).
The system can follow the path of a pre-  Inclement weather (rain, snow, fog,
ceding vehicle (excluding 2-wheeled vehi- dust, haze, mist etc.)  Road curves that are very sharp or
cles such as bicycles, motorcycles, scoot-  Camera blockage (direct sunlight or vehicle speed that is too high for a
ers etc.) and continue offering assistance headlamp glare on camera, mud/ curve (typically, standard highway
even when lane marking detection is not dirt/moisture/ stickers/ debris on curves can be managed by the sys-
clear, when the following conditions are windshield surface in front of camera tem at applicable highway speed lim-
met: etc.) its)
 Vehicle speed is lower than 75 km/hr  Low ambient light (headlamps of  Merging or diverging lane markings,
(once activated, this mode of control driven vehicle/ tail lamps of preced- duplicate lane markings, intersec-
shall be released when the vehicle ing vehicle not working or providing tions where lane markings disap-
speed exceeds 80 km/hr). insufficient illumination, no/ inade- pear.
 Distance between driven vehicle and quate street lighting, loss of lane
preceding vehicle is within 50 meters marking retro reflectivity etc.)

216
 STARTING AND DRIVING
 Road seam lines that create a con- WARNING Warning Indicators
trast similar to lane markings, caus- When Adaptive Steering As-
ing misdetection of actual lane mark- It is recommended that the system is
primarily used on highways with good sist is ON but in the standby
ings and/ or improper control. state, due to any of the pre-
lane markings, smooth road surface,
 High road camber conditions not being met, this tell-tale is
gradual curves/ gradients/ camber de-
 Tyre pressure not as per recom- displayed in the Instrument Cluster, in
signed for highway speeds and traffic
mended specification grey colour.
moving at highway speeds with good
 High vertical slopes lane discipline. When the Adaptive Steering
 Rough roads, undulating road sur- Assist feature is ON and ac-
faces, high occurrence of rumble tive (the feature is actively
strips, speed breakers, potholes etc. controlling vehicle position for maintaining
 Frequent presence of multiple vehi- lane centre), the following tell-tale is dis-
cles in the same lane or moving played in the Instrument Cluster, in green
along lane edges (such as 2-wheeled colour.
vehicles and cars occupying the
same lane, weaving in and out of the When a system failure of
lane along the lane edge or a wide Adaptive Steering Assist is
load body of a truck or bus intruding detected, this tell-tale is dis-
into the lane). played in the Instrument Cluster, along
with visual warning “Adaptive Steering
NOTE Assist malfunction. Please contact ser-
The ASA system cannot control vehi- vice centre”.
cle position basis vehicles or objects Warning Indicator in case of Hands
on the side and the driver must moni- OFF situation
tor the environment and ensure safe
steering at all times. ASA feature gives audio and visual warn-
ings in case of hands OFF situation.

217
STARTING AND DRIVING
If the driver takes their hands off the 4. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) (if
wheel, the system allows operation for a equipped)
limited time and then deactivates both Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is a com-
Adaptive Cruise Control and Adaptive fort feature that allows a vehicle’s cruise
Steering Assist giving prior warnings as control system to adapt the host vehicle’s
follow: speed automatically even in traffic condi-
 First instant warning - After taking  Third instant warning - After taking
tions. Feature detects vehicles, which are
hands off steering wheel green col- in the host vehicle’s path. If slower moving
hands off steering wheel – both
oured graphic prompting the driver to vehicle is detected the ACC system will
Adaptive Cruise Control and Adap-
hold the steering wheel, accompa- slow down the host vehicle speed and
tive Steering Assist deactivated. A
nied by a single audio alert. maintain appropriate distance from the
deactivation message will be dis-
target vehicle. If the system detects that
played as follows – ‘Adaptive Steer-
the forward vehicle is no longer present in
ing Assist system deactivated’ ac-
the host vehicle’s path, the system will ac-
companied by a single audio alert.
celerate the vehicle back to its set cruise
 At any point during the above se-
control speed.
quence, if the driver restores hands
The feature identifies the nature of traffic
on the steering wheel, the sequence
and distance from other vehicles and help
is aborted and warnings are with-
 Second instant warning - After taking drawn.
to adjust the speed and distance of the
hands off steering wheel – amber col- host vehicle according to vehicle moving
oured graphic prompting the driver to NOTE in front.
hold the steering wheel, accompa- If steering wheel is hold with very light Disclaimer
nied by a continuous audio alert. grip, system will prompt user to keep  ACC is drive assist feature and it will
hands on steering wheel. not avoid collision.
 Please read and understand Owner’s
Manual before using ACC feature in

218
 STARTING AND DRIVING
real conditions. Driver should be al-  ACC may decelerate slowly or may ACC Switches
ways careful and attentive while using not stop the vehicle in time so driver
ACC feature. should always be attentive and inter-
 Driver is always responsible when vene through applying brake if re-
driving vehicle and in all environment quired.
conditions even if ACC is performing  Always drive in ACC active mode
its control. within speed limits.
 Driver should follow all safety rules  ACC should be used in less or moder-
and regulations, traffic rules. Its driver ate traffic road conditions. Use of ACC
responsibility to be alert and driver where pedestrians crossing path is
should have always control on vehicle normal may lead to accident.
even in ACC on mode.
 ACC may not detect target and decel-
 Driver should have safe and proper erate speed when any four-wheeler or
distance from preceding vehicle and two-wheeler cut-in immediately. The steering wheel switches are used for
apply brake on time as per real situa- ACC operations.
 ACC should always use in well-con-
tion if system does not decelerate ve-
structed and maintained road condi- ACC Cruise ON/OFF: This
hicle or does not maintain speed or button is used to ON/OFF
tions.
distance from preceding vehicle. the ACC function.
 ACC should always use on road
 Driver should not validate ACC fea- ACC Cruise RE-
where clear visible lane marking and
ture in real road conditions, incorrect SUME/CANCEL: This but-
signboards are available.
way to use ACC may lead to severe ton is used to resume to the
accident and damage. initial set speed OR cancel
 Driver should always follow ACC the ACC function temporar-
alerts or warning given by system. ily in same IGN cycle.

219
STARTING AND DRIVING
ACC SET+: This button is  Driver Door should be close.  When User presses ACC RESUME
used to increase the Set OR SET+/SET- short or long button
 Autonomous braking feature should
speed. If user presses but- from steering wheel, this turns ACC
be enabled from User settings.
ton for short duration, then standby mode to ACC active mode
set speed will increase by 1kph and for  Park Brake should not be engaged. unless any feature inhibit conditions
long press set speed will increase by Brake Pedal should not be pressed are true.
10kph. Accelerator pedal should not be pressed  When user presses SET+/- button
ACC SET–: This button is Vehicle speed should be within 7-180 ACC set speed will increase/de-
used to decrease the Set kmph approximately. crease.
speed. If user presses but-
ton for short duration, then
No other system failures or degradation of  When user presses Cancel button
functions related to AEB systems like from steering wheel, this turns ACC
set speed will decrease by 1kph and for
Braking system, Steering system etc. from Engaged to Standby.
long press set speed will decrease by
10kph. FCW + AEB feature should be active from  During ACC active follow mode if ve-
ADAS setting menu. hicle stops for more than 5 sec then
ACC Time Gap: This button is used to set
the desired distance between the host ve- User Settings (Steering Wheel) user has to press resume button to
engage ACC again.
hicle and the target vehicle.  When User presses ACC ON button
Pre-requisites for Activation from Steering wheel, this turns ACC in  When ACC is in standby mode and
Standby Mode. user presses ACC Time Gap switch
 Front camera and front radar are for long duration then ACC will turn to
fault/blockage free.  Once vehicle speed is above 7 kmph
CC standby mode. If user wants to
and user presses the Resume button
 Front windshield and front bumper transit from CC to ACC mode again
on steering wheel, this turns ACC in
should be clean. then user need to press same button
engaged mode and vehicle speed will
 Vehicle shall be in Drive Mode. (ACC Time Gap Switch).
set to 30 Kmph.
 Driver Seat belt should be buckle.

220
 STARTING AND DRIVING
 User can change/set the time gap in  Overtake Assist Control (OAC): Dur- ACC user intervention
active and standby mode by pressing ing the Follow Control mode, if the is required irrespective
ACC time gap switch. driver wants to overtake the target ve- of preceding vehicle.
hicle, OAC function will help to over- User can exist from stop
 When User presses ACC OFF button
take the target vehicle by enhancing hold mode by double pressing ACC
from Steering wheel, this turns ACC
the acceleration smoothly. For OAC resume/Cancel button.
OFF.
activation, Turn indicator must be ON Adaptive Cruise Control to Normal
 When User Engages ACC at a speed and minimum host vehicle speed Cruise Control transition
lower than 30kmph and more than 7 should by 20kmph.
kmph, then ACC speed will be set as To switch from ACC to CC (NCC) First
30kmph and vehicle speed will in- ACC Modes press the headway switch for more than
crease to 30kmph if there is no obsta-  Active Cruise Mode – If there is no 2sec when ACC is OFF, then press the
cle present in the path. vehicle in the path of subject vehicle, ACC switch ,and in the cluster "CC
then it will cruise at a speed equal to Standby" (white telltale) will be seen then
 When User Engages ACC at a speed activation occurs by pressing the resume
higher than 30kpmh, then that speed ACC set speed.
button once the vehicle speed exceeds 30
will be set as ACC speed and vehicle  Active Follow Mode – If there is a ve- km/h.
will cruise at that speed if no obstacle hicle in the path of the subject vehicle,
is present in the path. then it will maintain a distance from  ACC Tell-tale Behaviours
 If ACC is ON and User Activates the the target vehicle equivalent to the  Standby Mode – During this mode
Hill Descent Control (HDC) function distance set by the user. ACC will be ON in standby mode as
by pressing the HDC button, then  Stop - Hold Mode – If the preceding user presses ACC ON/OFF switch.
ACC will be OFF/Standby. If HDC is vehicle is stopped then host vehicle ACC will not perform any control in
already activated and user tries to ac- will also stop. If the preceding vehicle standby mode. This tell-tale will be
tivate the ACC, then ACC won’t be ac- moves then host vehicle will also shown to user in white color.
tive. HDC function has always higher move without user intervention. Now  Active Mode – During this mode ACC
priority than ACC. after 5 sec of stop mode to restart will be in engaged mode and control

221
STARTING AND DRIVING
for ACC function is performed as per 2. Warning behavior when ACC is Avail- below warning will appear on instru-
valid target detection. In ACC active able to Resume. ment cluster panel. Here the vehicle
mode above telltale will be shown to  When Vehicle speed will increase automatically to
user in green color stopped follow- the minimum set speed (30kmph)
ACC Display Behaviour ing a target ve- 4. Warning behavior when front vehicle
 When ACC is in active cruise mode, hicle and ACC apply rapid brake.
Only subject vehicle to be shown to is Active, Driver  When target vehicle is shown in red
user can resume the vehicle by pressing color, user has to take over ACC
Resume switch or Acceleration pe- system. The situation when ACC de-
 When ACC is in active follow mode dal to restart the ACC if the target
then target vehicle will be shown in celeration is insufficient due to rapid
vehicle moves. Below popup will ap- braking of preceding vehicle, the
blue color pear on the instrument cluster panel. user must aware about this case
 When ACC is in standby mode then  If the target vehicle moves before 5 and take control to apply enough
only subject vehicle to be shown to seconds, then host vehicle will re- braking.
user. sume itself. No user intervention is  ACC will get deactivated and go to
ACC Warning Behaviour required here. standby state when brake pedal is
1. Warning behavior 3. Warning behavior when Front Object pressed.
when ACC is in is disappeared at low speed. 5. Warning behavior when ACC is in
Override.  When ACC is active and following a Safety check mode.
 When ACC is target vehicle  Safety message “Safety Check in
Active, driver moving at low Progress. ACC System Will be avail-
takes the control of the Vehicle by speed (under able in while” will be shown to user
pressing accelerator. Below popup 30kmph) and if for 5 sec. During this mode ACC will
will appear on the instrument cluster target vehicle be unavailable to user.
panel. disappears,

222
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Feature Failure System Limitation Scenarios with the new stationary target vehi-
When system fails due to ACC system is subject to system limita- cle due to backlight glare or other
some obstruction/blockage tions and may be unavailable or degraded camera limitation.
of front camera or radar performance in following situations.
then ACC feature may not 1. Risk of collision in close cut-in.
work. In this case tell-tale may appear on
instrument cluster and warning message  When vehicle is active with ACC and
will appear “Adaptive Cruise control Sys- accelerating, if any vehicle comes
tem Failure Please contact authorized immediately from adjacent lane,
TATA service centre”. then there is risk of collision if the
3. Risk of collision ignoring stopped ve-
To resolve this failure the user should distance between subject and target
hicle.
clean the front camera or radar for any ob- vehicle is less.
 When Host vehicle ACC is active
struction/blockage. If the issue still per-
and it is following a target vehicle,
sists then turn Ignition OFF to ON. If the
then if the target vehicle changes its
issue is still there then visit TATA MO-
lane and a stationary vehicle is pre-
TORS EV Authorised Service Centre.
sent and another moving vehicle is
present ahead of that in the host ve-
hicle lane then there is a possibility
2. Risk of collision in close cut-out ve- of collision with the new stationary
hicle. target vehicle due to moving vehicle
 When Host vehicle ACC is active being recognized as the new target
and it is following a target vehicle,
then if the target vehicle changes its
lane and a stationary vehicle is pre-
sent ahead in the host vehicle lane
then there is a possibility of collision

223
STARTING AND DRIVING
5. Risk of missing lane due to Exces-
sive Curvature Curve.
 ACC system is designed to work
with minimum curvature of around
125m. If the radius of curvature of
the road is smaller than 125m, then
4. Risk of missing lane due to curvature an inadequate acceleration/deceler-
entry/exit situation. ation can occur due to difficulty of
 ACC system predicts the lane curva- detecting the inner lane.
7. Risk of collision due to Intersection
ture in driving appropriately. If curva-
situation.
ture of the road differs from the pre-
dicted curvature, then adjacent lane  If the vehicle ahead cuts out at the
can be selected as the host vehicle intersection, there is a possibility of
lane and target vehicle in the actual collision with the transverse moving
host vehicle lane can be missed. Al- vehicle due to rapid acceleration of
ternately, a vehicle present in the host vehicle.
adjacent lane can be detected as
target vehicle.
6. Risk of collision due to weather con-
ditions.
 If the driver uses the ACC in the bad
weather conditions (snow, rain, fog,
etc.) or during low visibility situation,
the sensor limit may cause a colli-
sion between the vehicle and pedes-
trians/Vehicle ahead.

224
 STARTING AND DRIVING
 In case front camera or radar is con- 11. Risk of collision due to excessive
taminated / blockage then collision load of preceding vehicle.
of the front vehicle and pedestrians  If the height of front preceding vehi-
may occur. cle is very high, in such case sensor
may not recognize the vehicle and
collision may occur.

8. Risk of collision due to road gradient

change. 10. Special Vehicles / Vehicle with spe-
cific load
 The target vehicle can be missed
when crossing a section of road 12. Risk of Collision due to inability to
where the road gradient changes. recognize the pedestrian.
For e.g. a hill or an underground  ACC system doesn’t control people,
road. especially if a pedestrian appears in
front of the host vehicle during the
Stop & Go situation, the host vehicle
may collide with the pedestrian.
 When a specific type of load is
loaded or a special vehicle, it can col-
lide due to the sensor detection limi-
tation.
9. Risk of collision due to Sensor
Blockage.
225
STARTING AND DRIVING
detection performance and front ve- 5. High Beam Assist (HBA)
hicle may not be detected. This may High-beam assist recognizes headlamps
cause the collision. of on-coming vehicle & tail lamps of lead-
ing vehicle in night condition switching
headlights between high and low beam
automatically
13. Risk of Collision due to excessive
braking of the preceding vehicle. Prerequisite for activation
1. Front Camera should be fault and
blockage free.
15. Takeover request if excessive brak-
ing applied by Preceding Vehicle. 2. Front windshield should be clean.
 If the Preceding Vehicle brakes be- 3. HBA is ON in Infotainment Setting
yond the ACC maximum decelera- 4. Auto light mode is turned ON.
tion limit, Host vehicle might collide
 When ACC system is active and ve- 5. High Beam is ON.
with target vehicle. In such case
hicle is moving, if preceding vehicle ACC Takeover Request warning 6. Vehicle speed is more than 20 Kmph.
applied sudden brake, then collision displays on cluster to alert the Host User Settings
may occur. vehicle Driver.
HBA retains last user settings after every
14. Detection performance deterioration ignition ON.
due to roadside structures.
User can turn HBA feature ON/OFF from
 If a construction section, railroad Infotainment Settings
track, or other metallic object is on
the road (e.g., tollgate, subway con- Go to Home page >> All App >> Settings
struction site, tunnel, lane-proximity >> Driver Assistance >> Drive assist
guardrail, etc.), this may affect the

226
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Feature Operation Feature Failure  Construction area: For temporarily in-
Warning Behavior (When HBA ON) If HBA system fails, then stalled reflectors. There is a possibility
pop up message may ap- of false recognition of temporarily in-
When HBA feature is active stalled reflectors.
tell-tale or icon shall appear pear in the instrument clus-
in the instrument cluster in ter along with tell-tale in am-  In the case of rainy weather: Water is
green color. ber color. left on the road after rain, and light
To resolve this failure the user should try from the light source is reflected.
In this case, when an oncoming vehicle is There is a possibility of misrecognition
detected, the system switches the High cleaning the windshield camera of any ob-
struction/blockage. If the issue persists, due to reflection of the light source.
Beam to Low Beam. And when the vehi-
cle is passed, then the Low beam is then turn Ignition OFF to ON. If the issue  After detecting low beam from oncom-
switched back to High Beam. is still there, then visit service centre. ing vehicle, HBA may give flash from
Limitations of High Beam Assist low beam to high beam and again low
If High Beam is turned OFF due to bright beam due to any other light sources
streetlights, then once the streetlight loca- HBA is subject to certain system limita- present around or due to camera de-
tion is crossed completely, High Beam tions and may keep High beam OFF for tection performance.
may be turned back ON. certain limitations and ON for few other
limitation conditions. Disclaimer

 Operation at up/down hill.  If HBA detects the light sources of on-

coming vehicle only for short period,
 Operation at curve. HBA can stay in high beam without
 If HBA fails due to any reason includ- switching low beam.
ing vehicle head lamp fault.  In the case that obviously appeared
 Unrecognized Front headlamp of on- light sources of oncoming vehicle over
coming vehicle. the guardrail are detected, HBA may
 Unrecognized rear taillight. switch high beam to low beam.

227
STARTING AND DRIVING
 In the city or in a light source area User can turn TSR feature ON/OFF from
such as traffic sign, electronic sign Infotainment.
board, building light, streetlight, HBA Go to Home page >> All App >> Settings
may switch high beam to low beam. >> Driver Assistance >> Drive assist
 HBA shall not operate at daytime even Feature Operation
though High Beam is on by the auto
Sign is displayed in the
light sensor.
instrument cluster when TSR
 HBA will operate in following weather recognizes the Speed Limit
conditions: The normal night time en-
Sign is displayed in the in-
vironment in which the light of the front
strument cluster when TSR
vehicle is detected by the naked eye. If the system Temporary Un-
recognizes the End of speed
6. Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) limit sign/End of restriction available due to camera
Traffic Sign recognition (TSR) is a feature sign. blockage, tell-tale will ap-
by which a vehicle is able to recognize the pear in the instrument clus-
Sign is displayed in the instru-
traffic signs available on the road. ter and a pop up message “TSR System
ment cluster when TSR recog-
Temporarily Unavailable. Please Contact
Prerequisite for Activation nizes the No Overtaking Al-
Service Center” is shown on Infotainment
Front camera should be fault and block- lowed sign.
screen.
age free Feature Failure
Front windshield should be clean If the system malfunctions,
Vehicle speed is above 0 km/h below tell-tale will appear in
the instrument cluster and a
User Settings
pop up message “TSR Sys-
TSR shall be default ON at the start of ve- tem Unavailable. Please Con-
hicle. tact Service Center” is shown on Infotain-
ment screen.
228
 STARTING AND DRIVING
 In case of traffic sign occluded by ob-  In case of poor visibility being impos-
stacle near road such as a tree, vehi- sible to recognize traffic signs. In case
cle, etc. of faded traffic sign.
 In case of damaged traffic sign. Disclaimer
 In case of poor visibility being impos- The traffic sign on road which is not as per
sible to recognize traffic signs. Vienna convention may not get detected.
TSR signs will be detected only when they
 In case of faded traffic sign.
fall in TSR system detection zone.
 In case of strong curve road
To resolve this failure the user should try Following signs may not be detected in
cleaning the windshield camera of any ob-  In case of multi-lane traffic signs may every case or at all:
struction/blockage. If the issue persists, not recognized in third lane due to
 Non-standard signs which are not as
then turn Ignition OFF to ON. If the issue long distance.
per Vienna Convention
is still there, then visit service center. 2. Night coarse conditions
 Signs with yellow background
Limitations of TSR  In case of poor illumination to the traf-
 Speed Limit signs ending in 5 like with
TSR cannot recognize or it can misrecog- fic sign caused by headlamp lighting
15, 25, etc.
nize the signs on the road under some angle.
 Speed limit signs having extra charac-
conditions. Those conditions are as fol-  In case of reflection from the traffic
lows ters like kmph etc.
sign.
1. Day coarse conditions  Speed limit signs having extra images
 In case of heavy rain and heavy snow.
like small cars etc. Traffic signs will be
 In the case that the traffic signs cannot  In case of traffic sign occluded by ob- detected only when they fall in TSR
be distinguished due to shadow stacle near road such as a tree, vehi- system detection zone within 10 Mtr.
caused by overpass or trees. cle, etc.
 In case of low sunlight, heavy rain and  In case of damaged traffic sign.
heavy snow.

229
STARTING AND DRIVING
7. Driver Dose off Alert System Rear Advanced Driver Assistance inspected by TATA MOTORS EV Author-
(DDOA) System (Rear ADAS) ised Service Centre.
The 'driver drowsiness detection' sys- Rear ADAS features uses two rear corner Rear ADAS Malfunction
tem monitors the behavior of driver on radars, which will placed on corners of the
continuous basis and detects pattern rear bumper of the vehicle.
of drowsy driver.
It monitors driving behavior, frequency
of steering movement, driving pattern,
time of the day and length of trip.
If the function reaches a threshold of
the driving behavior it, then alerts the
driver via voice alert and visual notifi-
cation on the infotainment screen.
This feature helps in reducing acci-
dents by giving prompt warning to the
driver to stay awake or take a break.
1. When outside rear view mirror warning
light is not working properly, the “ORVM
indicator failure. Rear ADAS feature Im-
NOTE
pacted. Please contact service center”
The correct operation of the rear corner message will appear on the cluster for
radar sensors will be compromised if several seconds
they are misaligned due to accident
damage at the rear of the vehicle.
*If any damage to rear bumper of the ve-
hicle, it is recommended to get the vehicle
230
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Rear ADAS Features
8. Blind Spot Detection - Lane
Change Alert (BSD-LCA)
BSD-LCA detects moving objects present
in the adjacent lanes and warns if there
are moving objects present in blind spots
of the host vehicle or there is a high speed
closing vehicle in adjacent lanes. Warning
to the driver is given in stages.
Prerequisite for activation
*In this case, it is recommended to get the
vehicle inspected by TATA MOTORS EV The following condition shall be satisfied
Authorised Service Centre. to activate BSD-LCA
*Please make sure the warning indica- 1. Rear Corner Radars and other re-
tors in the ORVM’s are not obscured by lated systems are fault free.
stickers or any other objects. 2. Vehicle shall be in Drive (D) or Neu-
tral (N) Mode.
3. Vehicle speed is above 20 kmph ap-
proximately.
User Settings
1. BSD-LCA will be default ON during
start of vehicle i.e. on every Ignition
ON the BSD-LCA feature will be en-
abled even if previously disabled.
2. User can turn ON/OFF BSD-LCA
feature using infotainment screen.
231
STARTING AND DRIVING
Go to Home page >> All App >> Settings side as where object is detected): - The *If any of these malfunctions occurs, it is
>>Driver Assistance >> Drive assist. warning light on the ORVM will blink along recommended to get the vehicle in-
Feature Operation with audible warning. If turn indicator is spected by TATA MOTORS EV Author-
switched OFF level 2 warning will be de- ised Service Centre.
When the conditions for BSD-LCA warn-
ings are met for an object in BSD-LCA
activated. Limitations of BSD-LCA
zone, The warning indicator on the out- NOTE  When the hazard-warning indicator is
side rear-view mirror will illuminate as fol- Audible warnings are not repeated until ON, the Level 2 BSD-LCA warning by
lows: the collision threat visual alert disap- the turn signal shall not operate.
pears.  BSD-LCA may not function properly,
when the speed of the other vehicle is
Feature Failure more, as it passes by your vehicle in a
When BSD-LCA is not work- very short time.
ing properly, the “Blind spot
 Your vehicle passes by the other ve-
detection system failure.
hicle at very high speed.
Contact service centre” mes-
sage will appear along with tell-tale on the  Your vehicle changes lane without
cluster for several seconds. giving turn indicators.
When rear corner radar is covered with  The vehicle in the next lane moves
any material which will influence BSD – two lanes away from you, or when the
LCA working, the “Blind spot detection vehicle two lanes away moves to the
system temporarily unavailable. Contact next lane from you.
Level 1 Warning: (Object detected in the
service centre” message will appear  When your vehicle overtakes other
BSD-LCA zone): The warning light on the
along with tell-tale on the cluster for sev- vehicle and relative speed between
ORVM will be continuously ON.
eral seconds. the two vehicles is low.
Level 2 Warning: (Object detected in the
BSD-LCA zone and Turn signal ON-same  When your vehicle is braking.

232
 STARTING AND DRIVING
 When your vehicle is moving in sce- 9. Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) User Settings
narios such as sharp turns, junctions, RCTA system warns the driver while re- 1. RCTA shall be default ON during
roundabouts, etc. versing out of a parking spot or where start of Vehicle i.e. on every Ignition
 When driving on a curved road as, the there can be a possibility of a collision ON the RCTA feature will be enabled
function may not detect the vehicle in with a vehicle or an object crossing side- even if previously disabled.
the next lane. ways from behind. 2. User can turn ON/OFF RCTA feature
 The function may recognize a vehicle using infotainment screen.
in the same lane. Go to Home page >> All App >> Settings
 While driving on the road merges or >>Driver Assistance >> Drive assist.
divides. The function may not detect
the vehicle in the next lane.
 When driving on a slope. The function
may not detect the vehicle in the next
lane.
Disclaimer
Prerequisite for activation
Since the detecting range of the rear cor-
ner radar is determined by a standard The following condition shall be satisfied
road width, therefore, on a narrow road; to activate RCTA
BSD-LCA may detect other vehicles two 1. Rear Corner Radars AND other re-
lanes over and warn you. On the other lated systems are fault free.
hand, on a wide road, BSD-LCA may not 2. Ignition shall be in ON state.
be able to detect a vehicle driving in the
3. The R (Reverse) mode engaged.
next lane and may not warn you.
4. Vehicle speed is below 8Km/h approx-
imately.

233
STARTING AND DRIVING
Feature Operation “Rear cross traffic alert system temporar-
When the conditions for activating the ily unavailable. Contact service centre.”
RCTA warning are met for any object in message will appear along with icon on
RCTA zone, the infotainment screen for several sec-
1. The warning indicator on the outside onds.
rear-view mirror will blink if an object *If any of these malfunctions occurs, it is
is recognised in RCTA zone recommended to get the vehicle in-
spected by TATA MOTORS EV Author-
ised Service Centre.
Limitations of RCTA
 While reversing near an obstruction
(like vehicle or structure): RCTA may
3. At the same time, an audible warning
not warn the driver when reversing
will sound.
near a vehicle or structure and may
Feature Failure not detect the vehicle approaching
When RCTA is not working from the left or right.
properly, the “Rear cross  RCTA may provide degraded func-
traffic alert system failure. tionality when the vehicle is on a slope
Contact service centre” (uphill/downhill) or near it. In this case
2. A warning icon (direction specific) will message will appear along system may not warn the driver.
appear on the infotainment screen. with icon on the infotainment screen for
several seconds.
When Rear corner radar is covered with
any material which will influence RCTA
working,

234
 STARTING AND DRIVING
Disclaimer may operate unexpectedly when the way which is safe for the vehicle, and
 While reversing out of complex park- approaching vehicle is very fast or other road users, so that serious inju-
ing situations: RCTA may or may not very slow. ries can be avoided.
 RCTA may operate unexpectedly in
give the warning or may operate un- Prerequisite for activation
expectedly in the situations where case of heavy traffic when multiple
other vehicles are parking or coming other vehicles are approaching from The following condition shall be satisfied
out of parking near your vehicle. both sides. to activate DOA
10. Door Open Alert (DOA) 1. Rear Corner Radars and other related
 When your vehicle is parked diago-
DOA system warns the passengers in the systems are fault free.
nally:
car about the presence of approaching 2. Vehicle speed is below 3 km/h ap-
 RCTA may provide limited functional- vehicles from behind which may hit the proximately.
ity when coming out of diagonal park- door while opening the respective side 3. Ignition is ON and approximately for 3
ing space and may not detect vehicle door. minutes after ignition is turned OFF,
approaching in RCTA zone. but turns off immediately if the vehicle
 RCTA system may operate unexpect- is locked externally.
edly during complex diagonal parking User Settings
situations (like slow moving vehicle 1. DOA shall be default ON during start
coming very close, vehicles parked in of Vehicle i.e. on every Ignition ON the
adjacent very closely etc.) DOA feature will be enabled even if
 RCTA may detect vehicles in front of previously disabled.
you while parking reverse into a space DOA 2. User can turn ON/OFF DOA feature
with a wall or structure in rear/side NOTE using infotainment screen.
area. In this case system may provide Go to Home page >> All App >> Settings
unnecessary warning. Door Open Alert is an aid system only.
>>Driver Assistance >> Drive assist.
 RCTA may not operate properly, or it It is the responsibility of the user to
open the door with due attention, in a

235
STARTING AND DRIVING
Feature Operation along with audible warning on the cluster 11. Rear Collision Warning (RCW)
When the conditions for DOA warnings as shown below. RCW identifies potential collision risks
are met for any object in DOA zone, from the back of the vehicle. The system
1. The warning indicator on the outside warns the driver of the rear vehicle of
rear-view mirror will illuminate as fol- identified collision risks by automatically
lows: flashing the hazard lights of your vehicle.

Feature Failure
When DOA functionality is
not available, the “Door
open alert system failure.
Contact service centre”
message will appear along NOTE
with icon on the cluster screen for several
seconds. Door Open Alert is an aid system only.
It is the responsibility of the user to
*If this malfunction occurs, it is recom- open the door with due attention, in a
mended to get the vehicle inspected by way which is safe for the vehicle, and
TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service other road users, so that serious inju-
Level 1 Warning (Object detected in the Centre. ries can be avoided.
zone): The warning light on the ORVM will Disclaimer
be continuously ON. Prerequisite for activation
Door open alert may not operate properly,
Level 2 Warning (Object detected in the or it may operate unexpectedly when the The following condition shall be satisfied
zone and respective side door opened): approaching vehicle is very fast or very to activate RCW
The warning light on the ORVM will blink slow or in cases where the approaching 1. Rear Corner Radars and other related
vehicle is at certain angles. systems are fault free.

236
 STARTING AND DRIVING
2. Vehicle shall be in Drive (D) or Neutral  When Rear corner radar is covered
(N) or Park (P) mode. with any material which will influence
3. Vehicle speed is within system oper- RCW working, the “Rear Collision
ating limit in Drive (D) mode. Warning system temporarily unavaila-
ble. Contact service centre” message
User Settings Disclaimer
will appear on the cluster for several
1. RCW shall be default ON during start seconds.  In curved roads, RCW system may
of Vehicle i.e. on every Ignition ON the trigger warning inconsistently.
*If any of these malfunctions occurs, it is
RCW feature will be enabled even if
previously disabled.
recommended to get the vehicle in-  RCW warning may not be triggered in
spected by TATA MOTORS EV Author- case of lane merges or the rear vehi-
2. User can turn ON/OFF RCW feature ised Service Centre. cle is approaching at an angle.
using infotainment screen
Limitations of RCW  The system may not operate properly
Go to Home page >> All App >> Settings
>>Driver Assistance >> Drive assist.  When target is overtaking from left when your vehicle is moving in sce-
lane to right lane, RCW system may narios such as sharp turns, junctions,
Feature Operation not trigger warning. roundabouts, etc.
In case of RCW warning, all right and left  The system may not operate when
direction indicators will flash to warn overlap of your vehicle and other ve-
driver of vehicle in behind about a possi- hicle is small.
bility of collision.
Feature Failure
 When RCW is not working properly,  When target is overtaking from right
the “Rear Collision Warning system lane to left lane, RCW system may not
failure. Contact service centre” mes- trigger warning.
sage will appear on the cluster for sev-
eral seconds.

237
STARTING AND DRIVING
ACOUSTIC VEHICLE ALERTING Charging sound V2X sound
SYSTEM (AVAS) (if equipped) If turned on by user, AVAS informs If turned on by user, AVAS informs
EVs are almost silent while moving, user with a sound intimating vehicle user with a sound intimating vehicle
making it challenging for pedestrians charging is started & ended. discharging is started/ended.
to recognize when a car is coming.
Sound generators called acoustic ve-
hicle alerting systems (AVAS) are in-
stalled in electric vehicles (EVs) to
notify/alert the pedestrians.
AVAS unit is placed in front under the
bonnet. Lock and Unlock Sound
If turned on by user, AVAS informs
user about vehicle lock and unlock in
limited scenarios.

238
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
CLIMATE CONTROL
Air Distribution
The Climate Control regulates the temperature inside the vehicle and filter the dust particles in cabin based on the
user set temperature settings. The air is distributed through the vents in the passenger compartment as shown below:

239
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
Air Vents Rear AC Vent
Dashboard Side and Front Centre Rear AC vents are available between two
Vent front seats. It can be switched ‘ON’ pro-
vided that front AC is switched ‘ON’.
Air vents are available on the dash-
board. The direction of air flow can be
adjusted using sliders on the respective
vents.

Front Center Vent

Dashboard Side Vent

240
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
FULLY AUTOMATIC TEMPERA- 6. In car Sensor mode then climate information will be dis-
TURE CONTROL (FATC) (if 7. Air distribution (mode) played on the all-time display available
equipped) 8. OFF mode
on the top bar and widget.
FATC system controls the in-cabin tem- Blower control toggle switch
9. AC ON/OFF
perature of the vehicle automatically and
10. Auto ON selection
provides maximum passenger conven-
ience regardless of outside weather con- 11. Temperature control toggle switch
ditions. Display Screen Move the temperature control toggle
Display Unit switch up to increases the temperature of
the air. The desired temperature will be in-
creased by steps of 0.5ºC. User can se-
lect temperature range from 18ºC to
30ºC. Move the toggle switch down to re-
duce the temperature. When you set the
temperature to its lower limit (LO) or its
FATC display is shown on main display upper limit ((Hi), the system runs at full
screen. cooling or heating only. It doesn’t regulate
the interior temperature.
FATC functions can be controlled using
both the FATC control panel and the Xpress Cool
1. Blower control toggle switch touch screen display.
2. Xpress cooling Whenever the user selects any switch
or moves the toggle switch, then the
3. Fresh air / recirculation XPRESS Cooling can be turned ON/OFF
display unit will show the relevant cli-
4. Rear window demister mate Information by selecting XPRESS COOL icon. This
5. Maximum defrost Also, when the display is not in climate

241
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
helps cabin to reach to comfort tempera- NOTE Use recirculation mode for faster heating
tures quickly by optimally setting the air and cooling. However, keeping the sys-
conditioning to maximum cooling. The Xpress Cool function can only be tem in recirculation mode - particularly
Also, if required, the driver window will turned ON if the Ambient temperature is when the AC is in OFF - can cause fog-
roll down to flush the hot air from inside above 18 degree Celsius. ging of windows
the cabin. Once cabin has been suffi-
Fresh Air / Recirculation Rear Window Demister
ciently flushed, the system will announce
to take driver window’s roll up which can
be taken up using window winding
switch.
Driver side window may roll down, if: 1. When the recirculation switch is Select the rear window demister switch to
 The cabin temperature is more than turned ON, air from the vehicle’s inte- turn it ON or OFF. The system will be de-
outside temperature. rior is sent throughout the system. activated after 15 min of continuous op-
 If it is not raining. 2. When the recirculation switch is eration.
 Vehicle Speed is less than 40 turned OFF, air from outside enters in Maximum Defrost
kmph. to the cabin (fresh mode). Whenever
Further, after sufficiently cooling the discomfort is felt, switch to fresh air
cabin, the Xpress cooling function will mode.
auto switch off and revert back to cus-
tomer pre-selected settings. NOTE 1. It directs the main airflow towards
Xpress cooling functionality is used to The outside air intakes for the climate windscreen for faster defrosting. (It
improve the HVAC system performance control systems are at the base of also overrides any mode selection you
in case of cabin temperature being con- wind- screen. Keep this area clear may have made).
siderably greater than outside air tem- from leaves and other debris. 2. When you turn off the maximum de-
perature. The system will be deac- frost, the system returns to its former
tivated automatically after 500 sec of settings.
continuous operation.
242
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
NOTE Directs air through the
Select the AC ON/OFF switch to turn
the air conditioning ON or OFF. The AC
For your safety make sure you have a foot well air vents
icon activated on the display when the
clear view through all the windows be- AC is ON.
fore driving.
Directs air through the Auto ON Selection Button
Air Distribution (mode) defroster & foot well
vents (Default fresh air
mode)
To put the automatic climate control in
Directs air through the fully automatic mode:
In AUTO mode, the FATC system will reg-
defroster vents (Default
ulate the mode automatically. However, 1. Select the ‘AUTO’ switch.
fresh air mode)
user override is possible with the use of 2. Set the desired temperature by toggle
MODE switch to select the desired airflow OFF Mode switch. The display will show all the
mode. functions during ‘AUTO’ mode.
Each time you select the MODE switch, 3. The system automatically selects the
the display shows the mode selected. proper mix of conditioned and / or
heated air that will, as quickly as pos-
sible, raise or lower the interior tem-
Select the OFF switch to turn the system
Directs air through the perature to your preference.
‘OFF’. OFF will be displayed on the info-
center and side air vents 4. When you set the temperature to its
tainment screen.
lower limit (LO) or its upper limit(HI),
AC ON / OFF the system runs at full cooling or heat-
Directs air through the ing only. It does not regulate the inte-
center, side and foot well rior temperature.
vents

243
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
NOTE Semi-automatic Operation
In ‘AUTO’ mode, the FATC system will You can manually select various func-
regulate the blower speed automati- tions of the climate control system when it
cally. is in fully automatic mode. All other fea-
tures remain automatically controlled.
Making any manual selection causes the
word ‘AUTO’ in the display to go OFF and
the overridden setting is displayed. Sys-
tem will remain in semiautomatic mode till
‘AUTO’ is selected again.

244
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
FATC SENSORS Outside Ambient Temperature (OAT) In-car Sensor on Control Panel
Solar Sensor Sensor In-car sensor is located on FATC control
FATC system is fitted with three sensors. panel.
(if equipped) Solar sensor is on the top of NOTE
the dash-board at the right hand side of
defroster grill.  Do not cover or spill any liquid on
sensors.
 Do not cover sensor, this may
cause the sensor to malfunction.
This may lead to FATC not func-
tioning to desired level.

Outside Ambient Temperature (OAT)

sensor located under the front bumper
grill.

245
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
CABIN AIR PURIFICATION  The calculated AQI is displayed on
The Climate Control System fitted with display unit along with severity in-
advance filter for cabin air purification. dex.

NOTE
Replace the Filter as per Mainte-
nance schedule. More frequent filter
replacement are required/ recom-
mended in case of vehicle is driven
in heavy dusty conditions. If the ve-
hicle is driven in heavy dusty condi-
tions more frequent filter replace- NOTE
ment are required. Replace the filter  AQI calculation will be effective af-
if you find poor ventilation, cooling ter 30 secs, ignition ON and no
or Demisting and poor Air Quality In- value will be displayed during this
dex (AQI). period.
Air Quality Index : (If equipped)  If AQI does not improve in some-
time get sensor and Cabin filter in-
 Climate control system fitted with spected.
FATC calculates Air Quality In-
dex(AQI) of cabin using PM2.5 AQI
Index.
 FATC System in AUTO Mode auto-
matically sets the blower speed and
switches to recirculation air mode to
improve AQI inside the cabin.

246
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
FASCIA SWITCHES 2. Charger Gun Lock/ Unlock ‘ON’ when the fog lamp switch is turned
To release the charger gun, press the on when the ignition is ‘ON’ and when the
switch located on fascia switch. Charging position and parking/ head lamp is ‘ON’.
socket inlet is located on front bumper An indicator on front fog lamp knob will
come on when the front fog light is ‘ON’.
NOTE
4. Hill Decent control switch
Make sure both AC slow charging & While driving down on a hill slope, ac-
DC fast charging is De-energised / off tivate the HDC feature by pressing
state. this switch.
3. Front Fog Lamps (if equipped) 5. Hazard Warning Switch
Press the hazard warning switch to
activate the hazard warning. All the
1. Charger flap opening turn signal lamps will flash simultane-
2. Charging gun lock/unlock ously. To turn OFF, press the switch
again.
3. Front Fog Lamps (If equipped)
6. Tail Gate Opening
4. Hill Decent control switch To unlatch the tail gate, press the
5. Hazard warning switch switch located on fascia switch.
6. Tail gate opening 7. Central Lock/unlock
7. Central lock/unlock To open the door, press the Lock/un-
8. Surround View System (SVS) The front fog lamps are located on the lock door switch located on the fascia
switch.
1. Charger Flap Opening front bumper. In poor visibility conditions
due to fog, snow or rain, the fog lamps 8. Surround View Camera (SVS)
To release the charging flap, press the
make visibility better and make it easier Press this switch to see the 360°view
switch located on fascia switch
for other road users to see you. It turns to in the display screen.

247
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
POWER SUNROOF (if equipped) Manual Switch 2. Push the knob towards the windshield
It bring natural light and fresh air into pas- to close the sunroof. It will be having
senger compartment .The cabin becomes two detents.
more illuminated and bright which gives  1st detent Manual (long press) to
pleasant feeling while driving and makes close and stop at desired position.
driving experience more enjoyable and  2nd detent Express (one touch) to
relaxed. close Sunroof completely.
Sunroof allows air to flow evenly from the 3. Press at the center of the knob for tilt
roof which is quieter and less intrusive up/down function. Sunroof switch
than wind blowing through a side window. mounted in overhead console near
roof lamp.
Sunroof can be operated by Manual
Switch, Voice Command and by Rain De- Sunshade Open Position
tection/Vehicle Lock.
This switch is used to open, close, tilt up
& tilt down the sunroof as and when re-
quired with switch intended operation.
1. Pull the knob away from the wind-
shield to open the sunroof. It will be
having two detents.
 1st detent Manual (long press) too
pen and stop at desired position.
 2nd detent Express (one touch)
too pen Sunroof completely.

248
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
Sunshade Close Position Warning for Voice Command
 Speak the commands /Instruction in a
neutral English accent for best results.
 Do not take long pauses (greater than
1 second) while speaking the words in
a command. Speak the words of the
command at a constant rate.
 Avoid varying your pitch and volume
while speaking the commands. Speak
clearly and loudly at a reasonable
 System will prompted with “How can I speed.
help?”  Ensure that there is no noise disturb-
 Give the “sunroof open/close” com- ance when you speak the commands
like, other passengers in the vehicle
Sunroof Voice Command mand. Sunroof will be opened/closed.
are talking or there is lot of wind noise.
Ensure vehicle is in IGN ON/running con- Disturbance from external sound
dition. sources may result in poor voice
 Enable voice recognition via steering recognition.
wheel switch or TATA Assist icon from  Always face forward while speaking
the infotainment screen. your commands as the voice recogni-
tion quality is best in this orientation.

249
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
Sunroof Closure on Auto Detection of Automatic Reversal / Anti-pinch Func- WARNING
Rain/vehicle Lock tion
Never try pinching of any part of your
For User Convenience / Protection of ve- body intentionally to activate the Auto-
hicle, sunroof will automatically close un- matic reversal function.
der following conditions:
The Automatic reversal function may
 Rain Detection: When sunroof is open not work if something gets stuck just
and rain is detected (based on Wiper before the sunroof fully closes.
speed is slow/high upon raining), then
Sunroof will close automatically Warning for Sunroof
 Vehicle Locking: The sun roof will Even though the sunroof can be operated
close automatically when ignition is off when the ignition key is in the ON position
and vehicle is locked from out through (the vehicle is not running), operating the
driver door manual key or by remote sunroof repeatedly with the vehicle turned
key. off will run down the battery. Operate the
NOTE If the sunroof senses any obstacle while it sunroof while the vehicle is running
is closing then it will reverse its direction When a desired sunroof operation is com-
Combi Switch should be in auto mode and opens the sunroof so that trapped ob- pleted, release the switch. If you keep
to close sunroof with rain sensor. ject will get released easily. The auto re- pressing the switch, it could cause a mal-
verse function may not work if very thin or function. Especially in winter, never oper-
soft object is caught between the sunroof ate the sunroof if moving areas are iced.
assembly. Anti-Pinch/ Automatic reversal Wait until the areas are de-iced.
is a safety feature however to override it Make sure head, hands, arms or any
and operate sunroof manually, press sun- other body parts or objects are out of the
roof close switch within 10 seconds of way before operating the sunroof. Body
auto-reversal completion and hold it till parts or objects may get pinched causing
sunroof is fully closed.

250
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
injuries or vehicle damage. Never deliber- Initializing the Power Sunroof B-call and E-call Switch (if equipped)
ately use your body parts to test the auto- In the event of a power failure or while re-
matic reversal function. The sunroof glass placing the dead fuse or battery discon-
may reverse direction, but there is a risk nection when the sunroof is in motion,
of injury. Dust accumulated between the then sunroof will require initialization
sunroof and roof panel can make noise or when the power is restored.
cause any damage. Open the sunroof and
re-move dust regularly using a clean Initializing Procedure
cloth. Do not sit on the top of the sunroof. 1. Turn ON the ignition.
It may cause injury or vehicle damage. Do 2. Close the sunroof fully by pressing
not allow passengers to lean out of an ‘sunroof close switch’ and keep the
open sunroof whilst the vehicle is in mo- switch pressed for 1-2 seconds after
tion. Injuries may occur from objects such the roof is fully closed, till clicking
as tree branches. Safety of the vehicle oc- sound comes from Sunroof.
cupants must be observed at all times. Do 1. B-Call Switch: B-Call (Breakdown
3. The Initializing command is com-
not allow limbs to be placed in the moving Assistance) will connect you to a
plete, Check if the Express
path of the sun-roof at any time, injury TATA MOTORS Roadside assis-
open/close features are working.
may occur. tance for Towing. Not for ambulance
service.
WARNING
2. Red LED Indication: Red LED indi-
High Pressure wash Jet Flow should cates the fault or failure in B-Call/E-
not be directed on Sunroof sealing Call functionality.
area around periphery of glass. Doing
3. Green LED Indication: Green LED
so many lead to water leakage inside
indicates the status of ongoing B-Call
cabin.
or E-Call.

251
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
4. E-Call Switch (Emergency Call or STEERING MOUNTED CONTROLS Press above switch to reject or hang up a
SOS Switch): E-Call will connect you (if equipped) phone call. It is also used to mute the vol-
to towing and ambulance services. ume of music system/radio
Steering Mounted Controls (LHS)
NOTE 4. Phone Reject
Press the switch to reject or hang up a
*Subject to mobile network, connectiv- phone call.
ity and location mentioned.
5. Source
Press above switch to select the required
source in the infotainment system i.e.
USB, AM, FM and Bluetooth.
6. Seek Forward/backward
This will function in the two modes.
Radio Mode - will change radio channels.
Media Mode - will change sound tracks.
7. Push to Talk
1. Phone Receive
Press above switch to accept incoming For Voice Recognition, press this switch.
call when a cell phone is connected via The system mutes/ pauses the currently
Bluetooth. played audio and you will hear a beep
sound to indicate the activation of the
2. Volume
voice recognition feature. The system dis-
Press above switch to increase or de- plays the voice recognition screen on In-
crease volume of music system / radio. fotainment to indicate activation of the
3. Mute feature.
For mute, press this switch. The system
mutes/ pauses the currently played audio.

252
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
Master /force Restart Process 3. Now hold the Steering wheel source Steering Mounted Controls (RHS)
If your infotainment system touch screen change button (long Press) for more
becomes unresponsive or shows some than 10 sec) and release as soon as
unusual behavior, then you can restart it display’s goes blank.
to potentially resolve the issue. Follow NOTE
some basic steps given below and you
can restart the system.  It is preferable to do one Ignition
OFF to ON cycle after Mas-
To restart the infotainment system
ter/Force restart to synchronize ve-
hicle settings with the TATA Info-
tainment System.
 If the reboot does not work or mas-
ter/force restarts are required on a
weekly or daily basis, vehicle shall 1. Pagination
be taken to dealership. There, the
dealer can update your firmware or Press the switch to enter in to cluster
inspect the system for hard-ware screen.
problem. 2. Page Up/down
 Force/Master restart keeps the If cluster screen is selected, with
stored data, such as call history, Up/Down switch you can access the sub-
text message information, and pre- menu screens of a main menu.
1. Park the vehicle. viously paired phones as it is. 3. Selection (OK)
2. Hold the Steering wheel Mute button Push the OK button to access/select the
(long press) (as shown in above im- sub menu screens of a main menu item.
age) for about 10 secs. Now hold the
Steering wheel source

253
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
4. Lane Keep Assist (if equipped) Regeneration Switch  Level down switch can be used to re-
Press the switch to activate the Lane Regeneration is equipped in the vehicle, duce regeneration level (3 →2
Keep Assist function. which converts the available kinetic en- →1→OFF)
 Level Up switch can be used to in-
5. Cruise ON/OFF ergy during decelerating or braking condi-
tion of the vehicle to electrical energy crease the regeneration level
Press the switch to turn ON/OFF the which can charge the high voltage bat- (OFF→1 →2 →3)
cruise function. tery.  Default regeneration level on the ve-
6. RES / CAN Regeneration level for the vehicle can be hicle when vehicle is cranked will be
To resume a previously set speed, push controlled manually or can be turned off. Level 1.
the RES button and release. This switch The Regeneration switch equipped be- Default
is also used to cancel /deactivate (CAN) hind the steering wheel assembly at both Drive Modes Regeneration
cruise control system without erasing the the sides Level Up and Level Down
Sport Level1
set speed from memory.
City Level1
7. SET+/ SET-
Eco Level1
Accelerate the vehicle to desired speed,
Press the SET + to select the required Default
cruise speed. When the cruise control is Drive Modes
Regeneration
set, you can increase or decrease the
speed by pushing SET+/ SET- buttons re- OFF No Regeneration
spectively. Minimum
Level 1
8. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) (if Regeneration
equipped) Intermediate
Level 2
Press the switch to activate the adaptive Regeneration
cruise control function.  By using the regeneration switch
Maximum
(Pull type) driver can Up/Down re- Level 3
Regeneration
generation level.
254
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM DIS- Option II MIC (if equipped)
PLAY
Option I

Mic is provided near the roof lamp.

255
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
SPEAKERS & TWEETER (if USB PORT (if equipped) Rear C Charger
equipped) Front USB A + C Charger

A type USB port is used to connect your

Speakers and Tweeters are available in portable digital music players, pen drives
models with infotainment system. Provi- etc. for playing music tracks through the
sions are given for music system and vehicle’s music system.
speakers on versions without infotain- C type USB port is used for fast charging
ment system. of mobiles which are having C type inter-
face.

256
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
POWER SOCKET LAMPS the last door is closed, the lamp will turn
On Center Console ‘OFF’ with dimming. This helps settling in
Roof Lamp
the seat and inserting the key in the igni-
Interior roof lighting lamp is provided on tion switch. When the key is turned to the
the roof with inbuilt switch. ‘IGN’ position, the lamp goes ‘OFF’ imme-
diately.
OFF condition

In this position, the lamp will

remain ‘OFF’.
Boot Lamp

The power socket will work when the igni-

tion switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-
tion. This socket can be used to provide
12V (10A) power for electrical accesso-
ries.
ON condition
NOTE The lamp will turn ‘ON’ as long
 Use of unapproved electrical ac- as the switch is in this position.
cessories can cause damage to
your vehicle’s electrical system.
 Make sure that any electrical ac- DOOR condition
cessories you use are designed to In this position the lamp
plug in to this type of socket and turns to ‘ON’ when either of
rating. the doors are opened. When

257
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
Boot lamp is provided in the rear luggage NOTE ROOF GRAB HANDLE
compartment to illuminate the luggage
area.  All Exterior lamp fogging / conden-
sation is natural occurrence and re-
Whenever a door or tailgate is opened, it spective lamp assembly replace-
will turn ON. ment will not necessary to resolve
Lamp Condensation / Fogging Con- the issue.
dition  High-pressure washer jet direct on
Condensation is a natural phenomenon in vent system of lamp are not recom-
Lamp. This occurs mainly because of at- mended, there might be possibility
mospheric condition/weather change.
During normal condensation, thin film of  Presence of condensation / mist in
mist is visible on the inside surface of the non-functional area is normal and
exterior lens. Generally, this condition is acceptable, no action is recom-
considered normal and will be eliminated mended. Grab handles are installed on the roof for
by turning on the respective lamp with en- all seats except for the driver’s seat.
gine running or during normal driving con- These help the passengers to position
ditions. By doing this if the condensation themselves comfortably during the jour-
has begun to clear after the drying time it ney.
indicates that the lamp sealing has NOT
been breached and will eventually clear.
The lamp must NOT be replaced.

258
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
MOOD LIGHTS/AMBIENT LIGHTS will turn OFF after set battery saver VEHICLE TELEMATICS (if
(if equipped) time. equipped)
Ambient Light Function Five Level Brightness Control Car is equipped with iRA - Connected car
 Drag the slider to the right or left to ad- Technology which offers a host of fea-
Ambient lighting comforts user by illumi- just the brightness.
nating the vehicle interiors at defined lo- tures to the users through the “iRA - Con-
cations. Colored LEDs are fixed at various nected car” Mobile Application (APP).
locations of the vehicle interiors. The Vehicle is equipped with an Elec-
tronic Control unit which monitors & rec-
Turning Ambient Lighting ON and ords the data from various vehicle sys-
OFF: tems like Transmission, Brake, Battery &
 Ambient lights turn ON in themes and other electrical systems. This data is then
color options (as per vehicle applica- processed & used for providing the con-
bility) whenever parking light is turned nected Car features. (Refer the app tour
to ON. section of the mobile app.)
 Ambient lights turn OFF whenever The Connected Car module records the
parking light is turned to OFF. following information:
Ambient Lights (entry/exit): Vehicle Telematics
 Ambient lights turn ON in themes and This includes the periodic transmission of
color options (as per vehicle applica- data from other vehicle ECUs & Electronic
bility) whenever roof lamp made ac- systems like EMS, ABS, Air Bag,
tive by removing the ignition key from
BMS, BCM etc. along with the geograph-
key slot and opening any door.
ical location of the vehicle.
 Once the opened door is closed, the
ambient lights dims off after approxi- Vehicle driving behavior
mately 25 seconds. This includes the location, speed, accel-
 If door is left open, ambient lights eration, trip details, charging etc.

259
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
Event based recording WIRELESS POWER CHARGING (if Location of Wireless Charger
This includes data generated during spe- equipped) Location: The location of the WPC in
cific events like vehicle collision, intrusion,
WPC System Description vehicle is in the Centre console area as
un-authorized entry etc. below.
The Data collected through Connected Wireless Power Charging (is a conven-
Car module is used by TATA Passenger ience feature to charge the smart mobile
Electric Mobility Limited for various pur- phone using wireless charging technol-
poses, including, but not limited to, provid- ogy, without a need to plugin wire in the
ing connected car features through mo- device.
bile APP. The WPC system is powered with vehicle
 Evaluation of Vehicle performance. battery and the wireless power charging
 Research & improvement of current function is enabled with Ignition ON.
& future vehicle designs. Qi Compatible Term
 Troubleshooting & diagnostics of
the vehicle. Qi 1.1.4: refers to certified product with
TATA MOTORS does not disclose the data the capability to transmit power of up to
recorded from your vehicle to any third party 15 W and detect metal and other impuri-
except: ties to prevent heating. Function of Each Component of
 After obtaining a written consent from NOTE WPC
the Car Owner.
The WPC would support only those Wireless Power Charging (WPC) ECU:
 Upon request from Law enforcing Generates power up to 15W and transfer
agencies and regulatory bodies. smart phones which are Qi compatible.
Please refer to the smart phone man- power wirelessly by magnetic induction.
 Used for research purpose without
ual or connect to smart phone manu- Anti-skid Mat: Holds the position of
the Personal Verifiable information
facturer to check whether your smart smart phone placed on it against any jerk
(anonymized).
phone supports Qi function. and acts a charging contact surface for
 Used as defence of TATA MOTORS the smart phone.
in a Lawsuit.
260
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
Cooling FAN: It is provided to keep 2. Smart phone charging ON- Phone is
charging surface temperature within am- charging
bient temperature range. 3. Metal object on the antiskid mat -
FAN Cover: It has ducts to direct FAN air Customer is advised to check any
on WPC ECU surface. metal object on antiskid mat, if found,
it is to be removed.
Infotainment unit: It is status display unit 4. Smart phone battery is full/Charging
to display the status of wireless power completed
charger. Status symbol and text display is 5. WPC ECU error (“Error” condition in-
displayed on Infotainment unit. dicates abnormal operating condi-
Functions of WPC System tions internal system fault or fan
A. Charging function: Charge smart stuck/jam) - Customer should realign
phone the phone to centre to initiate charg-
WPC system detects the presence of ing. if problem is not resolved you are
Following all the conditions are applicable phone and starts charging as per the Qi advised to visit the TATA MOTORS
in this feature to function correctly standard protocol. The charging status is EV Authorised Service Centre.
Ignition ON (vehicle OFF) updated and displayed on the head unit.
Vehicle ON B. Charging Status display function:
Smart phone placed in correct orientation 1. WPC system in standby mode - WPC
on the antiskid mat as below system is waiting for phone or phone
is not getting detected by the WPC
system etc. Customer is advised to
check the Qi compatibility/phone
alignment/any foreign object be-
tween the phone and mat.
Metal Object Detected - Popup

261
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
Information Do’s and Don’ts
 The wireless charging function is
WARNING
supported to charge smart phones
which are Qi compatible. Certain If any metal object such as coin is lo-
features may not function as not cated between wireless charging pad
supported by the smart phone man- and phone back, the charging may get
Metal Object Detected -All Time Display ufacturer and not a malfunction of disrupted. Also, metal object may heat
Conditions to Charge Phone the wireless charging. up.
Properly  Wireless charging stops with Igni- Do’s:
tion OFF.
1. Keep the charging surface clear of 1. Please ensure that the phone is com-
 Wireless charging stops when the
any metal objects (coins, credit patible to the charging standard “Qi”.
smart phone is not completely in
cards, smart cards, keys etc.) 2. If any metal object found on charging
touch with the charging pad surface
2. Place the smart phone on the charg- pad remove it immediately.
or not positioned correctly on charg-
ing area marked for positioning the 3. In case of water/Liquid spillage on
ing pad.
phone, for best results place the charging pad, dry out the pad surface
smart phone at the center of the area properly & clean the ECU sur-
charging pad. face area by removing Anti-skid mat.
3. Charge the smartphone without its Do not charge the smart phone until
cover or not a thick cover otherwise it surface is completely dry.
would halt the wireless charging 4. The smart phone may become hot
4. Ensure that the phone is placed with while getting charged. Please be
display facing upwards and charging cautious about the high temperature
area touching the charging pad sur- while picking up the smartphone from
face. the charging pad.
5. Turn ON the ignition to start the
charging.

262
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
5. Wireless charger works on principle 2. Do not place smart phone up-side Information
of magnetic induction, i.e. it converts down on charging pad or do not miss 1. Small noise may be heard when a
electrical energy into magnetic en- aligned mobile phone on charging smart phone which does not support
ergy to transfer energy from charging pad in such case smartphone charg- wireless charging or any foreign ob-
pad to phone. Please maintain safe ing will not happen. ject is placed on the charging pad.
distance from the charger most of the 3. Do not keep any metal objects like This small sound is due to the vehicle
time as it may cause irritation to sen- coins, smart keys, electronic cards discerning compatibility of the object
sory organs or active implants if im- e.g. credit card, debit card, smartcard placed on the charging pad. It does
plemented in the body. Please con- from the charging pad as it may dis- not affect the vehicle performance or
sult medical specialist in case implant rupt the charging process and/or may the smartphone in any way.
organ in the body of the user damage the card. 2. For certain cellular phones with their
6. Always turn ON the IGN while using 4. Do not keep any liquid (e.g. water, own protection, the wireless charging
this feature to avoid vehicle battery cold drink, and sanitizer), flammable speed may decrease and the wire-
drain issue. object on antiskid mat. less charging may stop.
7. Always keep charging pad clean and
5. Do not cover the wireless charger 3. When the interior temperature of the
with a cloth or other object while wireless charger rises above a set
dust free. charging. It may heat up the device temperature, the wireless charging
8. Vehicle AC may turn ON during wire- and reduce the charging efficiency. will cease to charging function. After
less mobile charging for efficient use 6. Do not disassemble, modify or re- the interior temperature drops below
of this feature. move the wireless charger & do not set threshold, the wireless charging
Don’ts: apply force or impact to the wireless. function will resume.
1. Do not use metal smart phone covers 4. When the mobile phone temperature
as it would halt the wireless charging rises above a set cut off threshold,
function. The wireless charging may the wireless charging will cease to
not function properly when there is a charging function due to mobile
heavy & thick accessory cover on the phone stops demand power from
smart phone. wireless charger.
263
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
5. After the mobile phone temperature a TV tower, electric power plant, gas messages. After Popup, The charging
drops below threshold, the wireless station, large display, airport, or other symbol stays ON until the phone is fully
charging function will resume. Mobile facility that generates strong radio charged.
temperature cut off threshold is much waves or electrical noise.
lower than WPC temperature cut off WPC ECU in Standby Mode
threshold.
The infotainment system displays no
6. When charging certain smart
warning message/ indication in this mode.
phones, the charging full message
This mode represents that the charging
on head unit may not display when
function is halted and not functional. The
the smart phone is fully charged. It
charging function could halt because of Charging Mode ON - Popup
depends on smart phone manufac-
below reasons like:
turer.
1. Phone is not properly aligned with the
7. Smartphone of some manufacturers
charging pad or not positioned cor-
may display messages on weak cur-
rectly on pad wireless charger in
rent. This is due to particular charac-
standby mode
teristic of smartphone and does not
2. Phone is kept in upside down posi-
imply a malfunction on wireless
tion wireless charger in standby
charger. Smaller smartphone users Charging Mode ON – All Time Display
mode
(ex. IPhone) may face intermittent
3. Phone is fully charged, and phone
charging issues due to its smaller
does not demand power wireless
size. (To avoid this, place the
charger in standby mode
smartphone at center of the charging
pad). Small mobile phones may not Smart Phone Charging ON Mode
be able to charge in every position on When the smart phone is placed correctly
charging pad. and the conditions are favourable to per-
8. The wireless charger may not oper- form the function of wireless charging, the
ate correctly when the vehicle is near infotainment system shows following

264
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
Metal Object Detection Mode NOTE Smart Phone Battery is Full/ Charg-
The charging gets interrupted/stopped ing Completed
 Delay in restarting of mobile charg-
due to metal object placed on the charg- ing will be observed if foreign ob- The smart phone fully charged status is
ing pad. The infotainment head unit dis- jects are removed without lifting indicated on the infotainment display
plays following message. Check if there smart phone. screen with following message. This Indi-
are any foreign objects between the smart cation depends on phone profile whether
phone and the charging pad, please clean  After removing the foreign objects, it communicate the battery full charge
if so. Smartphone shall be lifted for re- if smart phone do not resume status to WPC System.
moving foreign objects and place it back charging immediately lift the phone
on charging pad. and place on charging pad to start
the charging.
 In case, Phone overheat, remove
and keep it after sometime.

Charging Complete Indication - Popup

Metal Objects Charging Complete Indication - All Time

Display

265
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
WPC System Error Mode NOTE SHARK FIN ANTENNA
The error in the WPCF wireless power If error message is pop up on head unit
charger with FAN, system may cause the then avoid charging the smart phone
error message to get displayed on the in- and visit the nearby service station.
fotainment screen.
Some of errors that can occur while
charging which halt/interrupt charging can
be covered with this indication are:
 WPCF internal fault which lead to
permanent failure in charger func-
tionality
 WPC Fan Stuck / Jam is detected
 Coil Failure
Shark FIN antenna is provided on the roof
 High Temperature of WPC device at rear end.
(70 Degree C) Memory failure

System Error Mode- Popup

266
 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
WELCOME AND GOOD BYE STRATEGY
S.N. Function Vehicle Condition Key Inputs Lamp Animation

A single flash of all direction turn indicators

1 Welcome Animation Lock Unlock followed with a welcome animation of three cy-
cles. Total animation time is approx. 4.5 Sec.

Two flashes of all direction turn indicators fol-

lowed with a goodbye animation of three cy-
2 Goodbye Animation Unlock Lock
cles. Total
animation time is approx. 4.5 Sec

3 Second input Unlock Unlock Unlock Single flash of all direction turn indicators.

4 Second input Lock Lock Lock Four flashes of all direction turn indicators.

267
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FEATURES
For Animation
S.N. Function Animation Lamp Animation

When charging is connected, the 20% battery state of

charge band on the centre position lamp will gradually illu-
1 Buffering Animation
minate and will stay solid ON until charging commence.

Once Charging is initiated, a single LED light bead will

travel from inward to outward on centre position lamp,
keeping the previous segment of battery state of charge
solid ON, the animation will be played as per HMI user se-
lected timing.
2 Charging Animation
Note- In case if there is delay in starting charging session
after gun connection, charging animation will not be shown.
However actual charging session of HV battery will con-
tinue as normal.

When a charging fault occurs, the 20% battery state of

3 Charging Error charge segment on the centre position lamp will blink for 30
seconds.

Battery Charge state When battery is fully charged, the complete centre positon
4 100% lamp will illuminate and will stay ON for 1 minute.

268
 STOWAGE AREA
STOWAGE COMPARTMENT
1. Glove box

2. Driver side coin box

3. Utility pockets on front doors

4. Utility pockets on rear doors

5. Center console below arm rest

6. Foldable arm rest/ Cup holder

7. Luggage Compartment

8. Utility Bin

9. Frunk

269
STOWAGE AREA
GLOVE BOX Stowage Detail Cooling Facility (if equipped)

Opening and Closing

Following items can be stored in glove On selected models glove box is provided
To open- Press the knob and open the box. with a cooling facility. It cools the glove
glove box flap. box only when the front A/C is ON. Shut
1. Owner’s manual and other vehicle
To close - Lift glove box flap upward until OFF the vent by rotating the knob, when-
document
it engages. ever cooling is not required.
2. Chiller glow box
Glove Box Illumination
3. Pen holder
The glove box lamp illuminates when the
glove box flap is opened. 4. Visiting card
5. Cup holder Receipts etc.
NOTE
6. Receipts etc.
Make sure that glove box flap is
closed while driving.

270
 STOWAGE AREA
DRIVER SIDE COIN BOX UTILITY POCKETS ON FRONT UTILITY POCKETS ON REAR
DOORS DOORS

Stowage is provided on RH side of steer-

Utility pockets are provided on front
ing wheel for Coin, mobile and wallet. Utility pockets are available on rear doors
doors and it can be used to keep follow-
ing items. and it can be used to keep following
items.
1. Suitable water bottle
1. Suitable water bottle
2. Suitable Umbrella
2. Magazine / paper / books
3. Magazine / paper / books
NOTE
Remove the water from umbrella and
fold it properly before storing it in um-
brella holder.

271
STOWAGE AREA
CENTER CONSOLE FOLDABLE ARM REST (if
Stowage below Arm Rest equipped)
A foldable arm rest has been provided in
the rear seat. It also has two-cup holders,
which can be accessed by opening the
cover. When not required, fold the arm-
rest back into the seat.

Lift arm rest to open the stowage area.

Stowage compartment is provided below

the foldable arm rest for keeping cell
phones, iPod’s, chargers etc.

NOTE
Remove all items and cups before
folding the cup holders. Use cups,
containers, bottles of right size and
which have lids. The content could
otherwise spill.

272
 STOWAGE AREA
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT cover as it could obstruct driver’s Utility Bin
rear view. Also in case of an acci-
dent or sudden braking, it could
cause an injury to occupants.
Storage below Luggage Carpet
Store the suitable luggage below the lug-
gage carpet in luggage compartment. It
can be used to keep small items.

Store the luggage in luggage compart- Utility storage bin is provided on LH and
ment. You can keep suitcase, bags, etc. RH side in luggage compartment.
WARNING
 Distribute the items of luggage as
evenly as possible.
 Position heavy loads towards rear
seat and low down in the trunk as
possible.
 Do not allow occupants to travel in
the luggage compartment.
 Do not place anything on luggage

273
STOWAGE AREA
HOOKS (if equipped) Hook For Purse Holder Collapsible Hook
Coat Hook Collapsible hook is provided for hanging
Coat hangers are provided for rear pas- small carry bags etc. Load up to 2 kg is
senger on both grab handles. permissible.

Hooks for holding purse are provided on

both B pillar.

NOTE
 The coat hook is not designed to
carry heavy objects or luggage
items.
 Do not hang hard, sharp-edged or
fragile objects on the coat hook.

274
 STOWAGE AREA
Carrier Hook in Luggage Compart- LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER FRUNK (if equipped)
ment Frunk is an extra storage provided in your
Carrier hook is provided for hanging small vehicle under bonnet. . Load up to 6 kg is
carry bags etc. Load up to 3 kg is permis- permissible.
sible. Opening the Frunk
1. Open the bonnet and lock with stay
rod.

Luggage cover is designed only for hiding

the luggage compartment.
NOTE
Do not place anything on luggage
NOTE cover or parcel shelf as it could ob-
struct driver’s rear view. Also in case
Do not use these hooks for securing of an accident or sudden braking, it NOTE
luggage like using nets etc. may cause an injury to the occupants.
Before opening the frunk, please en-
sure that the bonnet is fully open and
locked with stay bar.

275
STOWAGE AREA
2. Press the opening knob provided on Closing the Frunk CAUTION
frunk cover. 1. Before closing the frunk cover en-  Always ensure to keep the frunk
sure that there are no obstructions cover closed while driving as stored
to it. items might come out of frunk/ may
2. Push down the frunk cover and gen- get damaged.
tly press it until it latches against the  Do not force press the frunk cover
frunk latch. or place heavy objects on it, it may
get damaged.

WARNING
3. Open it fully and it shall remain  Never place/keep animals, baby,
open. toddlers etc inside/outside the
frunk, it can cause serious injury.
 Never try to enter inside frunk, it can
cause serious injury.
 Do not store flammable/explosive
CAUTION items in frunk as it may catch fire if
 Do not overload the frunk, it may vehicle is exposed to high tempera-
get damaged. tures for long duration.
 Do not store fragile objects in the
frunk.
 Do not store water/any liquid in the
frunk, vehicle driving system may
get damaged.

276
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Tool Kit Advance Warning Triangle
You should be familiar with the location of Following parts are provided in the Tool An advance warning triangle is kept in the
the emergency equipment provided in the kit box in Luggage Compartment. luggage compartment. Use advance
vehicle and how to use it. warning triangle to warn the approaching
traffic in case of vehicle break-down or
Do a check of this equipment periodically
during emergency, where your vehicle
and make sure that they are in proper
could become a potential traffic hazard.
working condition and stowed at their lo-
cations.
First Aid Kit
The first aid kit is kept inside the glove box
compartment.
The kit contains items that can be used in
case of minor injuries only.
NOTE
Examine contents of the first aid kit  Wheel Spanner
periodically and replenish consumed  Jack (if equipped)
or expired items.
 Tow hook
 Jack Handle (if equipped) When you press the hazard warning
switch, all turn signal lamps will start to
 Wheel cap removal tool blink. Keep the warning triangle at an ap-
(if equipped) proximate distance of 50-150 m behind
your vehicle in the same lane of traffic.
The reflecting side of the triangle should
face the oncoming traffic and it should be

277
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
free from any obstacles. Remove the ad- SPARE WHEEL REMOVAL PRO-
vance warning triangle carefully from the CEDURE
bag and assemble. Refer instructions
given on the bag.  To access the spare wheel, lift the car-
pet up.
NOTE  After lifting, hold the carpet to access
After using the warning triangle tie it the spare wheel. Remove the Toolkit
firmly and keep it inside the bag to bag.
avoid rattling noise.

WARNING
 “80 km/h” is the maximum speed
you are permitted to drive with this
tyre.
 Do not accelerate quickly, brake
suddenly or drive at high speed
through bends.
 After fitting the temporary spare
 To remove the spare wheel, unscrew
wheel, the tyre pressure must be
and remove the retaining bolt.
checked as soon as possible.
 Recommended tyre pressure is 35
psi (2.41 bar) for temporary spare
wheel.

278
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
 Snow chains cannot be used on IN CASE OF FLAT TYRE suitable distance behind the vehicle
the temporary spare wheel. as an indication of breakdown. Close
 Reduce vehicle speed gradually,
all the doors.
 Never use more than one tempo- Avoid sudden steering movement or
rary spare wheel. braking. WARNING
 Never use a temporary spare tyre  Pay attention to the traffic conditions If you drive with a flat tyre, there is a
if it is damaged or worn down to as you do so. risk of the following hazards:
the tread wear indicators.  Switch on the hazard warning lamps.  A flat tyre affects the ability to steer
 The ground clearance of your ve-  Stop the vehicle on solid, non-slippery or brake the vehicle.
hicle may be reduced. and level ground, as far away as pos-  You could lose control of the vehicle.
 The temporary spare should not sible from traffic.
 Continued driving with a flat tyre will
be installed on the front axle if the  Use the Jack on level, hard ground. permanently damage the tyre and
vehicle must be driven in snow or Avoid changing the wheel on uphill cause excessive heat build-up and
once. and downhill slopes. Chocks the possibly a fire. There is a risk of an
 Do not tow whilst the temporary wheels, if the deflated wheel needs to accident.
spare wheel is installed. be changed on slope / ghat area.
 If possible, bring the front wheels into
the straight-ahead position.
NOTE
 Secure the vehicle against rolling
Your vehicle may exhibit some un- away.
usual driving characteristics when
fitted with temporary spare wheel  Set the parking brake firmly and
shifter in to “P” (Park) mode.
 Switch OFF the IGN.
 Keep advance warning triangle at a

279
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Jack Up Point Location on Vehicle WARNING For Option II
If you do not position the jack correctly To remove center cap, take out the re-
at the appropriate jacking point of the mover tool from tool kit. Insert the tool in
vehicle, the jack could tip over with the center cap hole & pull out the cap. Refer
vehicle raised. There is a risk of injury. below fig.
Also jack can be damaged.
Changing Flat Tyre
Option I
Loosen the nuts (as indicated) on the
wheel in diagonal sequence. Do not un-
screw the nuts completely before raising
the vehicle using the jack.
Jack point and location on vehicle
The jacking points are indicated on sill
cover of the vehicle (Refer jacking point
Loosen the nuts (as indicated) on the
location).
wheel in diagonal sequence. Do not un-
NOTE screw the nuts completely before raising
the vehicle using the jack. Refer below fig.
The above image is only for refer-
ence.

280
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
 Before raising the vehicle, secure
it from rolling away by applying the
parking brake.
 Do not use wooden blocks or simi-
lar objects as a jack underlay.
 Do not place your hands and feet
or lie under the raised vehicle
when itis supported by a jack.
 Do not start the vehicle when the
vehicle is supported by the jack
Wheel Nut Removal and never allow passengers to re-
NOTE main in the vehicle.

 The jack is designed only to raise  Do not open or close a door or the
and hold the vehicle for a short tailgate when the vehicle is raised.
time while a wheel is being Assemble the Jack handle and wheel
changed. It is not suited for per- spanner (as shown in fig.)
forming maintenance work under
Position the jack vertically and raise it by
the vehicle.
turning the jack handle clockwise until the
 Use the jack on level, hard jack sits completely on the specified point
ground.Avoid changing the wheel and the base of the jack lies evenly on the
on uphill and downhill slopes. ground.
Chock the wheels, if the deflated
wheel needs to be changed on
slope / ghat area.

281
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Continue to raise the jack slowly and NOTE
smoothly until the tyre clears the ground.
Do not raise the vehicle more than nec-  Do a check and correct the tyre
essary. pressure and wheel nuts tightness
of the changed wheel at nearest
Remove wheel nuts with the help of wheel
spanner and take out flat tyre.
 TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
NOTE service Centre. Get the flat tyre re-
paired at the earliest
Do not place wheel nuts in sand or on
a dirty surface. Do not apply oil or  Do not jack the vehicle under rear
grease on it. axle.

Roll the spare wheel into position and

align the holes in the wheel studs.
Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel
is securely seated on the hub.
Lower the jack completely then tighten the
wheel nuts diagonally in opposite se-
quence one by one using wheel spanner.
Restore all the tools and jack at their re-
spective locations.
Place the flat tyre at spare wheel location.

282
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
TOWING NOTE TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service
Centre or a commercial tow-truck service.
Ensure EPB (if equipped) is not en- It is not recommended to touch/re
gaged as it can damage Brake pads move any component of Rear calipers NOTE
and Brake components during vehicle to disengage the EPB as it will damage
towing. Make sure that the parking brake is re-
the caliper components permanently. leased; vehicle is in neutral and steer-
1. EPB should be manually released if ing wheel is unlocked. The power
battery of the vehicle is healthy during
towing and Ignition should be kept in WARNING steering functions only when vehicle is
running. Hence, during towing the
ON state till vehicle reaches to TATA DO NOT jump start the vehicle, since steering efforts will be more.
MOTORS EV Authorised Service it is an EV. If the 12V battery is com-
Centre. pletely discharged, contact the near-
2. If vehicle battery is not in healthy state est TATA MOTORS EV Authorised WARNING
during vehicle towing external power Service Centre.  Do not get under your vehicle after
is required for manual release of EPB it has been lifted by a tow truck.
and ignition should be ON till vehicle Guidelines (Do’s & Don’ts)
reaches to TATA MOTORS EV Au-  For towing a vehicle, the best way
When towing a break down vehicle, cer- is to use a wrecker. Alternatively
thorised Service Centre. tain precautions and procedures must be
3. If it is not possible to keep the ignition use a rigid tow bar.
taken to prevent damage to the vehicle
ON till vehicle reaches to service cen- and/or components. Failure to use stand-  Switch ‘ON’ the hazard warning in-
tre then keep EPB button pressed in ard towing precautionary measures when dicators of both the vehicles to
release position, Brake paddle lifting or towing a break down vehicle warn other road users.
pressed and turn OFF the ignition this could result in an unsafe operating condi-  Limit the speed to 20-30 kmph.
will avoid auto engagement of EPB tion.
during switching OFF the ignition.  In case of brake failure, use the
To correctly tow and prevent accidental parking brake to control the vehicle.
damage to your vehicle, take help of a
 Fasten the tow rope or tow bar at

283
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
the towing eyes. Otherwise, the ve- Tow Hook Fitment Recommended Towing
hicle could be damaged. In case of break down, we recommend
 When towing, pull away slowly and that your vehicle be towed with the driving
smoothly. If the tractive power is wheels off the ground or place the vehicle
too high, the vehicles could be on a flatbed truck as shown.
damaged.
WARNING
 Do not tow your vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground or four
wheels on the ground (forward or
backward), as this may cause seri-
ous damage to the transmission.
 Open the tailgate and remove tow  When towing with the rear wheels
hook from the tool kit. on the ground or on towing dollies,
place the ignition switch in the
 Open the tow hook cover provided ‘ACC’ or ‘ON’ position, and secure
on the front bumper by pressing it at the steering wheel in the straight-
the bottom part and simultaneously ahead position with a rope or simi-
pulling it at the top (as shown in fig). lar device.
 Screw in and tighten the tow hook in
clockwise direction.
 After towing, remove the towing
hook and press fit the cover
properly.
 Place the towing hook in the vehicle
tool kit.
284
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
FUSES Checking and Replacing Fuses
Your vehicle has fuse boxes at three lo- If any electrical unit in your vehicle is not
cations. functioning, check the fuses first.
The vehicles electrical circuits have fuses Please follow the steps below that will
to protect the wiring from short circuits or guide you to check and replace them.
sustained overload.  Apply parking brake
 Switch off all electrical accessories.
 Turn the ignition key to the ‘LOCK’
position.
 In the fuse box, identify the defective
fuse from its melted wire.

1. Battery Mounted Fuse Box.  Remove the defective fuse by “fuse

2. Motor Compartment Fuse Box. puller”. The fuse puller and spare
fuses are provided in the motor com-
3. Cabin Compartment Fuse Box. partment fuse box.
 Defective fuses must be replaced with
fuses of same rating, which you can
recognize by color and value. Fuses

285
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
of same rating, which you can recog- Battery Mounted Fuse Box Motor Compartment Fuse Box
nize by color and value.
NOTE
Always make sure that the spare
fuses are added.
 Make sure that all other fuses are
pressed firmly in position.
 If a newly inserted fuse also blows,
have the cause traced and rectified at
nearest TATA MOTORS EV Author-
ised Service Centre immediately.
WARNING
 If you manipulate or bridge a faulty WARNING NOTE
fuse or if you replace it with a fuse If fuse box cover is removed for any The fuse box layout is for reference
with higher amperage, the electric reason, it should be refitted properly purpose only. Please refer the sticker
cables could be overloaded. This in its original position. provided inside the fuse box cover.
could result in a fire. There is a risk
of an accident and injury.
 Always replace faulty fuses with the
specified new fuses having the cor-
rect amperage.

286
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Fuses - Motor Compartment

Note: Please refer fuse box sticker on vehicle for more clarity.

287
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Under Bonnet Fuse Details
Fuse No. Ratings (Amp) Fuse Type Description
EF0 - - SPARE
EF1 60A JCASE INTERIOR F/B - 2 IGNITION
EF2 60A - INTERIOR F/B - 2 BATTERY
EF3 60A JCASE IVBAC MOTOR
EF4 40A JCASE COOLING FAN FAST
EF5 40A JCASE EV POWER TRAIN
FE6 25A JCASE COOLING FAN FAST
EF7 60A JCASE INTERIOR F/B-1 BATTERY
EF8 30A JCASE MAIN RELAY
EF9 60A JCASE IVBAC MOTOR
EF10 40A JCASE IGN LOADS
EF11 60A JCASE MANDO EPAS
EF12 5A MINI VCU KP SUPPLY BATT
EF13 - - SPARE
EF14 10A MINI AVAS
EF15 5A MINI CENTRAL LAMP
EF16 15A MINI HORN
EF17 5A MINI ELECTRIC CHARGE LID OPENER
EF18 5A MINI MONO STABLE SHIFTER MR/LR
EF19 - - SPARE

288
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Under Bonnet Fuse Details
Fuse No. Ratings (Amp) Fuse Type Description
EF20 10A MINI BMS POWER_ BATT
EF21 5A MINI BRAKE SW
EF22 5A MINI CHILLER SOLENOID
EF23 5A MINI E DRIVE BATT RELAY CONTROL
EF24 5A MINI EVAPORATOR SOLENOID
EF25 10A MINI REVESE LAMP
EF26 5A MINI E DRIVE BATT
EF27 10A MINI OBD BATT
EF28 10A MINI HV BATTERY COOLING PUMP BATT
EF29 10A MINI TRACTION COOLANT PUMP BATT
EF38 30A MINI VCU
EF39 5A MINI PT RELAY CONTROL
EF40 10A MINI 3 IN COMBO
EF41 5A MINI COMPRESSOR BATT
EF42 5A MINI IVBAC
EF43 20A MINI FRONT WIPER MOTOR
EF44 5A MINI IGN SUPPLY 3
EF45 - - SPARE

289
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Relay No. Fuse Rating Function
R1 - SPARE
R2 - SPARE
R3 20A HV BATTERY KP ALIVE RELAY
R4 40A VCU MAIN RELAY
R5 20A COOLING FAN SLOW
R6 40A COOLING FAN FAST 1
R7 20A INT WIPE (ON/OFF)
R8 20A COOLANT PUMP BATT
R9 - SPARE
R10 40A COOLING FAN FAST 2
R11 - SPARE
R12 20A E DRIVE BATT SUPPLY RELAY
R13 - SPARE
R14 - SPARE
R15 20A SPARE
R16 20A HORN
R17 40A IGNITION
R18 20A FRONT WIPER MOTOR SPEED
R19 20A REVERSE LAMP RELAY

290
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Under Bonnet Low Voltage Service Below steps to be followed to isolate Under Bonnet High Voltage Service
High voltage from vehicle and compo-
Disconnect Disconnect
nents:-
During the service of vehicle, the techni- During the service of vehicle, the techni-
cian or service operator can be prone to  Technician or service operator should cian or service operator can be prone to
electric shock with High Voltage. locate the motor compartment which electric shock with Low Voltage.
is located under the bonnet.
So to avoid this electric shock hazard the So to avoid this electric shock hazard the
high voltage should be disconnected be-  Without touching any other high volt- high voltage should be disconnected be-
fore servicing the vehicle. age components he should remove fore servicing the vehicle.
the LV MSD short link connector.
 LV MSD connector is connected with
green color connector parked near to
RH Suspension Tower over a bracket.
 LV MSD short link connector labeled
with yellow color (As per picture).

 After successfully completion of ser-

vice LV MSD short link must be re-
connected with green connector same
as original condition.

291
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Below steps to be followed to isolate Accident Disconnect Fuse Follow the steps below to disconnect the
High voltage from vehicle and compo- In case of an accident, to disconnect the power supply from the battery manage-
nents:- high voltage battery from the rest of the ment system:
 Technician or service operator should high voltage electrical components, re-  Open the fuse box cover located un-
locate the motor compartment which move the cover of the fuse and pull out der the bonnet behind the 12V battery
is located under the bonnet. the accident disconnect fuse. The fuse without touching any other High Volt-
 Without touching any other high volt- can be identified with a yellow label. age Components.
age components he should remove WARNING
the HV MSD short link connector.
In case of Accident/Emergency/
 HV MSD connector is connected with Crash, the rescuer or first emergency
green color connector parked near to responder may be prone to Electric
3in1 combo unit over a bracket . Hazard.
 HV MSD short link connector labeled To avoid the Electric hazard, the Power
with yellow color (As per picture). supply to Battery Management System
must be disconnected.

Remove the Accident Disconnect 10A

 After successfully completion of ser- fuse. The fuse puller and spare fuses are
vice HV MSD short link must be re- provided in the motor compartment fuse
connected with green connector same box
as original condition. The 10A fuse labelled in yellow color as
shown in image.

292
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Cabin Compartment Fuse Box Re-fitment Procedure
Cover Removal Procedure Align bottom lugs and push upper part
Fuse box is located inside the cover be- with respective slots on dash board and
low steering column. To access the fuse press the cover firmly.
box, remove cover as per procedure
given below.
1. Fuse box cover is mounted on dash
board with the help of lugs at the top
and bottom of the cover from inside.

WARNING
If Fuse box cover is removed for any
reason, it should be refitted properly
at its original position.

NOTE
The fuse box layout is for reference
purpose only. Please refer the sticker
provided inside the fuse box cover.
2. To remove the cover, gently pull the
cover from upper side that the lugs get
disengaged.

293
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Fuses - Cabin Compartment

Note: Please refer fuse box sticker on vehicle for more clarity.

294
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Cabin Compartment Fuse Box Details
Fuse No Ratings (Amp) Fuse Type Description
F1 (C115A) 30A MINI BCM APTIV
F2 (C115D) 15A MINI ACCESSORY/OBD BATT
F3 (C115D) 10A MINI POWER SOCKET 2
F4 (C115D) 30A MINI BCM_APTIV
F5 (C115D) 30A MINI BCM_APTIV
F6 (C115D) 30A MINI BLOWER MOTOR
F7 (C115D) 10A MINI AIRBAG
F8 (C115D) 5A MINI EPAS
F9 (C115D) 5A MINI IGN SUPPLY
F10 (C115A) 5A MINI MIRROR ADJUST MOTORS
F11 (C115A) 15A MINI POWER SOCKET 1
F12 (C115G) 5A MINI CLUSTER
F13 (C115G) 10A MINI ESCL
F14 (C115G) 5A MINI ILLUMINATION
F15 (C115G) 30A MINI SUNROOF
F16 - MINI SPARE

295
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Cabin Compartment Fuse Box Details

Fuse No Ratings (Amp) Fuse Type Description

F17 (C115G) 5A MINI WIRELESS CHARGER
F18 (C115G) 10A MINI CCM/CCH
F19 (C115G) 25A MINI HEATED REAR SCREEN
F20 (C115K) 5A MINI PEPS/WLC
F21 (C115K) 25A MINI DRIVER REG MOTOR
F22 (C115K) 20A MINI INFOTAINMENT CONTROL MODULE 7
INFOTAINMENT CONTROL
F22_A (C115K) 30A MINI
MODULE 10.25
F23 (C115K) 5A MINI BCM/INFO DISPLAY
F24 (C115K) 5A MINI HFA ECU
F25 (C115K) 5A MINI REAR RADAR LH/RH
F26 (C115K) 30A MINI POT ECU
F27 (C115K) 10A MINI Tailgate Lamp HIGH
F28 (C115L) 5A MINI MOOD LIGHT FUSE
F29 (C115L) 25A MINI POWER SEAT
F30 (C115L) 10A MINI Front USB Charger (A+C)

296
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN

Cabin Compartment Fuse Box Details

Fuse No Ratings (Amp) Fuse Type Description

F31 (C115L) 5A MINI INTERCAN ECU

F32 (C115L) 5A MINI TELEMATIC
F33 (C115L) 5A MINI REAR RADAR IGN/INT CAN
F34 (C115M) 5A MINI ADAS_FR RADAR/CAMERA
F35 (C115M) 10A MINI VENTILATED SEAT
F36 (C115M) 5A MINI IGN SUPPLY 2
F37 (C115M) 5A MINI PDC/ TELEMATIC/DUST SENSOR
F38 - MINI SPARE
F39 (C115N) 10A MINI (BCM04)
F40 (C115N) 15A MINI (BCM04)
F41 (C115N) 5A (BCM04 && PEP01)

297
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Cabin Compartment Fuse Box Relay Details

Ratings
Relay No (Amp) Relay Type Load Passed

R1 (C115-J) 40A MINI RELAY N/O ACC RELAY

R2 (C115-C) 40A MINI RELAY N/O WW. SIGNAL INV. RLY

R3 - MINI SPARE

R4 - MINI SPARE

R5 (RC115Q) 20A MICRO N/C INTERIOR LAMP RELAY

R6 (C115B2 20A MICRO N/O HEATED REAR WINDOW

R7 - MICRO C/O SPARE

R8 - MICRO C/O SPARE

R9 (C115E) 20A MICRO N/O ILLUMINATION

R10 (C115E) 20A MICRO N/O IGNITION RELAY

R11 (C115Q) 20A MICRO N/O POWER SEAT RELAY
R12 MICRO - SPARE
R13 MICRO N/O - SPARE

298
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Cabin Compartment Fuse Box Relay Details

Ratings
Relay No (Amp) Relay Type Load Passed

R14 MICRO - SPARE

R15 MICRO - SPARE

R16 MICRO - SPARE

R17 MICRO - SPARE

299
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
If An Accident Occurs…  Come out of the vehicle and move the TATA MOTORS Roadside Assis-
 If your vehicle is drivable, park your smart key at least 2 meters away from tance.
vehicle off the road; rotate the shifter the vehicle to avoid any accidental re-  If the vehicle switches off after an
to “N” and apply the parking brake. start or activation of high voltage sys- accident, come out of the vehicle
tems. immediately without touching any
 If not drivable do not try to start the ve-
hicle. Rotate the shifter to N and ap-  Try to evacuate the occupants from in- metal parts.
ply the parking brake. side of the vehicle.  Leaks or damage to the Li-ion bat-
 Roll down the windows and open the  Secure vehicle by barricading it, with- tery may result in a fire. If you dis-
out touching the vehicle. cover them, contact emergency
door locks if possible. If the ‘Ready’
 Inform the TATA MOTORS Roadside- services immediately. Never touch
message does not come in the instru-
Assistance immediately. the fluid leaked inside or outside
ment cluster, do not try to switch ON
the vehicle. If the fluid contacts with
the supply by pressing the Start/Stop  Do not touch the vehicle. Keep a safe
your skin or eyes, wash it off imme-
button. distance.
diately with a large amount of water
 If there is no electrical supply, at-least WARNING or saline solution and receive im-
try to unlock single door manually.  Do not touch electric wires that mediate medical attention to help
 If the vehicle ‘Ready’ message flashes maybe come exposed from inside avoid serious injury.
in the instrument cluster, press the or outside the vehicle, high voltage  If water enters inside the vehicle: If
Start/Stop button to turn off the sup- electric wires (orange), connectors your vehicle is flooded or if water
ply, and ensure ‘Ready’ message and any exposed electric compo- has soaked the carpets, you should
goes off to verify the high-voltage sys- nents and devices. Doing so may not try to start the vehicle. Never
tem is disconnected. result in electric shock and lead to touch the high voltage cables, con-
 De-latch the bonnet from inside the injuries or even death. nectors and package modules, be-
cabin by pulling the lever to open it.  If you observe any coolant leaks cause an electric shock may occur
causing injury or death. (High volt-
 If the lever is not reachable, do not and rupture in refrigerant lines, do
not drive the vehicle and contact age components are orange in col
spend time to de-latch the bonnet.
our)
300
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
 If a submersion in water occurs: Do lyse the EV after all occupants are  Turn on the hazard lamps.
safely evacuated.
not touch your vehicle, if the vehicle  Try to start the vehicle again. If your
has been submerged in water. The  As EV service requires certain skill- vehicle does not start, contact TATA
high voltage battery may causes sets and trained manpower, it is al- MOTORS EV Authorised Service
hock or may catch fire. Immediately ways recommended to get the car ser- Centre.
contact the authorities and advise viced or repaired at only TML author-
them of the condition of your vehi-  Since this vehicle runs on electric
ized EV workshop.
cle and that an electric vehicle is in- power, it generates little sound. Be-
volved.
Emergency Shut OFF System ware of your driving environment and
When vehicle detects any fault in HV sys- drive safely.
If a small scale fire occurs, use a fire ex- tem, it activates the emergency shut OFF  After you park the vehicle or while you
tinguisher (C, ABC, BC) that is meant for for safety purpose. Even if the shifter is in are waiting at a traffic light, check
electrical fires. If it is impossible to extin- Drive mode, the system may shut-OFF whether there are kids or obstacles
guish the fire in the early stage, remain a suddenly. In this case, contact the nearest around the vehicle.
safe distance from the vehicle and imme- TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service
diately call the authorities. Also, advise  Check if there is something behind the
Centre to rectify the issue.
them that an electric vehicle is involved. vehicle when driving in reverse. Pe-
In Case of Emergency destrians may not hear the sound of
When approaching a high voltage vehicle
If the vehicle stalls at a crossroad or the vehicle.
in a situation of fire, rescue or recovery,
follow the standard rule: crossing, shifter shift to N (Neutral) posi-
tion and then push the vehicle to a safe
 Always assume the high-voltage sys- place.
tem is live in the vehicle.
If the Vehicle Stalls While Driving
 Only High Voltage System trained
 Reduce your speed gradually, keep-
personnel with necessary high voltage
ing a straight line. Move cautiously off
PPEs (hand gloves, electrical safety
the road to a safe place.
shoes, etc.,) should access and an a

301
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
BULB SPECIFICATION
S.N. Description Rating Type Qty.

1 REAR BOOT LAMP 12V,5W W5W 1

2 GLOVE BOX LAMP 12V, 5W W5W 1

3 REVERSE LAMP 12V,21W W21W 2

302
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
24 X 7 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Standard Procedure When Calling For  Wheel change through spare wheel (if
Roadside Assistance In Case Of a equipped)
Dear Customer, Breakdown
 Re-opening the vehicle in cases of
It is our responsibility and our endeavor to  Dial the toll free help line number – key lock out.
ensure that you have our complete ser- 1800 209 8282
vice backup if ever, wherever and when-  Rectification of electrical problems re-
ever you need the same. When you have  Identify your vehicle with the Vehicle lated to battery, fuses etc.
chassis number that is available in the
a road network that spans wide area, the  On spot repairs for complaints repair-
probability of a breakdown happening Owner’s Manual.
able at site. ^
within hailing distance of a TATA MO-  Explain your exact location with land-
TORS EV Authorised Service Centre is  Vehicle to vehicle towing or winching
marks and tell us about the problem
very low. & towing for non-accident cases up to
you face with the vehicle.
the nearest TATA MOTORS EV Au-
It is precisely for this reason, we have tied  Park your vehicle on the edge of the thorized Dealer/Service Center. Tow-
up with TVS Auto Assist, who will provide road, open the bonnet and put on the ing charges at actual cost beyond the
breakdown assistance including towing to hazard warning signal. same to be paid to the ASP in
the nearest TATA MOTORS EV Author- cash/online. (Any ferry or toll charges
ised Service Centre through their Author-  Place the advance warning triangle
supplied with the vehicle approx. 3 m levied in relation to the vehicle being
ized Service Providers (ASP). towed to be paid by the customers in
from the vehicle in the direction of on-
The 24X7 On Roadside Assistance Pro- coming traffic. actuals in cash/online).
gram shall be automatically available to 
your vehicle for the duration of Warranty Coverage under 24 X 7 Roadside In the event of major accident ambu-
Assistance Program lance assistance will be provided if
period. The program shall also be availa- needed (If equipped).
ble, if you avail the same post warranty. I. The 24x7 Roadside Assistance Pro-
gram Service covers the following ser-
vices on your vehicle during warranty
period.

303
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
• Toll or ferry charges paid by ASP in
 The reach time indicated does not ac-
reaching to the breakdown site to be
count for delays due to but not limited
settled with ASP in actuals in cash/on-
to acts of God, laws, rules & regula-
line.
tions for time being in force, orders of
• Cases involving accident, fire, theft, statutory or Govt. authorities, indus-
vandalism, riots, lightening, earth- trial disputes, inclement weather,
quake, windstorm, hail, tsunami, un- heavy down pour, floods, storms, nat-
usual weather conditions, other acts ural calamities, road blocks due to ac-
of God, flood, etc. cidents, general strife and law & order
• Vehicles that are unattended, un-reg- conditions viz. fire, arson, riots,
istered, impounded or abandoned. strikes, terrorist attacks, war etc.
II. The 24x7 Roadside Assistance Pro-
gram coverage on availing the 24X7 • Breakdown/defects caused by mis-  ^ On spot repairs at breakdown site
policy, post warranty is upto maximum use, abuse, negligence, alterations or shall depend on nature of complaints
of 6 instance of assistance in one year modifications made to the vehicle. & will be as per the discretion of the
for both the plans- Basic and Pre- • Lack of maintenance as per the Main- ASP.
mium. In the premium plan, this in- tenance schedule as detailed in the
owner’s manual.  * The decision for free of charge re-
cludes 2 instances of towing up to the
pairs will be as per the warranty policy
nearest TATA MOTORS EV Author- • Cases involving racing, rallies, vehicle & procedures of TATA PASSENGER
ised Service Centre. testing or practice for such events. ELECTRIC MOBILITY LTD. and as
Exclusions Disclaimer per the interpretation of the same by
24 X 7 Roadside Assistance Program • The Service is not available in Lak- ASP. You will be duly informed by the
does not apply to shadweep. **The reach time is indica- ASP & call center for the change ap-
tive & the actual reach time will be plicable if any.
 Cost of parts consumables and labor conveyed by the call center at the time
for such repairs not covered under of breakdown call.  All charges wherever applicable need
warranty*. These charges are to be • The reach time can vary depending on to be settled directly with the ASP.
settled with ASP in cash/online. the traffic density & time of the day.
304
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Exclusion of Liabilities time of ASP taking possession of the to ensure temporary repairs carried
vehicle & to verify these items when out onsite is followed by permanent
 It is understood that TATA MOTORS
delivery is taken back by them, Claim repair sat a TATA MOTORS EV Au-
shall be under no liability what so ever
for loss of or damage to items, if any thorised Service Centre at the earliest.
in respect of any loss or damage aris-
should be taken up with ASP directly. Terms and conditions and service
ing directly or indirectly out of any de-
TATA MOTORS shall not be respon- coverage, exclusions etc. are subject
lay in or non-delivery of, defect/defi-
sible for any such claims, dam- to change without notice.
ciency in service/parts provided by
ages/loss or any deficiency of service E-call and B-call Services
ASP.
of the ASP. 1. Emergency hard switch button is pre-
 In case vehicle cannot be repaired on-
 Vehicles will be handled, repaired sent on roof console to operate the E-
site, customers are advised to use the
&towed as per the customer’s risk Call / B-Call feature (Emergence
towing facility for taking their vehicle to
&TATA MOTORS shall not be liable Medical Assistance / Breakdown As-
the nearest TATA MOTORS EV Au-
for any damages / claims as a result sistance)
thorised Service Centre only. In no
of the same. 2. Emergency call gets triggered when
condition shall the vehicle be towed to
 Services entitled to the customers can user presses the hard switch button,
any TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
be refused or cancelled on account of if by chance call gets disconnected
Service Centre. TATA MOTORS will
abusive behavior, fraudulent repre- then user will get call back from Alli-
not be responsible for any repairs car-
sentation, malicious intent and refusal anz agent within 3 mins. During this
ried out in such unauthorized work-
to pay the charges for any charges re- 3 minutes time duration user can not
shop.
lated services and spare parts during trigger another E-Call and green
 Customer are advised to take ac- lights will remain ON.
service or on previous occasions on
knowledgment from the ASP for the 3. Also, in case of vehicle crash, E-Call
part of the customer.
list of accessories/extra fittings and automatically triggers.
other belongings in the vehicle as well  On site repairs may be temporary in 4. On pressing emergency call button, a
as the current condition related to nature. The completion of repairs popup message appears on HU stat-
dents/scratches breakages of does not certify the road worthiness of ing: “Dialing emergency number in 5
parts/fitments of the vehicle at the the vehicle. The customer is advised seconds” & have a cancel button on

305
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
the message box, so that user can Response Time ** For The E-
cancel connecting to emergency Response Time ** For The B-call
call (roadside Assistance Pro- (roadside Assistance Program)
number in case it was done unknow-
ingly.
gram)
5. In case of breakdown B-Call can be Reach time within Within City Limits 60 minutes
triggered by pressing B-Call switch. city (Listed 54 45 Minutes
In B-Call, no call back scenario is cities)
present. User has to again re-initiate Highways and
the B-Call feature via hard switch or other places 120 minutes +/-
soft switch. Reach time On
State and Na- 90 Minutes States of North
6. Once call is connected, user can can-
cel the call using hard press button.
tional High- ways East, J&K and Same Day (Within 24
Himachal Hrs.)
NOTE Reach time on re-
120 Minutes +/- ** The response time will depend on the
*Subject to mobile network, connectiv- mote location
location, terrain, traffic density and the
ity and location mentioned.
time of the day.

306
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
E-call And B-call LED Indications List of below cities coverage for E-Call
Sr. support
System Health Led-
N Parameters Call Status Led- Green Ambulance services will be provided
Red
o only in the cities mentioned under the
below mentioned categories. Allianz
LED remains ON for 3
1 During IGN ON LED remains ON for 3 Sec shall provide an ambulance with basic
Sec
life support or advanced life support
2 Subscription Active OFF OFF based on the availability at the time of
emergency call received from the break-
Subscription Ex- Slow Blinking (0.5 Sec
3 OFF down location. The criteria to choose the
pired ON & 4 Sec OFF)
kind of ambulance shall be as per the re-
Fast Blinking (0.5 Sec ON quirement of the customer, distance
4 During Call Initiation OFF & 0.5 Sec OFF) from the breakdown location & the near-
est hospital & subject to availability. The
5 Call Connected OFF Permanent ON
judgement of Allianz in all cases will be
6 System Failure ON OFF final.

307
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Category A:
Ambulance services will be given under municipal limits of these cities varying from 15-25 Km radius.
Hyderabad Vadodara Coimbatore Madurai Noida
Bangalore Kochi Vijayawada Kolhapur Jaipur
Mumbai Trivandrum Vizag Mysore Jodhpur
Kolkata Indore Raipur Aurangabad Chandigarh
Chennai Nagpur Surat Kozikhode Patna
Delhi Pune Rajkot Warangal Amritsar
Gurgaon Bhubaneshwar Bhopal Cuttack Navi Mumbai
Faridabad Lucknow Ranchi Goa Thane
Ghaziabad Kanpur Nashik Pondicherry
Ahmedabad Varanasi Mangalore Guntur
Category B:
Ambulance services will be given under municipal limits of these within 15 Km radius.
Adilabad Dahod Khandwa Rajnandgaon
Adityapur Dakshin Dinajpur Kharagpur Ramanathapuram
Agartala Daman Kishanjang Rampur
Agra Dankuni Koch Bihar Raniganj
Ahmednagar Darbhanga Kollam Ratlam
Aizawl Darjeeling Korba Rewa

308
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Ajmer Davanagere Kota Rewari
Akola Dehradun Kottayam Rishikesh
Alappuzha Deoghar Kovilpatti Rohtak
Aligarh Deoria Kozhikode Roorkee
Allahabad Dhanbad Krishnagiri Rourkela
Ambala Dhar Kurnool Rudrapur
Ambikapur Dharamshala Kurukshetra Sagar
Ambur Dharbhanga Kutch Saharsa
Amethi Dharmapuri Lakhimpur Kheri Salem
Amravati Dharmavaram Lalitpur Samastipur
Amreli Dharwad Latur Sambalpur
Anand Dhaulpur Lonavala Sangli
Anantapur Dhule Ludhiana Sangrur
Ankleshwar Dibrugarh Maharajganj Satara
Arakkonam Dindigul Mahbubnagar Satna
Ariyalur Dispur Mahesana Secunderabad
Arrah Durg Mainpuri Sehore

309
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN

Bagbera Etawah Mansa Shimla

Baghpat Faizabad Mapusa Shimoga
Bahadurgarh Farrukhabad Margao Sholinghur
Bahraich Fatehpur Mathura Sholingur
Balaghat Ferozpur Mau Siddharthnagar
Balasore Firozabad Mavelikara Sikar
Baleshwar Firozpur Medak Siliguri
Ballia Gadwal Medinipur Sirsa
Baloda Gandhidham Meerut Sitapur
Balrampur Gandhinagar Mehsana Sivaganga
Bambolim Gaya Miryalaguda Siwan
Banda Ghazipur Mirzapur Solan
Bankura Giridih Moga Solapur
Barasat Godhra Moradabad Sonbhadra
Bareilly Gonda Morbi Sonipat
Barwani Gondia Morena Sri City
Basti Gorakhpur Motihari Sri Ganganagar
Bathinda Gudivada Muktsar Srirangam
Begusarai Gulbarga Murshidabad Sullurupeta
Belgaum Guna Muzaffarnagar Supaul
Bellary Gurdaspur Muzaffarpur Suryapet
Bengaluru Guwahati Nadia Tadepalligudem

310
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Betul Gwalior Nagapattinam Tambaram
Bhadohi Hajipur Nagercoil Taregana
Bhadrak Haora Nainital Tatanagar
Bhagalpur Hapur Nalgonda Tenkasi
Bharatpur Hardoi Namakkal Thalassery
Bharuch Haridwar Nanded Thanjavur
Bhatinda Hassan Nandyal The Nilgiris
Bhavnagar Hathras Navsari Theni
Bhilai Hazaribagh Nawanshahr Thiruchirapalli
Bhilwara Hingoli Nellore Thiruvalla
Bhind Hisar New Farakka Thiruvallur
Bhiwani Hooghly South Nizamabad Thiruvananthapuram
Bhuj Hoshiarpur North Twenty four Parganas Thiruvarur
Bhusawal Hosur Ooty Thrissur
Bidhan Nagar Hubli Osmanabad Thrivandram
Biharsharif Imphal Palamapur Tindivanam
Bijapur Jabalpur Palampur city Tiruchirappalli
Bijnor Jaisalmer Palanpur Tirunelveli

311
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN
Bikaner Jalandhar Pali Tirupati
Bilaspur Jalgaon (Chalisgaon) Panaji Tirupattur
Birbhum Jalgaon Panipat Tiruppur
Bokaro Jalpaiguri Panjim Tirur
Bolpur Jammu Panna Tiruvanamalai
Brahmapur Jamnagar Pantnagar Toothukudi
Bulandshahr Jamshedpur Parappanangadi Tumkuru
Buxar Jaunpur Paravur Tundla
Calicut Jehanabad Parbhani Udaipur
Chaibasa Jhansi Pathankot Udupi
Chakradharpur Jhunjhunu Patiala Ujjain
Chakulia Jind Perambalur Unnao
Champa Jorhat Phagwara Vaikom
Chandauli Junagadh Phaphund Valsad
Chandil Jyotiba Phule Nagar Pithapuram Vaniyambadi
Channapatna Kaithal Pollachi Vapi
Chapra Kancheepuram Ponda Varkala Sivagiri
Chengalpattu Kanniyakumari Port Blair Vellore
Chhatarpur Kannur Prayagraj Viluppuram

312
 EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN

Chhindwara Kanpur Nagar Puducherry Virudhampet

Chhota Gobindpur Kanyakumari Pudukkottai Virudhunagar
Chitradurga Karimnagar Puri Visakhapatnam
Chitrakoot Karnal Purna Wardha
Chittoor Katni Purnia Yavatmal
Churu Katpadi Rae Bareli Yelahanka
Cooch Behar Kaushambi Raigar Yemmiganur
Chhindwara Kanpur Nagar Puducherry Virudhampet
Cuddalore Kayamkulam Raigarh Yeswanthpur
Cuddapah Khammam Rajahmundry

Category C:
For Outside city Limit cases & rest of the cities – Services will be aligned on best effort basis utilizing the service network from the
nearest city or publicly available network.
AWP’s liability for the provision of Assistance Services will cease once the emergency services have arrived at the breakdown
location or on completion of towing or upon arrival of the Covered Vehicle at Authorized TATA MOTORS EV Dealer or TATA MO-
TORS EV Authorized Service Centre.

313
EMERGENCY AND BREAKDOWN

314
 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS
Use following genuine fluids, coolants and lubricants recommended for optimum performance of your vehicle.
Item Specification Company Brand Qty.

Coolant (Pre- mixed) (An- SUNSTAR CCI Golden Cruiser LLC 2200NP
tifreeze agent +Soft water Class II/JIS K2234 TATA BCS 4.7 L
40:60 ratio) SS7700S1 TATA MOTORS GENUINE TCS 3.5 L
IOCL COOLANT KOOL PLUS

Synthetic SAE 75W90

Transaxle Oil Castrol Castrol 0.9 L
BOT130M

PETRONAS TATA MOTORS

PETRONAS Genuine Brake Oil DOT 4S

Golden Cruiser TATA Genuine

Brake Fluid DOT 4 Sunstar CCI 690 +/- 5% ml
Brake Fluid (DOT4)

Optional - CASTROL-Universal
CASTROL
Brake Fluid DOT 4

Refrigerant R-134a - - 560±20 gms

ZERO ESTER 68HYBRIDE
AC Compressor Oil ZEROL ESTER 68 HYBRID oil Shrive 150+10 ml-0
PVE FVC56EA / FVC68D

Sunroof Grease MULTEMP 2C194 — — As required

315
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS
Parameter Curvv EV
Powertrain
Battery Option I - 45 kWh , Option II - 55 kWh Li-ion
Electric motor Permanent magnet synchronous motor
Nominal voltage Option I - 326.4 V , Option II -345.6 V
Maximum power, kW Option I - 110 kW , Option II - 123kW
Maximum torque, Nm 215 Nm
Transaxle
Model and Type Electric Vehicle Transaxle
No. Of gears Single speed, 1 Forward Drive + 1 Reverse Drive
Steering
Type Column Mounted Electric Power Assisted Steering System
Brakes
Brakes Front (Disc); Rear (Disc)

Parking brake Automatic Parking Brake

Shock absorber

Front and Rear Double acting telescopic type; Hydraulic gas filled

316
 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Parameter Curvv EV
Suspension
Independent, lower wishbone , Mcpherson strut with coil spring & anti
Front
roll bar
Rear Semi-Independent twist beam with coil spring and shock absorber
Wheels & Tyre
Option I - 215/60 R17 96H (Radial /Tubeless /Normal)
Option II - 215/55 R18 95H (Radial /Tubeless /Normal)
Tyres
Option III -215/65 R16 98V (Radial /Tubeless /Normal) for
spare only
Option I : 6.5 x 17” Hyper style steel wheel
Option II : 6.5 x 17” Alloy wheel
Wheel rims
Option III : 6.5 x 18” Alloy wheel
Option IV : 6J x 16” steel wheel (for spare only)
Cab / Body
Type Steel Monocoque Body
Electrical System
System voltage 12 Volts
Auxiliary battery 12V DIN 40 Ah
Main Chassis Dimension (in mm)
Wheel base, mm 2560
Track front, mm 1550

317
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Parameter Curvv EV
Overall height, mm Unladen - 1637
Track rear, mm 1540
Overall length, mm 4310
Max. Width, mm 1810
Ground clearance, (Laden) mm Option I - 169 mm , Option II - 162 mm
Performance
Max. Speed Option I - 150 Kmph , Option II - 160 Kmph
Max. Recommended grad ability 16.8 Degrees
Minimum Turning Circle Dia. in meter as per IS:12222 10.7 m
Minimum Turning Clearance circle dia. in meters as per IS:12222 11.4 m
Weight
Gross vehicle weight (Laden), kg 2010 - 2100
Kerb weight (unladen), kg 1600-1690

318
 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS

NOTE: Dimensions are in mm unladen condition

319
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
AGGREGATE IDENTIFICATION

VIN plate near co-driver seat Chassis No. punching near driver seat

320
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS All services other than free services are chargeable.
The TATA CURVV.EV has been manufactured to give you eco- Servicing of the vehicle can be done at any TATA MOTORS EV
nomical and trouble free performance. To achieve this, please Authorised Dealer Workshop or TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
follow the instructions as stated. Service Centre (TASC).
Your vehicle is entitled to three free services (labour only). The Warranty claims can be settled by any TATA MOTORS EV Au-
free service coupons are attached to the sales invoice. Please thorised Dealer Workshop or TATA MOTORS EV Authorised
present these coupons to the servicing dealer while availing free Service Centre (TASC).
services.
1st free service - At 1000-2000 kms. OR 2 months, whichever
is earlier.
2nd free service - At 7000-8000 kms. OR 6 months, whichever
is earlier.
3rd free service - At 14500-15500 kms. OR 12 months, which-
ever is earlier.

321
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Free
Periodic Maintenance Schedule Paid Service
Service

105000

112500

120000

127500

135000

142500

150000
15000

22500

30000

37500

45000

52500

60000

67500

75000

82500

90000

97500
1500

7500
Kms
Service Intervals In Km (kilome-
ter) or Months Whichever
Comes Earlier

Months
2 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I: Inspect ( Check, Clean, Correct, Top Up, Adjust, Repair, Replace As Necessary) T: Tightening Torque R: Replace
SN GENERAL
Wash the vehicle & Clean Conden-
1 To be done at every service
ser Fins
Check & Top up Fluids (If required):
Transaxle Oil, Coolant, Brake Fluid,
2 To be done at every service
Battery Electrolyte, Wind Screen
washer fluid
Check HV Battery box under the ve-
3 To be done at every service
hicle for cracks/leakages
Inspect and clean (if required) HV
4 To be done at every service
Battery breather plug
Check all the HV cables for loose-
5 To be done at every service
ness, cuts, wear & tear

Clean Charging socket area.

6 Also clean dust around hinge area of To be done at every service
Charging Port Housing lid.

322
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Free
Periodic Maintenance Schedule Paid Service
Service

105000

112500

120000

127500

135000

142500

150000
15000

22500

30000

37500

45000

52500

60000

67500

75000

82500

90000

97500
1500

7500
Kms
Service Intervals In Km (kilome-
ter) or Months Whichever
Comes Earlier

Months
2 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I: Inspect ( Check, Clean, Correct, Top Up, Adjust, Repair, Replace As Necessary) T: Tightening Torque R: Replace

Inspect Battery cooling

7 system (BCS) and Traction cooling To be done at every service
system (TCS)

Coolant - Battery cooling system

8 (BCS) and Traction cooling system Replace Every 60,000 km/ 36 Months whichever comes earlier
(TCS)
Using TDS diagnostic tool check and
9 To be done at every service
capture all DTC’s. Clear all DTCs.

Check all door latches & striker op-

10 I I I I I I I I I I
erations, apply grease if required.

Check for tightening torque of bolt,

11 nuts, stud and fasteners of cradle T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T
FEM frame & A, B C mounts.

323
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Free
Periodic Maintenance Schedule Paid Service
Service

105000

112500

120000

127500

135000

142500

150000
15000

22500

30000

37500

45000

52500

60000

67500

75000

82500

90000

97500
1500

7500
Kms
Service Intervals In Km (kilome-
ter) or Months Whichever
Comes Earlier

Months
2 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I: Inspect ( Check, Clean, Correct, Top Up, Adjust, Repair, Replace As Necessary) T: Tightening Torque R: Replace

Check condition of rubber

bushes/parts in lower control arms,
front and rear coil spring seats, front
& rear bump stoppers, anti-roll bar
12 links, rear twist beam, rubber I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
boots/dust cover/bellow in rack &
pinion, steering and suspension ball
joints, steering column. Replace if
necessary.

BRAKES

Check front & rear brake pads. Re-

13 I I I I I I I I I I
place if necessary.

324
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Free
Periodic Maintenance Schedule Paid Service
Service

105000

112500

120000

127500

135000

142500

150000
15000

22500

30000

37500

45000

52500

60000

67500

75000

82500

90000

97500
1500

7500
Kms
Service Intervals In Km (kilome-
ter) or Months Whichever
Comes Earlier

Months
2 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I: Inspect ( Check, Clean, Correct, Top Up, Adjust, Repair, Replace As Necessary) T: Tightening Torque R: Replace

Replace brake fluid and check brake

14 Replace Every 45,000 km/ 24 Months whichever comes earlier
system components for leakages

15 EPB operation I I I I I I I I I I I

WHEELS & TYRES

16 Wheel alignment & balancing I I I I I I I I I I

Check Tyre pressure, condition &

17 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
rotate.

TRANSAXLE
Oil change interval (First at 7.5K /
18 6M) R R R R R R

325
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Free
Periodic Maintenance Schedule Paid Service
Service

105000

112500

120000

127500

135000

142500

150000
15000

22500

30000

37500

45000

52500

60000

67500

75000

82500

90000

97500
1500

7500
Kms
Service Intervals In Km (kilome-
ter) or Months Whichever
Comes Earlier

Months
2 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I: Inspect ( Check, Clean, Correct, Top Up, Adjust, Repair, Replace As Necessary) T: Tightening Torque R: Replace
ELECTRICAL
Check specific gravity of battery
19 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
electrolyte for 12V Aux. battery

20 Headlamp focusing I I I I I I I I I I

A.C. SYSTEM
Inspect Air-conditioning / HVAC
21 System for satisfactory perfor- To be done at every service
mance
Replace Pollen filter (if applica-
22 R R R R R R R R R R
ble)

Replace Combi PM2.5 filter (if

23 R R R R R R R R R R
applicable)

326
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Free
Periodic Maintenance Schedule Paid Service
Service

105000

112500

120000

127500

135000

142500

150000
15000

22500

30000

37500

45000

52500

60000

67500

75000

82500

90000

97500
1500

7500
Kms
Service Intervals In Km (kilome-
ter) or Months Whichever
Comes Earlier

Months
2 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120

I: Inspect ( Check, Clean, Correct, Top Up, Adjust, Repair, Replace As Necessary) T: Tightening Torque R: Replace
SUNROOF
Clean guide rails and drain
24 I I I I I I I I I I
holes

EXTERIOR TRIM

Greasing of the Charging Port

25 I I I I I I I I I I
Housing lid mechanism

# Kms or months whichever occurs earlier, Note - Additionally, Tyre pressure to be checked every 15 days

327
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
* More frequently for vehicle, operating in severe condition
Severe conditions as below-
A: Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 7 km.
B: Extensive low speed driving for long distances.
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads.
D: Frequently driving in heavy traffic area & in stop & go condition
E: Driving only on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads.
F: Vehicle towing, driving for petrol car, taxi, or other commercial use
G: Frequently driving under high speed & acceleration.

NOTE
• In Free service, labor charges are free, any parts and consumables will be chargeable.
• Filters, Fluid, Consumables, Grease, Components, wheel alignment Wheel Balancing and weights etc will be replaced on charge-
able basis.
• Check the coolant level and top up as required, replace if it is contaminated /discolored or there is sludge formation.
• Periodic maintenance Schedule is for reference. TMPV reserves the rights to change the Periodic Maintenance Schedule

328
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
MOTOR COMPARTMENT
1. Frunk
2. Brake Fluid Reservoir
3. Coolant Tank
4. Low Voltage Battery
5. Windshield Washer Container
6. Motor Compartment Fuse Box

329
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL For more clarity about location of WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID
Brake Fluid Container and filling cap, LEVEL
please refer respective motor Com-
partment.

Examine if there is washer fluid in the

The level of the brake fluid should be be-
tank. Fill it if necessary. Use a good qual-
tween the ‘MIN’ and ‘MAX’ marks pro-
ity fluid, diluted with water as necessary.
vided on the side of the brake fluid con-
tainer. If the level falls below the ‘MIN’ NOTE
mark, add recommended brake fluid.
 Do not use detergent or any other
NOTE additive in the windshield washer
reservoir. This can severely impair
 Do not allow brake fluid to make
visibility when sprayed on the wind-
contact with the skin or eyes.
shield, and can also damage your
 Do not allow brake fluid to splash vehicle’s paint.
or spill on the paint surface as it will  Do not operate washer motor with
damage the paint. In case of spill- no fluid in washer tank, washer mo-
age, wipe it off immediately.
tor will be damaged.

330
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
For more clarity about location of 12V BATTERY
Windshield Washer Container and fill-
 Examine the battery for electrolyte
ing cap, please refer image of the re-
level against the marking on the bat-
spective motor Compartment.
tery outer case.
 Use a proper spanner to loosen and
remove cables from the terminals.
 Always disconnect the negative (-ve)
terminal first and reconnect it last.
 If your vehicle is equipped with Battery
Sensor, then disconnect only the Sen-
sor output cable.
 Ensure battery is securely mounted. For location of battery, please refer im-
 If you need to connect the battery to age of the respective motor Compart-
charger, remove both the terminal to ment.
prevent damage to the vehicle electri-
cal system.
 Apply terminal coats/spray/petroleum
jelly to prevent battery terminal from
oxidation.
 Refer the below Battery Sensor image
for do’s and don’ts.

331
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
NOTE TYRES
 During normal operation, the bat-
tery generates gas which is explo-
sive in nature. A spark or open
flame can cause the battery to ex-
plode causing very serious injuries.
 Keep all sparks, open flames and
smoking materials away from the
battery.
 The battery contains sulphuric acid
(electrolyte) which is poisonous
and highly corrosive in nature. Get-
NOTE ting electrolyte in your eyes or on
Use only authorized Battery recom- the skin can cause servere burns. Excessive
mended by TATA MOTORS. Use of Wear protective clothing and a 1 Under inflation side tread
any other unauthorized Battery will re- face shield or have a skilled techni- wear
sult into Intelligent Alternator Control cian to do the battery maintenance.
Correct tyre pres- Uniform
(IAC) function deterioration. 2
sure wear
Excessive
3 Over inflation center
tread wear

332
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Inflation Recommended Tyre Pressures Tyre Rotation
Check for inflation and condition of your To help increase tyre life rotated at spec-
vehicle tyres periodically. ified intervals or earlier depending on the
Check the pressure in the tyres when they operation of vehicle. The illustrations
are cold. shows how to rotate tyres without spare
wheel.
Keeping the tyres properly inflated gives
you the best combination of riding com- For 215/60 R17 & 215/55 R18 tyre with
fort, handling, tyre life and better energy smaller size temporary tyre equipped
efficiency.
Over inflation of tyres makes the vehicle
ride bumpy and harsh. Tyres are more
prone to uneven wear and damage from
road hazards.
Under inflated tyres reduce your comfort
in vehicle handling and are prone to fail- NOTE
ures due to high temperature. They also
Kindly refer Tyre pressure as indi-
cause uneven wear and more energy
cated on tyre pressure sticker pro-
consumption.
vided on vehicle (near driver seat).
NOTE
Every time you check inflation pres-
sure, you should also examine tyres NOTE
for uneven wear, damage and trap-  Do not use spare wheel for type
ping of foreign objects in the treads rotation, in case of temporary
and wear. spare wheel used.

333
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
 Two or more temporary tyres Special Care for Tubeless Tyres NOTE
should not be used on one vehi-  When you remove the tyre and install Life and wear pattern of tyres depends
cle. it back on the rim, take precautions on various parameters like tyre pres-
 Tyre pressure to be checked not to damage tyre bead. Use tyre re- sure, wheel alignment, wheel balanc-
every 15 days. moval and assembly machines. Dam- ing, tyre rotation, etc. It also largely
age or cut on tyre bead may cause depends on vehicle speed, load car-
 Tyre pressure of temporary wheel gradual loss of air and deflation of
is to be checked at least once in a ried, usage, driving habits, road condi-
tyre. tions, tyre quality, etc. In case fault is
month.
 Do not scratch the inner surface of suspected to be due to poor quality of
Wheel Alignment and Balancing tubeless tyre with metallic or sharp ob- tyres, the same may be taken up with
ject. Tubeless tyres are coated with concerned tyre manufacturer.
Alignment
impermeable layer of rubber from the
Incorrect wheel alignment causes exces- inner surface which holds the air in the Tyre Equipment
sive and uneven tyre wear. Check wheel tyre. Removal of this layer due to Summer tires have a tread designed to
alignment at specified intervals. scratching may cause gradual loss of provide superior performance on dry
Balancing air and deflation. pavement. However, the performance of
Wheels of your vehicle are balanced for  If wheel rim gets damaged in ser- these tyres will be substantially reduced
better ride comfort and longer tyre life. vice,get the wheel rim repaired/ re- in wet conditions. If you operate your ve-
Balancing needs to be done whenever placed immediately. Running the ve- hicle on wet roads, use all season tyres
tyre is removed from rim. hicle with damaged rim may cause de- for all four wheels.
flation of tyre and subsequent dislodg-
WARNING ing of tyre from rim.
If the vehicle vibrates abnormally on a  Keep the recommended inflation pres-
smooth road, have the wheel bal- sure. Over-inflation, in particular, may
anced done immediately. cause puncture or bursting of tyre.

334
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Special Winter Equipment VEHICLE PARKING FOR LONG do not allow moisture on the vehicle
It is recommended that the following items DURATION body to evaporate.
be carried in the vehicle during winter: Following care is to be taken: 9. Inflate the tyres to 05 bar above the
 A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re- normal specified pressure and check
1. Park the vehicle in covered, dry and if
move ice and snow from the window- it at regular intervals.
possible well-ventilated premises. En-
sand wiper blades. sure parking brake engaged. 10. Check the battery charge every six
 A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow 2. Remove the battery terminal cables
weeks.
drifts. (first remove the cable from the nega- 11. Avoid parking vehicle below 20%
 Extra windshield-washer fluid to refill tive terminal). Ensure that battery is SoC continuously for two weeks (<14
the reservoir tank. fully charged. days)
3. Use wheel chocks to prevent move- 12. Ideal condition to park vehicle for
ment of the car. longer duration (> 14 days) is with
40% to 60% SoC (Disconnect the
4. Clean and protect the painted parts Aux battery – Ve terminal for longer
using protective wax.
duration parking)
5. Clean and protect the shiny metal
13. After the resting period the vehicle
parts using commercially available
must be charged to 100% using
special compounds.
Slow/AC Charging before use.
6. Sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber
14. During the resting period, the user
windscreen wiper and lift them off the
may choose either of the following
glass.
options to prevent discharge of low
7. Slightly open the windows. voltage battery.
8. Cover the vehicle with a cloth or per- 15. Periodically (weekly once) user may
forated plastic sheet. Do not use switch on the remote Air conditioning
sheets of imperforated plastic as they for 20-30 mins. This wakes up both

335
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
the high voltage and low voltage sys- SMART KEY BATTERY REPLACE- NOTE
tems and prevents low voltage bat- MENT (For PEPS variant)
tery from getting discharged.  Use CR 2032 battery only.
Procedure
16. If possible, user may choose to dis-  An inappropriately disposed bat-
1. Open rear side of key (battery cover). tery can be harmful to the environ-
connect the negative terminal of the
low voltage battery. This results in 2. Replace with new battery in the smart ment and human health. Dispose
complete vehicle sleep and minimum key battery slot. of the battery according to your lo-
loss of charge for both low voltage 3. Ensure that the “+” symbol on the bat- cal law(s) and regulation.
and high voltage batteries tery is facing upwards. The correct po-
larity is shown on the battery cover.
4. Close the battery cover.
5. Make sure that the key cover is intact
properly.

336
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD II) SYSTEM On board diagnostic located in cabin compartment fuse box.
The OBD system also has a diagnostic connector that can be (Refer below image)
interfaced with appropriate diagnostic tools, which makes it pos-
sible to read the fault codes stored in the Electronic Control Unit,
together with a series of specific parameters for Motor operation
and Diagnosis. This check can also be carried out by the traffic
police. To access the diagnostic connector, open the cockpit
fuse box cover, which is located on RH side below the steering
wheel.

337
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
DO IT YOURSELF NOTE Brake Hoses and Lines
Daily Checks Water dripping below the car is nor- Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
 Tyres for unusual wear, cracks or mal. This is due to the usage of air
conditioning system. leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damage and embedded foreign mate-
damaged parts immediately.
rial such as nails, stones, etc.
Weekly Checks Replacing the Components of Your
 Traces of fluid and oil below vehicle.
 Coolant level EV
 There is sufficient charging for the trip.
 Brake fluid level Since the electrical components of the ve-
 Windshield, windows, mirrors, lights, hicle are not user serviceable, it is recom-
and reflectors are clean and unob-  Windshield washer fluid level mended that you approach your nearest
structed.  Battery electrolyte level TATA MOTORS EV Authorised Service
 All lamps, wipers, wiper blades and Centre to replace any electrical compo-
horn for proper operation. NOTE nents of the car.
 All switches, gauges and tell tales are Tyre pressure always be measured in
working properly. cold conditions. Do a check of tyre
pressure and condition after every 15
 All doors, motor compartment and tail- days, including the spare tyre.
gate are securely closed and latched.
 All doors and tail gate are securely
closed and latched.
 Tool kit, jack & handle, warning trian-
gle, owner’s manual, first aid kit and
vehicle documents are available and
stored at their locations.

338
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
CAR CARE panel are free from mud, slug etc to the amount of bird droppings, tree
Your vehicle is subjected to many exter- make way for entrapped water inside sap and pollen contact on paint sur-
nal influences such as climate, road con- it to avoid corrosion. face. Regularly remove the twigs,
ditions, industrial pollution and proximity 5. To avoid scratches, please wear soft leaves and vegetation near the
to the sea. These conditions demand reg- gloves. Remove finger rings, nails, windshield areas, to avoid water
ular care of the vehicle body. Dirt, insects, wrist watch while washing. stagnation.
bird droppings, oil, grease and stone chip- 6. To Avoid substances like petrol, die-  Always close the sunroof while
pings should be removed as soon as pos- sel, kerosene, benzene, thinner, ac- washing the vehicle.
sible. ids, acetone or other solvents that
Washing cause damage to vehicle interior, ex- WARNING
terior and paint.
Following these tips while washing your Do not direct high pressure washer
vehicle. 7. Avoid substances like petrol, diesel,
fluid/ water jets (Pressure above 05
kerosene, benzene, thinner, acids or
1. Do not wash vehicle underbody with bar) at electrical devices and con-
other solvents that cause damage to
direct jet, also don’t wash the under necter during washing. This is to pre-
paint.
bonnet area with water vent malfunction / failure of electrical
8. Dry your vehicle thoroughly to prevent
2. Always wash your vehicle in shade system due to water ingress.
any damp spots.
and the surface is at room tempera-
ture. 9. Rinse all surfaces thoroughly to pre- After drying the vehicle, inspect it for chips
vent any traces of soap and other and scratches that could allow corrosion
3. Wash with mild vehicle wash soap like to start. Apply touch up paint where nec-
cleaners as this may lead to the for-
‘Car Shampoo’ and use a soft bristle essary.
mation of stains on the painted sur-
brush, sponge or soft cloth and rinse it
face later. Cleaning of Carpets
frequently while washing to avoid
scratches. NOTE Vacuum clean the carpet regularly to re-
move dirt. Dirt will make the carpet wear
4. When cleaning ensure that drain  Avoid parking the car under trees out faster. Periodically, shampoo the car-
holes of lower panels and rocker without proper cover, it will reduce pet to keep it looking new.

339
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Use carpet cleaners (preferably foam 1. Use good quality polish and wax for 3. Stain should not be removed by rub-
type). Follow the instructions that come your vehicle. bing. As far as possible, try to blot or
with the cleaner. Apply it with a sponge or lift the stain with cloth or plastic spat-
2. Re-wax your vehicle when the water
soft brush. Keep the carpeting as dry as ula and then clean the remaining stain
does not slip off the surface but col-
possible by not adding water to the foam. with cloth or sponge.
lects over the surface in patches.
NOTE Polishing 4. If the stain has dried, then gently
brush off the material and then press
Avoid wiping of painted surface in dry Polishes and cleaners can restore shine with damp cloth or sponge till it disap-
condition as it may leave scratches on to the painted surface that has oxidized pears.
the painted surface. and become dull. They normally contain
mild abrasives and solvents that remove 5. Do not use household detergents to
Cleaning of Windows, Front and the top layer of the finish coat. Polish your clean the fabric.
Rear Glasses vehicle, if the finish does not regain its 6. Always use clean cotton cloth for
Clean the windows inside and outside original shine after using wax. cleaning.
with commercially available glass clean- Interior Fabric Cleaning Tips Paint Care
ers. 1. Stains should be treated immediately. Following guidelines will help you to pro-
This will remove the haze that builds up If left for a long time, they can leave a tect your vehicle from corrosion effec-
on the inside of windows. Use a soft cloth permanent mark. tively.
or paper towels to clean all glass and 2. Cleaning the stains immediately is im- NOTE
plastic surfaces. portant especially for stains, which
Waxing contain artificial colors in the stain cre- Avoid Spillage or Direct contact of Air
ating liquid or semisolid substance. freshener liquid/chemicals with painted
Waxing and polishing is recommended plastic parts. These chemicals may
The colorant may leave a stain if kept
to maintain the gloss and wet-look ap- cause damage to paint like blisters,
for longer time.
pearance of your paint finish. peel off, wrinkles etc.

340
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Proper Cleaning repaired from an authorized service Proper Parking
In order to protect your vehicle from cor- outlet, as these defects tend to accel- Always park your vehicle in shade to pro-
rosion it is recommended that you wash erate corrosion. tect it from harsh sunlight or in a well-ven-
your vehicle thoroughly and frequently in  Inspect mud liners for damages. tilated garage so that there is no damp-
case:  Keep all drain holes clear from clog- ness on any part of the vehicle.
 There is a heavy accumulation of dirt ging. Wiper Care
and mud especially on the under-  To prevent damage to the wipers or
body. windshield, do not operate the wipers
 It is driven in areas having high atmos- when the windshield is dry.
pheric pollution due to smoke, soot,  To prevent damage to the wiper arms
dust, iron dust and other chemical pol- and other components, do not attempt
lutants to move the wipers manually.
 It is driven in coastal areas.
NOTE
 The underbody must be thoroughly
pressure washed after every three We strongly recommended to avoid
months. applying any external coating solution
on vehicle glazing / glasses, especially
 In addition to regularly washing your
on Front & Rear Windscreen Glass.
car, the following precautions need to
This may affect the Wiper performance
be taken.
& lead to poor visibility while using
Periodic Inspection Wipers in wet condition/Rainy season.
 Regularly inspect your vehicle for any
damage in the paint film such as deep
scratches and immediately get them

341
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Special Care
Illuminated Steering Wheel and Fascia
Switch Panel
 Always use dry and soft cloth for
cleaning, do not use shiner, sanitizer,
petrol, soap solution, detergent, foam
based cleaner or any other liquid etc.
as this could damage the surface.
 Do not use any sharp or other objects
which can create scratch on illumi-
nated surface.

342
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
VALUE ADDED SERVICES
Why are Corrosion Protection Waxes necessary?
Corrosion Is Caused By:
Water / salt water acid rain & atmospheric fallouts.
Critical Areas Are:
Cavities: joints, crevices, spot welds, underbody
 Corrosion is the most important factor when we talk about the vehicle life. If you treat your car you can prolong the life.
 It is very dangerous to drive around in a corroded vehicle.
 The corrosion creeps onto the vehicle from the inside and from the outside. The most dangerous kind of corrosion is often not
discovered until it is too late.
Benefits of Anti - Rust Treatment:
 A professionally applied range of world class products offering real value to the new and used vehicle customer.
 The treatment has been developed to withstand the harshest environmental and climatic conditions (rust. Pollutants, stone and
gravel impact, etc.).
 Insulate cabin space from external noises.
 Expensive tin work and Denting / Painting avoided.
 Higher resale value for the vehicle.
 Higher safety – uncorroded vehicle.
 10 free checkups available.

343
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
TATA MOTORS has tied up with M/s Wurth, M/s Autokrom, M/s 3M India Lt d & M/s Bardahl for these world class treatment at
affordable prices. These treatments are available in all authorized workshops. The Dealer Service Marketing Executive will explain
to you the benefits and terms and conditions of this treatment.
I / We have been explained the Benefits, Terms and conditions and the prices of these treatments by the Dealer Service Marketing
Executive.
I wish to avail / Do not wish to avail extended warrant policy.

Customer’s Signature Dealer’s Signature

344
 MAINTENANCE AND CARE
VEHICLE EXTERIOR ENRICHMENT
Why Vehicles are Painted?
• For Corrosion protection of the metal surfaces.
• Ease of application from other corrosion protection treatments.
• Cheaper than other corrosion protection methods eg. Galvanizing, anodizing.
• For decoration and identification.
Various Environmental Hazards Affecting Paints
Environmental hazards: damage your vehicle’s finish.
Even as your new vehicle rolls off the assembly line, the paint is not protected.
The Enemy
Ultraviolet Rays, Pollution, Tree Sap, Bird Droppings, Car Wash Chemicals, Road Salt, Acid Rain.
Benefits: Vehicle Exterior Enrichment
• Removal of medium scratches, orange peel, oxidation, dust nibs etc. & swirl marks from painted surface.
• Restoration of original gloss levels, UV protection after gloss is restored.
• Cleaning & dressing of tyres, Bumpers and all exterior plastic moldings/trims.
TATA MOTORS has tied up with M/s Autokrom, M/s 3M & M/s Wurth for this world class treatment at affordable prices.
This treatment is available in all authorized workshops. The Dealer Service Marketing Executive will explain to you the benefits and
terms and conditions of this treatment.

345
MAINTENANCE AND CARE
VEHICLE INTERIOR ENRICHMENT
Why to Protect Your New Car’s Fabric Interior?
 Someone will spoil your vehicle’s fabric carpet or seats.
 A significant detractor from your vehicle’s resale value.
 A permanent stain on your vehicle’s interior fabric.
The Enemy:
Drink spills, Food stains, mud, Ultraviolet rays, Pets, and Traffic
Benefits: Vehicle Interior Enrichment
 Removal of medium stains and dirt from all interior parts of the car i.e., carpet, upholstery and roof lining.
 Cleaning of windshield and all windows (inside and outside).
 Dressing of all internal plastics (eg: door pad trims) and rubber parts.
 The treatment involves cleaning and dressing of all parts of the exposed interiors.
 Specialized protection for seat fabric from liquid spills.
TATA MOTORS has tied up with M/s Wurth and M/s Autokrom for this world class treatment at affordable prices. This treatment
is available in all authorized workshops. The Dealer Service Marketing Executive will explain to you the benefits and terms and
conditions of this treatment.
I / We have been explained the Terms and conditions, Coverage and Owner’s responsibility by the Dealer Service Marketing Exec-
utive.
I wish to avail / Do not wish to avail extended warrant policy.

Customer’s Signature Dealer’s Signature

346
 WARRANTY
VEHICLE WARRANTY - TERMS AND CONDITIONS standard repair procedure or by any person other than from
our sales or service establishments, our authorized dealers,
We WARRANT each TATA CURVV EV vehicle and parts
service centres or service points in any way so as, in our
thereof manufactured by us to be free from defect in material and
judgment which shall be final and binding, to affect its relia-
work-man ship subject to the following terms and conditions:
bility, nor shall it apply if, in our opinion which shall be final
1. This warranty shall be for a period of 36 months from the
and binding, the car is subjected to misuse, negligence, im-
date of sale of the car or a mileage of 1,25,000 km which-
proper or inadequate maintenance or accident or loading in
ever occurs earlier. The warranty on the battery and mo-
excess of such carrying capacity as certified by us, or such
tor shall be for a period of 96 months from the date of
services as prescribed in our Owner’s Manual are not car-
sale of car or a mileage of 1,60,000 KMs which-ever oc-
ried out by the buyer through our sales or service establish-
cur earlier.
ments, our authorized dealers, service centres or service
2. Our obligation under this warranty shall be limited to repair-
points.
ing or replacing, free of charge, such parts of the car which,
6. This warranty shall not apply to the replacement of nor-
in our opinion, are defective, on the car being brought to us
mal wear parts, including without limitation, drive belts,
or to our dealers within the period. The parts so repaired or
hoses, wiper blades, fuses, clutch disc, brake shoes,
replaced shall also be warranted for quality and workman-
brake pads, cables and all rubber parts (except oil sea
ship but such warranty shall be co-terminus with this original
land glass run).
warranty.
7. This warranty shall not cover any inherent normal deteriora-
3. Any part which is found to be defective and is replaced by
tion of the car or any of its parts arising from the actual use
us under the warranty shall be our property.
of the car or any damage due to negligent or improper op-
4. As for such parts as Tyres, Batteries, Audio and / or Video
eration or storage of the car.
equipment (if any), etc. not manufactured by us but supplied
8. This warranty shall not apply to normal maintenance ser-
by other parties, this warranty shall not apply, but buyers of
vices like oils & fluid changes, head lamps focusing, fas-
the car shall be entitled to, so far as permissible by law, all
tener retightening, center hub cap/wheel cover. wheel bal-
such rights as we may have against such parties under their
ancing and alignment, tyre rotation, adjustment of valve
warranties in respect of such parts.
clearance, ignition timing and consumables like bulbs, air
5. This warranty shall not apply if the car or any part thereof is
and gas leaks in case of air conditioned cars.
repaired or altered otherwise than in accordance with our
347
WARRANTY
9. This warranty shall not apply to any damage or deterioration 14. This warranty is fully transferable to subsequent vehicle
caused by environmental pollution or bird droppings. Slight owner. Only unexpired remaining period of warranty ap-
irregularities not recognized as affecting the function or plies.
quality of the vehicle or parts, such as slight noise or vibra- 15. We reserve our rights to make any change or modification
tion, defects appearing only under particular or irregular op- in design of the car or its parts or to introduce any improve-
erations are items considered characteristics of the vehicle. ment therein or to incorporate in the car any additional part
10. This warranty shall be null and void if the car is subjected to or accessory at any time without incurring any obligation to
abnormal use such as rallying, racing or participation in any incorporate the same in the cars previously sold.
other competitive sport. This warranty shall not apply to any
repair or replacements as a result of accident or collision.
11. This warranty is expressly in lieu of all warranties, whether
bylaw or otherwise, expressed or implied, and all other obli-
gations or liabilities on our part and we neither assume, nor
authorize any person to assume on our behalf, any other
liability arising from the sale of the car or any agreement in
relation thereto.
12. The buyer shall have no other rights except those set out
above and have, in particular, no right to repudiate the sale,
or any agreement or to claim any reduction in the purchase
price of the car, or to demand any damages or compensa-
tion for losses, incidental or indirect, or inconvenience or
consequential damages, loss of car, or loss of time, or oth-
erwise, incurred or accrued.
13. Any claim arising from this warranty shall be recognized only
if it is notified in writing to us or to our authorized dealer with-
out any delay soon after such defects as covered & ascer-
tained under this warranty.

348
 EXTENDED WARRANTY
EXTENDED WARRANTY - TERMS AND CONDITIONS
TATA MOTORS recommends the purchase of its extended warranty program.
Coverage - Mechanical + Electrical
Benefits
Insures you against unforeseen break down repair bills.
Documentation is simple and hassle free.
Near cashless & speedy claim
Term
36 + 12 months or 1,25,000 kms whichever occurs first OR
36 + 24 months or 1,25,000 kms whichever occurs first OR
36 + 36 months or 1,60,000 kms whichever occurs first
Extended Warranty is available in the dealership from where you have purchased your vehicle. We strongly recommend purchase
of Extended Warranty at time of purchase of your vehicle. Extended Warranty can be availed until warranty period from date of
purchase of vehicle. The Dealer Service Marketing Executive shall explain to you the Terms and conditions, Coverage and Owner’s
responsibility.
Note
 The extended warranty comes into force once the manufacturer’s warranty expires.
 It is more restrictive as by the time it comes into force the vehicle is already 36 months old.
What is Covered?
 Mechanical / Electrical break down as defined in this warranty and confirmed by the dealer within the stipulated terms and con-
ditions.

349
EXTENDED WARRANTY
 TATA MOTORS dealer shall either repair or replace any part found to be defective with a new part or an equivalent at no cost to
the owner for parts or labour.
 Such defective parts which have been replaced will become property of TATA PASSENGER ELECTRIC MOBILITY LTD.
What is not covered?
Please refer the Extended Warranty Booklet for details of the exclusion list. Soft copy can be available with the dealer.
Owner’s Responsibility
 Proper use, maintenance and care of the vehicle in accordance with the instructions contained in the Owner’s Manual and Service
Booklet. The records of the same to be ensured in Owner’s Manual.
 Retention of maintenance service bills.

I / We have been explained the Terms and conditions, Coverage and Owner’s responsibility by the Dealer Service Marketing Exec-
utive

I wish to avail / Do not wish to avail extended warrant policy.

Customer’s Signature Dealer’s Signature

350